The Tesla Model Y L has gone on sale in China, a version of the world’s top-selling electric vehicle (EV) with a longer body and a six-seat layout.
The Model Y L, with L for ‘Long’, adds 150mm to the standard five-seat Model Y Long Range AWD version’s 2890mm wheelbase but is 184mm longer overall, with its six seats in a two-plus-two-plus-two layout.
Compared to the five-seat Model Y, the L also sits 34mm higher, adds 2mm of ground clearance (169mm) and is the same width despite having a 20mm wider front track yet 12mm narrower rear track.
There’s also more luggage space, with a claimed 2539L against 2138L for five-seat versions, with the extra dimensions pushing weight up 96kg to 2088kg.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
The Model Y L is offered only with a dual-motor all-wheel drive powertrain, using a 142kW front electric motor and a 198kW rear electric motor powered by an 82kWh nickel manganese cobalt (NCM) battery as in the Model Y Long Range AWD.
Compared to its shorter sibling, it has an additional 1km of range on the CLTC cycle for a total of 751km.
Tesla also claims the extra space and weight costs only 0.2 seconds against the five-seat Model Y in the 0-100km/h sprint, at 4.5 seconds.
While all Teslas currently sold in Australia are made in China, the Model Y L’s launch there doesn’t necessarily mean an Australian arrival for the larger Model Y just yet.
“Model Y L is a China-specific product for now. We will continue to assess new products for our market as they become available,” Tesla Australia told CarExpert.
The L is priced at ¥339,000 yuan ($A72,723) making it the most expensive Model Y, above the ¥313,500 ($A67,253) ask for the Long Range AWD version.
That’s an 8.1 per cent premium, with the Model Y Long-Range AWD priced at $68,900 before on-road costs, suggesting a price of around $75,000 before on-road costs for the Model Y L.
Other changes for the L over the rest of the Model Y range include continuously variable dampers, a 16.0-inch centre touchscreen (up 0.6 inches) and an 18-speaker audio system, up from 15.
The arrival of the Model Y L is China comes as Tesla faces more competition from rivals including the Xiaomi YU7 – which was launched in China in July at ¥1000 ($A215) less than the entry-level Model Y RWD’s ¥265,500 ($A56,956) price.
In Australia, pricing was announced for the Model Y-rivalling Zeekr 7X electric SUV earlier this month, and it undercuts the Tesla by $1000 to start at $57,990 before on-road costs. First arrivals are expected in October.
The Model Y remains at the top of EV sales in Australia year-to-date, however last month the BYD Sealion 7 outsold it for the second time in 2025, with the BYD outselling the Model Y and Model 3 combined.
MORE: Explore the Tesla Model Y showroom MORE: Tesla opens the Southern Hemisphere’s largest Supercharger site in NSW
Patel Retail IPO GMP: Patel Retail IPO opens today, August 19, aiming to raise Rs 242.76 crore. The issue closes on August 21, 2025.
Founded in 2008, Patel Retail operates a chain of supermarkets under the brand “Patel’s R Mart,” largely in tier-III cities and suburban Maharashtra.
Patel Retail IPO GMP Today: Patel Retail IPO opens today, August 19 for a three-day subscription. The mainboard issue is aiming to raise Rs 242.76 crore through a mix of fresh equity issuance and an offer for sale (OFS). The issue will close on August 21, 2025.
The IPO proceeds will be used for debt repayment (Rs 59 crore), working capital needs (Rs 115 crore), and general corporate purposes.
Patel Retail IPO witnessed a strong response from investors on the first day of bidding, with the issue subscribed 6.19 times overall till 4:30 pm. In total, against 78.15 lakh shares on offer, Patel Retail IPO received bids for 4.83 crore shares.
Patel Retail IPO Price Band
The IPO comprises a fresh issue of 0.85 crore shares worth Rs 217.21 crore and an OFS of 0.10 crore shares worth Rs 25.55 crore. The price band is fixed at Rs 237 to Rs 255 per share, with a face value of Rs 10. The minimum lot size is 58 shares, requiring a retail investment of Rs 13,746. For high-net-worth investors, the lot size stands at 14 lots (812 shares) for sNII and 68 lots (3,944 shares) for bNII.
Fedex Securities Pvt Ltd is acting as the book-running lead manager, while Bigshare Services Pvt Ltd is the registrar.
The company’s shares are proposed to be listed on both BSE and NSE with a tentative listing date of August 26, 2025.
Patel Retail IPO Reservation
Out of the total issue, 44.76% is reserved for retail investors, 29.84% for QIBs, 24.87% for NIIs, and 0.54% for employees, who also enjoy a Rs 20 discount per share.
Patel Retail Financials
Founded in 2008, Patel Retail operates a chain of supermarkets under the brand “Patel’s R Mart,” largely in tier-III cities and suburban Maharashtra. As of May 2025, the company runs 43 stores across Thane and Raigad districts, with a total retail space of about 1.78 lakh sq. ft.
Financially, the company reported a revenue of Rs 825.99 crore in FY25, with a 12% rise in net profit to Rs 25.28 crore from the previous year.
Patel Retail IPO: Should You Subscribe?
Anand Rathi in its report said:
Patel Retail Limited, headquartered in Ambernath, Maharashtra, is a value retail supermarket chain operating under the brand Patel’s R Mart, with 43 stores across Thane and Raigad and a retail space of about 1.79 lakh sq. ft. Incorporated in 2008, the company has expanded into nonretail operations, including food processing, packaging, exports, and trading, offering products under in-house brands such as Patel Fresh, Indian Chaska, Blue Nation, and Patel Essentials.
They aim to strengthen their retail presence in Maharashtra by deepening market penetration and expanding their store network. Their stores are spread across 17 cities and suburban areas in the Thane and Raigad districts of Maharashtra. Following a cluster-focused expansion strategy, they plan to strengthen their presence in the western suburbs of the MMR, including Mira Road, Bhayander, Virar, and Vasai, as well as expand into the municipal region of Pune, Maharashtra.
At the upper price band, the company is valued at a FY25 P/E of 33.6x, with a post-issue market capitalization of Rs 8,504 million. Each retail store offers over 10,000 SKUs, and the company’s strategy focuses on providing a wide product range at value-for-money prices with strong customer service, sustaining competitiveness through everyday low prices driven by efficient procurement, supply, and operations. Based on these factors, the IPO appears fully priced, with a “SUBSCRIBE – LONG TERM” recommendation.
Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.
Varun Yadav
Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More
Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More
Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
News business » ipo Patel Retail IPO Opens Today: Issue Booked 6x So Far, Check Latest GMP, Price Band & More; Should You Subscribe?
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Tether has made its boldest move yet in the stablecoin race. The world’s largest stablecoin issuer has hired Bo Hines, President Trump’s former crypto chief, to spearhead its U.S. strategy and expansion.
Here’s what that could mean.
From White House to Tether
Hines was little known before Trump tapped him earlier this year to help shape crypto policy. In six months at the White House, he worked closely with lawmakers and industry groups, pushing through the GENIUS Act, the first major U.S. law regulating stablecoins.
Now, just weeks after leaving government, he’s stepping into one of crypto’s most high-profile private sector roles.
“I’m thrilled to join Tether. The best is yet to come.” Hines said.
Thrilled to join @Tether_to! Huge thanks to @paoloardoino & the team for the warm welcome. Excited to help build an ecosystem of digital asset products that set the standard for compliance & innovation—empowering U.S. consumers and reshaping our financial system. The best is yet… https://t.co/DloARijWkh
The hire comes as Tether prepares to launch a U.S.-compliant stablecoin separate from its flagship USDT. According to CEO Paolo Ardoino, the new token will target institutional payments and interbank settlements, with a rollout expected in late 2025 or early 2026.
“Bo has demonstrated incredible leadership within the U.S. Administration, where he was instrumental in advancing initiatives to foster innovation in digital assets, develop clear guardrails for stablecoin issuers, and build collaborative relationships between government and the blockchain industry.” Ardoino said.
Tether has already funneled nearly $5 billion into the U.S. ecosystem, showing its intent to go beyond just issuing coins.
Strengthening Political Links
Tether’s U.S. plans are coming at a good time. The company has built close ties with the Trump administration over the past year.
It works with Cantor Fitzgerald to custody U.S. Treasuries, whose former CEO Howard Lutnick is now Trump’s Commerce Secretary. Tether also invested $775 million into Rumble, the streaming platform tied to Trump’s media venture, and hired Republican lobbyist Jeff Miller.
Adding Hines only deepens those connections.
The Stablecoin Rivalry
Need we mention that the stablecoin sector is heating up?!
The market is now worth more than $273 billion, with Tether holding a dominant $165 billion share. Rival Circle, which went public in June, is pushing hard as the U.S.-friendly alternative.
Both giants have been busy printing. In the past month alone, Tether and Circle minted a combined $9.5 billion in new stablecoins – extra liquidity that traders are watching closely for signals of market inflows.
Why It Matters
Hines’ jump from Washington to Tether is a signal. The world’s biggest stablecoin issuer is betting that deep political ties, a new regulatory framework, and a Trump-led government will open the door for its long-awaited U.S. comeback.
Adani Group Chairman Gautam Adani addresses students on the 75th foundation day of IIT-Kharagpur, in Kharagpur on Monday.
| Photo Credit:
@gautam_adani X/ANI Photo
Emphasising that India needs to fight for the freedom of self-reliance to be “truly free,” Adani Group Chairman Gautam Adani on Monday said that one disruption or sanction can freeze the country’s digital economy, while a single geopolitical incident can restrict economic growth.
“In 1947, we broke the chains on our land. Yet in the 21st century, a nation can be independent and still be bound by dependence. Just three days ago, we marked our 79th Independence Day, and it is clear we stand at a major inflection point. The world is moving from conventional wars to technology-driven wars of power, and our ability to prepare will decide our future,” Adani said during a keynote address at the platinum jubilee celebrations of the Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur.
Invisible wars
Adani said the wars that India has to fight today are often invisible. They are fought in server farms, and not in trenches. The weapons are algorithms, not guns. “The empires are not built on land — they are built in data centres. The armies are botnets, and not battalions,” he pointed out.
He added, “In terms of technology dependence, 90 per cent of our semiconductors are imported. One disruption or sanction can freeze our digital economy. In the case of energy vulnerability, we import 85 per cent of our oil. A single geopolitical incident can restrict our growth. When our data crosses India’s borders, every bit of this data becomes raw material for foreign algorithms, creates foreign wealth and strengthens foreign dominance.”
And, in the case of military dependence, many of India’s critical systems are imported, binding our national security to the political will and supply chains of other nations. “This is the freedom we must now fight for the freedom of self-reliance — the freedom of Atmanirbharta — if we are to be truly free,” said the billionaire industrialist.
Call to students
Adani Group Chairman Gautam Adani poses for a selfie with students during the 75th foundation day of IIT-Kharagpur, in Kharagpur on Monday.
| Photo Credit: @gautam_adani X/ANI Photo
He exhorted India’s brightest engineering students to be the next generation of freedom fighters. “Your innovation, your software code, and your ideas are today’s weapons. You will decide whether India takes command of its destiny or surrenders it to others.”
Adani, who visited IIT Kharagpur for the first time, said the age of transformation now unfolding before us is unlike anything he has seen. And, the battlefield is not just about protecting the nation’s borders. It is about securing India’s technology leadership and ensuring that Indians can stay at the forefront of global innovation.
“It is about redesigning every business, reimagining every industry, and rewriting every rule of the game — so we lead and not just participate as low-cost players in the global race. Because, as we all know, in a world of robotics and AI, cost advantages will vanish overnight, and we can quickly lose our ability to compete,” he said, adding that the world has never seen an industrial and intelligence revolution of this scale.
No matter your lifestyle or budget, Samsung offers a range of phones to fit what you’re looking for. The Galaxy S25 and S25 Plus tout solid performance, good cameras and long-lasting batteries. If you want a more versatile camera setup, consider the top-of-the-line Galaxy S25 Ultra. For a novel design, you can opt for Samsung’s pricier foldable phones, the Galaxy Z Flip 7 and Z Fold 7 — or even the super-slim Galaxy S25 Edge. If you’re looking for a more budget-friendly option, Samsung’s $200 Galaxy A15 5G or the Galaxy A26, A36 and A56, which range from $300 to $500, might be a good fit. Check out our roundup to find the phone that best fits your needs.
MOBILE DEALS OF THE WEEK
Deals are selected by the CNET Group commerce team, and may be unrelated to this article.
What is the best Samsung phone?
The Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra — priced at $1,300 — comes packed with maximum features which, for most people, is more than necessary. For the rest of us, the $800 Galaxy S25 is a standout among its Galaxy counterparts. It has the same Snapdragon customized chip and RAM as the S25 Ultra, runs the same version of Android and costs $500 less.
The Galaxy S25 has a very capable triple rear camera setup that is versatile in capturing both bright outdoor scenes and candid moments inside under mixed lighting. Overall, the Galaxy S25 Ultra is ideal for Android fans who prioritize fast performance, versatile cameras and a spacious, bright screen.
How to pick the right Samsung phone for you
Deciding which Samsung phone is right for you comes down to what you want in a phone and how much you’re willing to spend. If you want the largest screen available on a standard Samsung phone, enjoy note-taking with a stylus and need a camera with a significantly closer zoom, the Galaxy S25 Ultra is the right choice. You’ll also have to spend $1,300 unless you score a trade-in deal.
Those who don’t need the stylus, prefer more compact phone and still want a good camera should consider the Galaxy S25 or Galaxy S25 Plus. If you just want the basics, like a spacious screen, 5G and a decent camera, consider the Galaxy S24 FE. Those looking for the flashiest tech around — and who also have deep pockets — should consider the Galaxy Z Fold 7, Z Flip 7 or even the slightly cheaper Z Fold 7 FE.
Finding the best Samsung phone will ultimately come down to preference. Choosing among so many options can get complicated, so here’s how to decide which Samsung phone is best for you. Refer to our phone buying guide for more tips on how to choose the right device.
Best Samsung phones in 2025
Pros
Best screen on any phone
Versatile cameras
Most powerful phone I’ve tested
Good battery life
Cons
$1,300 price
Design is almost too minimal
AI features are hit-or-miss
S25/S25 Plus have similar features and cost less
Samsung’s Galaxy S25 Ultra which has a lot of AI features, the best of which are interesting and the worst of which unreliable. Luckily, Samsung gets a lot of other things right on the S25 Ultra, which has a new Snapdragon 8 Elite processor, high-resolution ultrawide camera, and some sweet pro video tools that rival the iPhone 16 Pro. Samsung wisely kept all the best parts of last year’s Galaxy S24 Ultra (basically the entire phone including that antireflective display) but some of its worst parts, too, like the $1,300 price tag. If you want the best screen you can find on any phone, get the S25 Ultra. If you want the most versatile phone cameras, get the S25 Ultra. If you want a stylus, get the S25 Ultra. But if your needs scale back on any of those fronts, the more affordable S25 options, or even last year’s S24 Ultra, may be worth considering. Read our full Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra review.
Why we like it
The reason to get the Ultra over its S25 siblings is its screen, which is truly the best I’ve seen on any phone, and the cameras, which are a step above what the S25 and S25 Plus have. Added video features like ability to record in Log format gets the Ultra as close as it’s ever been to the iPhone in terms of professional video capture.
Who it’s best for
If you have a Galaxy S22 Ultra or older, the S25 Ultra will seem like a significant upgrade. It’s harder to make that case for S23 Ultra owners, who, unless their phone’s battery is ailing or they can score an incredible discount, should otherwise sit this one out. And for you S24 Ultra owners, you don’t need this phone. Save your money and treat yourself to a nice steak dinner and a movie.
Who shouldn’t get it
The Galaxy S25 Ultra’s appeal is muddied by its $1,300 price. The regular Galaxy S25 has the same functionality, power and longevity, and it costs $500 less. Want a bigger screen? Consider the Galaxy S25 Plus. For the majority of people, the regular Galaxy S25 and S25 Plus will be a better fit.
Pros
Camera consistently delivers good images
Impressive battery life
More AI features feel practical
Cons
Several gimmicky AI features
Not many changes over the S24
The Galaxy S25’s biggest flex that I noticed while testing is it shares many of the same attributes as its pricier counterparts, the S25 Plus and S25 Ultra – but it does so for several hundred dollars less. You’ll find features like the AI Select tool, Audio Eraser and deeper Gemini integration across all of Samsung’s S25 devices, as well as a custom Snapdragon 8 Elite processor and 12GB RAM – making the smaller phone of the bunch still seem pretty mighty.
And while the Galaxy S25 might look incredibly similar to the S24 and share many of the same specs, consistency isn’t so bad when it means there’s a consistently good camera and great battery life. Read our full Samsung Galaxy S25 review.
Why we like it
Having a baseline phone, like the Galaxy S25, that delivers many of the same perks as more expensive models, is a huge plus in my book. And given the remarkable processing power, standout camera and seamless AI integration in the Galaxy S25 lineup, it’s great that I can get all those premium features for $800.
Who it’s best for
If you’re someone who insists on buying a flagship device, the Galaxy S25 won’t let you down. but if you have a device that’s two years old or more, you might be enticed to tap into all the latest Galaxy AI and integrated Gemini features. Now, $800 isn’t pocket change, and there are definitely other options for those who want to be more budget conscious, but if you’re willing to spend a bit more, the baseline S25 can be a great all-around choice.
Who shouldn’t get it
You probably don’t need to upgrade if you’re using last year’s S24.
Pros
Thin 4.2mm design
200-megapixel main camera
Powerful Snapdragon 8 Elite processor
Durable build
Cons
Steep $2,000 price tag
Same 4,400-mAh battery as last year’s Fold
25-watt wired charging
With the Galaxy Z Fold 7, Samsung has finally addressed some of the key issues with its previous book-style foldables. The impressively thin build and wider, 6.5-inch cover screen makes this feel like a standard phone when closed, and that wider 8-inch inside display is great for multitasking, with the ability to run up to three apps simultaneously. Perhaps most notably, the camera gets a major upgrade with the addition of a 200-megapixel main camera, which takes shots on par with the top-of-the-line S25 Ultra.
Altogether, it’s a great choice if you want a bigger, tablet-like display without the bulk or a compromise on camera quality.
Why we like it
The Z Fold 7 does a solid job combining what’s great about standard slate phones and what’s great about foldables. It feels wonderfully normal to hold when closed, thanks to its sleek design and lightweight build. It also packs great cameras and has an expansive main display that’s 11 percent bigger than last year’s Z Fold 6.
Thankfully, a slimmer build doesn’t force the battery to take a hit; the Z Fold 7 maintains that same 4,400-mAh battery as last year’s foldable. That pales in comparison to batteries from Chinese competitors, but at least it’s not a downgrade. The Z Fold 7 also packs a Snapdragon 8 Elite processor to power the many AI features you’ll get onboard, from Galaxy AI photo and audio editing tools to Google’s Gemini Live and Circle to Search. The phone also supports seven years of software and security updates.
Who it’s best for
If you’re bored of standard slate phones and want something that feels a little more exciting, the Galaxy Z Fold 7 is a great choice. The slim design and wider cover screen helps it to feel as normal as possible when closed, with the added perk of an expansive main display that’s great for multitasking and watching videos. The cameras are also impressive for a foldable that’s so thin.
Who shouldn’t get it
The Z Fold 7’s $2,000 price tag is perhaps its biggest caveat. Also, if you don’t need a bigger display, it may not be worth the splurge. Ironically, the cover screen is so practical that you’ll rarely need to open the phone — unless you’re watching movies or multitasking, in which case a phone like the Galaxy S25 Ultra might be a better fit.
Pros
The 6.9-inch screen is immersive, with lovely colors and contrast
The 4.1-inch screen looks incredible
It’s durable and survived a drop onto concrete
One UI 8 (Android 16) runs wonderfully
$1,100 is still a lot, but Samsung gives the phone more value than the Flip 6
Cons
Gets warm when recording videos and playing games
Battery life is the same as the Flip 6 despite a bigger battery
Cover screen software has room to grow
When I first got my hands on Samsung’s new Galaxy Z Flip 7, I was delighted to discover that it has a smaller crease, larger cover screen, thinner design and bigger battery compared to last year’s Galaxy Z Flip 6. But as I tested the new clamshell phone, I became enthralled by its inner screen. At 6.9 inches, this is the biggest screen on any Samsung phone aside from the Galaxy Z Fold 7, which has an 8-inch foldable display.
The Z Flip 7’s large screen size makes content feel more immersive and colors look lovely and vivid. This led to epic TikTok and Instagram sessions, watching widescreen films such as A Working Man and Back to the Future, as well as jumping back and forth between two apps stacked vertically on the screen thanks to One UI 8’s 90:10 split tool.
Every time I open the Flip 7, I’m consistently dumbfounded by how such a large display can unfurl from something about the size of a makeup compact. And when it’s closed, there’s a 4.1-inch cover screen that’s fantastic in its own ways, with new clever animations for when you’re recording a video, charging the phone or taking a selfie, all efficiently using the extra display real estate. In terms of functionality, though, the cover screen’s software is about the same as the 3.4-inch one on the Flip 6.
The Flip 7 impressed me in nearly every way but one: its battery life. It has a larger battery than the Flip 6, but it doesn’t last any longer in daily use. It did consistently get me through a day on a single charge, often having 15 to 20% left, but there were also a few days where it needed an early evening top-off.
Why we like it
The Galaxy Z Flip 7 is the most fully realized version of Samsung’s ideal of a flip phone since the launch of the original Galaxy Z Flip in 2020. The Flip 7’s appeal is simple: It’s a thin phone with a big, bold screen that folds in half into a coaster-sized square. The larger cover screen and inner screen make content more immersive. It’s design is thin (for a clamshell foldable) and comfortable to hold. Plus you get twice the storage this year compared to last.
Who is it best for
If you’ve been tempted by a clamshell-style foldable, you should definitely consider the Flip 7. If you have a Galaxy Z Flip 4 or older, the Flip 7 will be an upgrade in every way. It’s harder to make that same recommendation for Flip 5 owners unless your phone is showing its age. And if you have a Galaxy Z Flip 6, you can sit this one out unless you really want those larger screens.
Who shouldn’t get it
If you spend a ton of time around dirt or sand, this phone isn’t for you.
Pros
Excellent software and security support
25-watt wired charging
Eye-catching Light Blue color option
Cons
Slow performance
Single audio speaker
Mediocre photography
Editor’s Note: Samsung has also released the Galaxy A16.
Samsung’s $200 Galaxy A15 5G is an easy choice for someone looking to buy a phone that will last for years. Samsung provides it with four years of software updates and five years of security support, which in this price range is unparalleled. Plus the phone supports 25W wired charging that in my testing was able to charge half of its big 5,000-mAh battery from empty in 30 minutes. I also like the eye-catching light blue option.
A $200 phone has to have some compromises. The Galaxy A15 5G feels sluggish compared to competing phones like Motorola’s $200 Moto G 5G, and as an entertainment machine falls short with its single audio speaker that is blocked by accident when you hold the phone sideways for games and video. Photography, which is typically a weak point on phones in this price range, is similarly mixed with decent photography in outdoor environments while struggling to photograph lowlight spaces. This makes the Galaxy A15 5G an easy choice for when you just need a phone that can handle the basics, but you may want to consider other options if you are looking for the best pocket YouTube player in this price range.
Pros
Lightning fast charging
Nice big screen
7 years of OS and security upgrades
Great performance with games, movies and animations
Cons
Battery life is a day, similar to baseline S25
Similar specs as the S25 at a higher price
Rival phones at the same price have better cameras
If the baseline Galaxy S25 appeals to you but you’d rather have a bigger screen and higher battery capacity – without upgrading all the way to the Ultra – the S25 Plus may be the phone for you. The entire S25 lineup shares many features, from AI capabilities to processing power to memory, so the Plus may be a viable choice if you’re looking for something right in the middle.
That said, the Plus’ minimal upgrades over the baseline S25 may not justify the $200 price difference. But if a bigger phone just feels better to hold and you’d rather have a 4,900 mAh battery (over the S25’s 4,000mAh one), then that $1,000 starting price might ultimately be worth every penny. Read CNET’s full Samsung Galaxy S25 Plus review.
Why we like it
While the baseline S25 checks all the key boxes, the S25 Plus can simply feel like a more comfortable device to use, especially if you’re a fellow member of the bigger hands club. In addition to sharing many of the same features as the pricier S25 Ultra, the S25 Plus has a higher battery capacity than the baseline model — though in CNET’s tests, there weren’t any major discrepancies in how the two batteries actually performed. Still, sometimes you just want to live a little larger, and this phone can be the perfect fit.
Who it’s best for
If you like having a larger screen to watch movies or play games on, the S25 Plus can be a great choice. While the S25 Ultra might be a top pick for someone who wants both a bigger phone and the most premium features, the S25 Plus can be that goldilocks device that meets you right in the middle — without you having to spend $1,300 on the Ultra.
Who shouldn’t get it
If you want the absolute best in terms of cameras, don’t get the S25 Plus. For $1,000 phones like the Pixel 9 Pro or iPhone 16 Pro have better cameras. Or if you can afford to buy a $1,300 phone, check out the Galaxy S25 Ultra which has an amazing set of lenses
Pros
Lightweight design
200-megapixel main camera
Durable titanium frame and Gorilla Glass front and back
Powerful Snapdragon 8 Elite processor
12GB of RAM
Cons
Mediocre battery life
Only 25-watt wired charging
Steep price tag
Just two rear cameras
The Galaxy S25 Edge is a unique offering — one that doesn’t necessarily cater to most people’s top priorities like longer battery life and an affordable price tag, and yet it still presents an alluring option with its slim frame and lightweight body. Thankfully, it doesn’t scale back too much in the way of features and capabilities; it’s got a powerful Snapdragon 8 Elite processor and the same 200-megapixel main camera you’ll find on the top-of-the-line S25 Ultra (though there’s no telephoto lens).
The main sacrifice is battery life, as the S25 Edge has a 3,900-mAh battery, the lowest amount across the S25 series. It also only supports 25-watt wired charging. But it still offers enough juice to get you through the day, even if you’re a notoriously heavy phone user. Plus, using something so remarkably feather-light feels like such a breath of fresh air, you may not mind making some compromises. Read our full Galaxy S25 Edge review.
Why we like it
The S25 Edge is surprisingly enjoyable to use and hold, given its lightweight design (it weighs 163 grams) and generous 6.7-inch screen. And despite its thinner frame, it feels surprisingly sturdy, thanks to its Gorilla Glass Ceramic 2 display and Victus 2 backing. That means it doesn’t feel like it’s going to snap in your pocket — and you’ll hardly even feel it in there.
Who it’s best for
If you want a phone that feels light and can slip easily into your pocket, without compromising too much on functionality, the S25 Edge is a great option. Plus, if you’re looking for a fresh form factor but aren’t interested in venturing into foldables territory, this unique phone is a solid — and more familiar-feeling — choice.
Who shouldn’t get it
If you’re looking for something more budget-friendly, the S25 Edge might not appeal to you. Also, if battery life is your top priority, the S25 Edge leaves something to be desired, since it only lasts about 24 hours before needing a recharge.
2,600-nit peak brightness; 7 years of OS and security updates; 5G (mmWave); IP68 water and dust resistance; wireless PowerShare to charge other devices; 25W wired charging (charger not included); Galaxy AI; Wi-Fi 7
2,600-nit peak brightness; 7 years of OS and security updates; 5G (mmWave); IP68 water and dust resistance; wireless PowerShare to charge other devices; 25W wired charging (charger not included); Galaxy AI; Wi-Fi 7; ultrawideband
Titanium frame, 2,600-nit peak brightness; 7 years of OS and security updates; 5G (mmWave); IP68 water and dust resistance; wireless PowerShare to charge other devices; integrated S Pen; UWB for finding other devices; 45W wired charging (charger not included); Galaxy AI; Wi-Fi 7; Gorilla Glass Armor cover glass; ultrawideband
IP88 rating, 5G, One UI 7, 25-watt wired charging, 15-watt wireless charging, Galaxy AI, Gemini, Circle to Search, Wi-Fi 7.
One UI 8, 25W wired charging speed, Qi wireless charging, 2,600-nit peak brightness, Galaxy AI, NFC, Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.4, IP48 water resistance
One UI 8, IP48 water resistance, 25W wired charging, Qi wireless charging, Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.4, Galaxy AI
US price starts at
$800 (128GB)
$1,000 (256GB)
$1,300 (256GB)
$1,100
$2,000
$1,100
UK price starts at
£799 (128GB)
£999 (256GB)
£1,249 (256GB)
£1,799
£1,049
Australia price starts at
AU$1,399 (256GB)
AU$1,699 (256GB)
AU$2,149 (256GB)
AU$2,899
AU$1,799
In July 2025, we added the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 to our list.
Get more for less with cheap phones: For a fraction of the cost, you can get a solid phone that does almost everything a pricier flagship phone can do. The Galaxy S24 FE packs a good camera and costs only $650 before discounts or trade-in offers.
Test your phone: It’s worth going to a store and trying out a phone before you shell out hundreds of dollars for it.
Find peace of mind with a case: You spent all this time picking a phone, now protect it from damage with a case.
Be ready for Cyber Monday sales: The holidays usually bring big discounts and sales, even on phones.
We test the battery, screen, performance, cameras and more on every phone we review.
Lisa Eadiciccio/CNET
We test every phone in real-world scenarios focusing on its features, design, performance, cameras, battery life and overall value. We document our findings in an initial review that is periodically updated when there are new software updates or to compare against new phones from competitors like Apple, Samsung, Google and OnePlus.
Photography
Photography is a major focus for most phones these days, so we take pictures and videos of various subjects in a variety of settings and lighting levels. We try out any new camera modes such as 4K 120fps slow motion video that debuted with the iPhone 16 Pro and 16 Pro Max or AI reframe and focus on the Motorola Razr Plus (2024).
Lisa Eadiccico/CNET
Battery life
Battery testing is conducted in a variety of ways. We assess how long a phone lasts during a typical day of use, and note how it performs during more focused sessions of video calls, media streaming and gaming. We also conduct a video playback test, which isn’t always included in the initial review and is added later in an update.
Performance
We perform processor-heavy tasks like editing photos, exporting videos and playing games. We evaluate whether a newer version of a particular phone includes enough features to make it worth upgrading from older models.
Jeffrey Hazelwood/CNET
We use benchmarking apps to measure the performance, alongside our own anecdotal experiences using the phone for our review. Of particular note are how graphics and animations look. Are they smooth? Or do they lag or stutter? We also look at how quickly the phone switches between horizontal and vertical orientations and how fast the camera app opens and is ready to take a photo.
Read more: How We Test Phones
The Galaxy S24 FE does a decent job taking photos, but the more expensive Galaxy S24 uses its more powerful processor to enhance them.
Numi Prasarn/CNET
Samsung’s $650 Galaxy S24 FE is such a comfort to use that at moments our reviewer, Mike Sorrentino, felt like he was testing a scaled-back version of the $1,000 Galaxy S24 Plus. The S24 FE’s large 6.7-inch 120Hz refresh-rate display made it easy for me to enjoy streaming shows, playing games and taking video calls throughout the day. And it includes nearly every software perk from the more expensive Galaxy S24 line. Read our full review of the Samsung Galaxy S24 FE.
Why buy a Samsung phone instead of other Android phones?
The right phone for you depends on a variety of factors, such as your budget, your current phone and whether you own other mobile accessories from the same company, such as earbuds or smartwatches. Many people prefer to stick with phones from the same company because the experience is more consistent and there’s less of a learning curve when switching to a new device.
The same holds true for Samsung; the company’s One UI software (its customized version of Android) can be found across its phone lineup. Samsung’s One UI 6 introduced a more customizable lock screen and the ability to answer a phone call through a text message instead of speaking.
Consistency aside, there are some benefits to choosing a Samsung phone over devices from other Android phone makers. Samsung usually excels when it comes to display quality and brightness, and it typically offers a lot of choices in terms of size and pricing. Samsung phones usually offer decent battery life — especially midsize and large phones — and the cameras are usually among the best, especially on the Galaxy S25 lineup. Samsung also offers seven years of Android version updates for most of its new smartphones, which is longer support than even Google provides for its Pixel phones.
Google’s Pixel devices also have stellar cameras along with specific software features you can’t get elsewhere. The OnePlus 13 is also cheaper than the Galaxy S24 Plus and Galaxy S24 Ultra at regular prices without a trade-in and offers faster charging speeds. It could be a better choice for those who want to pay a little less but still want a giant 6.82-inch screen and triple rear camera.
Which Samsung phone series is best, Galaxy A, S or Z?
Samsung’s Galaxy A and S families serve different purposes, so which one is right for you will depend on your needs and budget. The Galaxy A lineup is Samsung’s mid-tier and budget line, and it’s the best choice if you’re looking for a phone under $500 without a trade-in deal. These phones typically offer core features like a big screen, large battery and multiple cameras at a cheaper price.
You also get what you pay for; Samsung’s cheapest phones have very limited storage space and poorer cameras compared with the pricier models, and they sometimes struggle with juggling multiple tasks. More expensive phones like the Galaxy A35 5G provide almost everything most people want in a basic phone, although you’ll still have to compromise a bit on camera quality and general performance.
The Galaxy S series, on the other hand, is Samsung’s flagship smartphone line. Galaxy S phones usually include the best tech that Samsung has to offer and features you’d expect on any high-end phone, such as a premium design, 5G support, screens with high refresh rates and multiple high-end cameras. The biggest updates that launched with the Galaxy S25 lineup, for example, included the bump to a 200-megapixel main camera on the Ultra and bigger batteries for the smaller models. You’ll have to be willing to pay hundreds of dollars more than you would for a Galaxy A series phone in most cases.
Dermatologists are warning about the dangers of a TikTok trend where teens create “sunburn tattoos.”
This entails allowing the skin to get sunburned while wearing stickers, tape or sunscreen in order to create artistic designs.
Although some young adults told Fox News Digital that they use their skin as a canvas to create these sunburn displays for social media attention and because it “looks cool,” skin care experts say this could be harmful to skin health.
SHARPIE LIP-LINER TREND GOES VIRAL AS DOCTORS WARN OF POTENTIAL DANGERS
“Regardless of how creative or harmless it appears, any sunburn is skin injury,” Dr. Anthony Rossi, a double board-certified dermatologic surgeon in New York City, told Fox News Digital.
“This ‘sunburn tattoo’ trend still involves deliberate UV damage to the skin, which — over time — can increase the risk of both immediate and long-term consequences.”
Dermatologists are warning about the dangers of a TikTok trend where teens create “sunburn tattoos.”(iStock)
Sunburn accelerates the skin’s aging process and elevates the risk of skin cancers, including melanoma, the deadliest form.
“A pattern that produces shapes might look cool in a photo, but it can create dangerous UV hotspots — and the damage is cumulative,” cautioned the doctor, who is also the founder of the Dr. Rossi skincare line.
‘OLD PEOPLE SMELL’ IS REAL, EXPERTS SAY — HERE’S HOW TO AVOID IT AS YOU AGE
Rossi shared how many of his older patients recall the days of using iodine, baby oil and sun reflectors to tan — and now they are dealing with the consequences.
“I regularly see patients who had frequent tanning — whether via booths or exposure — during adolescence,” he said. “By their 30s and 40s, many of them already presented with pre-cancerous lesions or actual skin cancers.”
“Suntan tattoos” entail getting sunburned while wearing stickers, tape or sunscreen in order to create artistic designs.(Amazon)
“These can lead to multiple surgeries, scars and melanoma, which can metastasize and be fatal.”
Dr. Sara Moghaddam, a board-certified dermatologist and Mohs surgeon who practices at Delmarva Skin Specialists in Selbyville, Delaware, noted that the sunburn tattoo trend is concerning and significantly increases the risk of future skin cancer in teenagers.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Experiencing five or more blistering sunburns between the ages of 15 and 20 can increase an individual’s melanoma risk by 80%,” Moghaddam told Fox News Digital.
When a sunburn occurs, the UV radiation damages the DNA within skin cells, which leads to mutations that can cause cells to grow uncontrollably, potentially leading to skin cancer, she said.
The American Academy of Dermatology (AAD) confirms that every time the skin tans, it sustains some degree of damage. (iStock)
The American Academy of Dermatology (AAD) confirms that every time the skin tans, it sustains some degree of damage.
“As this damage builds, you speed up the aging of your skin and increase your risk for all types of skin cancer, including melanoma, the deadliest form of skin cancer,” the AAD’s website states.
Prevention tips
Both dermatologists said a spray tan may be a safer alternative to achieving a temporary “tan tattoo” look.
“Spray tans utilize dihydroxyacetone (DHA), a sugar that reacts with amino acids in the skin’s top layer, to create a temporary brown color,” Moghaddam said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“There’s no evidence that DHA from spray tans is harmful; the color simply fades as the skin naturally exfoliates.”
Rossi cautioned, however, that spray tans come with some risk if inhaled improperly. He also warned that they don’t protect against future burns.
“UV damage is insidious — it’s not just about the short-lived image, but the lifelong consequence,” a dermatologist said.(iStock)
To protect the skin from sun damage and reduce skin cancer risk, the AAD recommends seeking shade when possible, especially if “your shadow is shorter than you,” and to be mindful that the sun’s peak hours are between 10 a.m. and 2 p.m.
A sun protection routine should include using broad-spectrum sunscreen and wearing UV-protective clothing, including wide-brimmed hats and sunglasses, when outdoors, experts advise.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Rossi added, “UV damage is insidious — it’s not just about the short-lived image, but the lifelong consequence.”
Amy McGorry is a contributing health writer for Fox News Digital. Follow her on Twitter @amymcgorry.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-18/Economists-say-Trump-tariffs-won-t-significantly-reduce-U-S-debt-1FWtTRBt90k/img/e9da68eb3b774fde9794d87a62210e23/e9da68eb3b774fde9794d87a62210e23.png' alt='Cranes unload shipping containers from the container ship at the Port of Los Angeles in California, U.S., August 15, 2025. /VCG'
U.S. economists believe that raising tariffs may slow the growth of U.S. debt but will not lead to any significant reduction, according to a report published by Fortune magazine on Sunday.
U.S. President Donald Trump has repeatedly claimed that revenues from raised tariffs could both reduce America’s national debt of $37 trillion and fund a public “dividend.”
Earlier this month, Trump said his primary purpose was “to pay down debt, which will happen in very large quantity,” adding that there is a possibility “we’re taking in so much money that we may very well make a dividend to the people of America.”
The Fortune’s report, citing some U.S. economists, expressed skepticism over the president’s claim.
Joao Gomes, a professor of finance and economics at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, told Fortune that the tariff income may offset some costs of the “One Big, Beautiful Bill Act,” projected by the Congressional Budget Office to add three trillion to the debt by 2030, but is unlikely to make a meaningful dent in overall debt.
Desmond Lachman, a senior fellow with the American Enterprise Institute, said Trump’s claim of raising $300 billion is just “a drop in the ocean” compared with the country’s growing debt. “The country is on a really dangerous debt trajectory,” he said.
Lachman also warned that while Trump frames tariffs as a tool for job creation or debt reduction to bolster political support, investors are unlikely to be convinced. “Markets aren’t dumb. They can do the arithmetic and figure out that this is nonsense,” he added.
The report also noted that current revenues from the tariffs do not even cover the interest on the U.S. debt, let alone reduce its total. Citing U.S. Treasury data, it pointed out that national debt interest expenses totaled $60.95 billion in July, while tariff revenues amounted to only $29.6 billion.
Realty firm Brigade Enterprises Ltd is targeting more than ₹225 crore in revenue from the sale of residential plots in its new project in Bengaluru.
The company has launched a new project ‘Brigade Cherry Blossom’, in Malur of East Bengaluru.
This is a joint venture project, comprising 338 housing plots.
“With a projected revenue potential exceeding ₹225 crore, the project spans 20 acres and 11 guntas, offering a total development area of 4.51 lakh sq ft,” Brigade Enterprises said in a regulatory filing on Friday.
“Malur is an evolving micro-market and upcoming residential hub, and this development reflects our commitment to delivering high-quality and sustainable projects to our customers,” said Pavitra Shankar, Managing Director, Brigade Enterprises.
Established in 1986, Brigade Group is one of the leading real estate companies in the country.
The company has developed housing, commercial and hospitality projects across South India.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
ADRIANA Ćaleta-Car zapalila je Instagram posljednjom objavom. Podijelila je seriju fotografija s odmora u Dubrovniku, a na nekoliko njih pozira u upečatljivom crnom dvodijelnom kupaćem kostimu. Objavu su joj ubrzo preplavili emotikoni vatre i srca.
Riječ je o kupaćem kostimu Magde Butrym, dizajnerice poznate po sofisticiranim komadima koji su vrlo popularni među slavnim osobama. Iako najčešće koristi motiv ruže kao svoj prepoznatljiv potpis, kod ovog kupaćeg kostima u prvom planu su veliki biseri.
Na odličnom je sniženju
Crni bikini sastoji se od bandeau topa koji se u sredini spaja uzicama s biserima, stvarajući otvor u obliku proreza. Uzice se nastavljaju prema vratu i vežu poput haltera, dok se dodatne trake križaju ispod grudnjaka na predjelu abdomena. Donji dio visokog je struka, a poseban detalj čine tanke trake koje se križaju ispod struka i ukrašene su velikim biserima, stvarajući dojam nakita na kupaćem kostimu.
Ovaj komad djeluje vrlo efektno i zasigurno privlači pažnju bilo na plaži, bilo uz bazen. Ako je i vas osvojio, trenutačno je na odličnom sniženju – i gornjem i donjem dijelu cijena je srezana za 50%. Pogledajte ga u nastavku.
O brendu
Magda Butrym jedno je od najzanimljivijih imena na svjetskoj modnoj sceni. Poljska dizajnerica brend je pokrenula 2014. godine, a danas je poznata po luksuznim komadima koji kombiniraju retro inspiraciju s modernim krojevima. Njezin zaštitni znak su ruže – u obliku voluminoznih aplikacija, printova ili ručno rađenih ukrasa – zahvaljujući kojima su njezine kolekcije odmah prepoznatljive.
Iako je najpoznatija po haljinama, Butrym svoj potpis prenosi i na druge komade, uključujući kupaće kostime. Naizgled jednostavne krojeve obogaćuje detaljima poput bisera ili cvjetnih aplikacija, pa svaki model postaje modni statement i izgleda poput upečatljivog modnog dodatka.
Njezine kreacije obožavaju brojne svjetske zvijezde – od Hailey Bieber i Kim Kardashian do Jennifer Lawrence i Kendall Jenner. Upravo zbog tog spoja luksuza, unikatnih detalja i bezvremenskog dizajna, Magda Butrym iz sezone u sezonu potvrđuje status jedne od najtraženijih suvremenih dizajnerica.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Stafford, sidelined since the start of training camp because of a back issue, practiced Monday for the first time.
That qualified as an unexpected and momentous development for the Rams as they prepare for their Sept. 7 opener against the Houston Texans at SoFi Stadium.
Stafford, 37, went through individual and team drills with the first-team offense. The 17th-year pro was a full participant, but he did not speak to reporters afterward.
“It was good to be able to have Matthew out there,” Rams coach Sean McVay said. “There are no updates. We’re going to take it a day, a week at a time.“
Stafford looked sharp and had no noticeable limitations during the one-hour practice. The Rams typically go through fast-paced, energetic workouts.
But there was a heightened, palpable sense of excitement from other players when Stafford went into the huddle for the first 11-on-11 period.
“That certainly was something that guys felt good about,” McVay said. “This represents a great opportunity that he wanted to be out there and do what he did … and we’ll see what [Tuesday] entails.”
Based on what he saw of Stafford, how confident is McVay that Stafford will be ready for the opener?
“I think that would be putting the cart way before the horse,” McVay said.
McVay used his post-practice news conference to pull back the reins on himself.
Rams quarterback Matthew Stafford passes during practice in Woodland Hills on Aug. 18, 2025.
(Los Angeles Rams)
From the start of training camp, McVay publicly set target dates for Stafford to begin practicing or go through individual workouts. Many of those dates came and went with Stafford still sidelined.
Questions followed.
“There was lot of things that we had talked about at the beginning, and it’s kind of gone a little bit differently than what we had planned,” McVay said.
On Monday, McVay repeatedly said there were no updates on Stafford’s situation — “We’re trying to get our hands on it” — and that the Rams would proceed a day at a time.
“I’m not going to pigeonhole myself into any plans,” McVay said. “And so we’re just really seeing how he feels.”
Until Monday, Stafford’s only active on-field work occurred Aug. 9, when McVay said Stafford threw more than 60 passes encompassing short, medium and long routes. Stafford was scheduled to practice two days later but was not able to do so.
Last Saturday, before the Rams played the Chargers, Stafford was scheduled to go through another workout. But when asked to confirm whether Stafford did so, the Rams on Saturday night declined to comment, sending the NFL world abuzz with speculation about Stafford’s health.
On Monday, the Rams confirmed that Stafford did not go through the Saturday session.
And Stafford looked eager and energized during the practice.
Stafford and quarterbacks Jimmy Garoppolo, Stetson Bennett and Dresser Winn began by taking snaps from centers. They moved on to executing roll-out passes, stretched with the team and then did hand-off drills with running backs.
When they gathered for 11-on-11 drills, Stafford connected with receiver Davante Adams on his first pass. On the next play, he scrambled forward out of the pocket and attempted a short pass that fell incomplete, moving with no obvious hindrance or signs of discomfort.
Those were positive signs for a Rams team aiming to return to the Super Bowl for the first time since the 2021 season.
But McVay was not allowing himself to get too excited or look too far ahead.
“My job is to make sure you stay steady and even-keeled — No. 1 for Matthew but for our group,” he said. “Of course you want him to feel as good as possible and be able to lead the way.
“But if the circumstances don’t allow that, then we have a lot of confidence in Jimmy and Stetson and our group as a whole.”
OnePlus Nord CE 5 Review: Last month, OnePlus has expanded its Nord lineup with the launch of OnePlus Nord CE 5 in India. Available in three variants and three colour options, it packs a 7,100mAh battery – a capacity usually reserved for tablets, the company claimed. But is it the only standout feature in it, or are there more surprises in store? Read on to learn about it.
OnePlus Nord CE 5 Review: Price, Colours, Variants
The smartphone is available in three variants: 8+128GB, 8+256GB, and 12+256GB, priced at Rs 22,999, Rs 24,999, and Rs 26,999, respectively. Apart from this, the OnePlus Nord CE 5 is also available in three colours: Black Infinity, Marble Mist, and Nexus Blue. We used the 8+256 variant of the device in the Nexus Blue shade.
OnePlus Nord CE 5 Review: Design
The Nord CE5 has a slightly retro look. However, that doesn’t mean it looks or feels bad. The body feels very sturdy, and there is no flex or hollowness at the back. The back is made of plastic and looks and feels like it. The same goes for the middle frame. The front has a toughened glass cover, although OnePlus hasn’t revealed its type.
On the right side, the phone houses the power button and the volume rockers, while the left side frame is totally empty. There are no surprises like Nord 5 in device controls and their layout. At the bottom, you’ll find a SIM slot, primary microphone, USB Type-C port, and speaker grille.
OnePlus Nord CE 5 Review: Display
OnePlus Nord CE 5 has a 6.77-inch AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate and 1,430 nits of peak brightness. The selfie punch hole is a bit larger than average, but not excessive. Also, the device comes with an IP65 rating, which indicates decent resistance to dust and mild water splashes.
We tested it with content-heavy apps like YouTube and Amazon Prime, and spent time scrolling through Instagram and Facebook. The experience was consistently top-tier, with vibrant visuals and fluid performance across the board.
OnePlus Nord CE 5 Review: Camera
The OnePlus Nord CE 5 has a 50MP main camera based on the Sony LYT-600 sensor. The second camera on the back of the phone is an 8MP fixed-focus ultrawide. For selfies, it has another 16MP front-facing sensor.
We found the main camera to take decent photos in daylight. The detail is good, but there is also a lot of noise that can’t be ignored. The contrast is pretty okayish, and so are the colours. The dynamic range could have been a little higher, but it’s still decent.
Portrait shots turn out quite well. While skin texture detail is limited, the skin tones are natural and pleasing. Subject detection and separation are accurate, and the background blur is smooth and visually appealing.
OnePlus Nord CE 5 Review: Battery
As mentioned above, the OnePlus Nord CE 5 is powered by a 7,100mAh battery and comes with an 80 W SUPERVOOC charging adapter.
Initially, the phone’s battery showed a security error and took an unusually long time to charge. However, a quick software update fixed the issue. After that, the device took about 1 hour to charge from 1 to 100 per cent. And just like the OnePlus Nord 5, it also has a pretty impressive battery life, or we can say even better.
With moderate usage, including social media scrolling, YouTube watching, etc, it can easily last two full days, and under heavy gaming or extended video streaming, you will still have enough charge left to comfortably last a full day.
OnePlus Nord CE 5 Review: Software and Performance
The OnePlus Nord CE5 is powered by the MediaTek Dimensity 8350 Apex chipset, built on TSMC’s advanced 4nm process and based on the latest Armv9 architecture. For graphics, the chipset includes a 6-core Mali-G615 GPU. During testing, the device did not show any lag while multitasking or using multiple apps in the background. Also, it handles heat very well.
OnePlus Nord CE 5 Review: Things That We Feel Could Have Been Better
To sum up, here are a few things that we feel could have been better:
OnePlus Nord CE 5 has a plastic frame and back.
The camera needs improvement.
The IP rating has not been improved; it offers an IP65 rating.
PlayStation Plus Extra subscribers are about to be treated to a brand new game that has been making waves with the critics.
Developed by the team behind Abzu and The Pathless, Sword of the Sea is a brand new adventure game with an August 19 release date.
While the game can be purchased individually, it will also be available as a day-one release for PlayStation Plus Extra subscribers in August.
Joining the likes of Marvel’s Spider-Man Remastered and Mortal Kombat 1, Sword of the Sea is described as “an atmospheric surfing adventure” in which players attempt to restore a lost ocean.
“Carve your way forward on the ancient and powerful Hoversword, which moves like a snowboard, skateboard, and surfboard all in one,” Sony explains.
“Build momentum to reach top speed and catch big air off the crests of giant waves. Pull off radical flips, spins, and grab tricks with ease as you shred halfpipes, ramps, and wall rides. It’s the perfect balance of exhilarating action and fluid, meditative movement.”
Ahead of its August 19 release date, PlayStation and PC game Sword of the Sea has received almost universal praise from critics.
It has received perfect scores from the likes of Eurogamer, DualShockers and PlayStation Lifestyle, each praising its stunning visuals and atmosphere.
It currently has an 89% score on Metacritic, making it one of this year’s highest-rated games.
Needless to say, Xbox Game Pass will have its work cut out trying to best PS Plus Extra thanks to games like Sword of the Sea.
Microsoft is expected to announce the next wave of Xbox Game Pass titles in the coming days.
In addition to Sword of the Sea, Mortal Kombat 1 and Spider-Man, the August PS Plus Extra line-up includes Earth Defense Force 6, Atelier Ryza 3 Alchemist of the End & the Secret Key, Unicorn Overlord, Indika, Harold Halibut and Coral Island.
As for PS Plus Premium, the service will add survival horror classics Resident Evil 2 and Resident Evil 3 Nemesis on August 19.
Premium subscribers will also be able to check out 5-hours of gameplay from Death Stranding 2: On the Beach as part of the Game Trial scheme.
Ford Motor Company president and CEO Jim Farley has declared his disdain for ‘two-row crossovers’ – such as the Toyota RAV4, Australia’s best-selling SUV – and has indicated the similarly sized Ford Escape is about to be axed globally.
The Blue Oval brand will use the same Louisville, Kentucky, plant in the US to build a new Ford Ranger-sized dual-cab electric ute from 2027, and it appears the Ford Escape currently made in the same plant will make way for the new model.
“Now is time to change the game once again,” Mr Farley said during the announcement of Ford Universal EV Platform last week.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new Ford. Click here to get a great deal.
“The new pickup, built here in Louisville, is going to cure a lot of problems, like all those generic, two-row crossovers that dominate our industry,” the Ford boss added.
After launching as a cousin to the Mazda Tribute, the Escape eventually moved to the same platform as the Focus small car before being dropped from Ford Australia showrooms after more than two decades on sale Down Under. For many years, it was sold here as the Kuga, as it still is in Europe.
Mr Farley – a self-confessed petrol-head and car enthusiast – previously said the two-row SUV segment didn’t work for Ford, confirming in a previous earnings call that the US automaker would no longer produce vehicles to compete in it.
“We are not going to be playing in the two-row commodity crossover market because that’s – because Ford’s tried that in the ICE [internal combustion engine] business and it didn’t really work out for us,” Mr Farley said at the time.
“We want to play our hand, our strength… commercial, truck, larger vehicles on the category side.”
That’s despite the fact the Puma light SUV – another ‘two-row crossover’ that was dropped from Ford’s Australian lineup, in 2024 – tops the sales charts in the UK, and that the RAV4 was Toyota’s best-selling model in Australia last year, when it threatened to knock off the Ranger for the number one spot overall.
Even in Ford’s home market – where the Ford F-Series full-size pickup was the best-seller, comfortably ahead of the second-placed Chevrolet Silverado – the RAV4 was North America’s third most popular model overall in the first half of 2025.
The RAV4 was one of three ‘two-row’ SUVs in the top 10, including the Honda CR-V in fourth and the Chevrolet Equinox (not available in Australia) in 10th.
The Ford Escape was 24th with 82,589 sales, compared to the RAV4’s 239,451. However, Ford also splits the segment by offering the related Bronco Sport crossover SUV, of which it sold 72,438 examples in the first half of 2025.
Under Mr Farley, who has led Ford since 2020, the automaker dropped the Ford Edge two-row SUV, which was sold in Australia as the Endura between 2018 and 2020.
The Lincoln Corsair – based on the Escape – also appears on borrowed time given it’s also made at the Louisville plant where the new EV pickup will be produced.
The Australian-market Everest – the second-best selling Ford model locally – has five- and seven-seat variants so it technically doesn’t quite fit into the category the Ford boss has been so outspoken about.
The move away from what Mr Farley describes as ‘generic’ crossovers follows his commitment to stop making ‘boring’ cars as the brand focuses on its ‘icons’ such as F-Series, Mustang and Bronco in future.
That also includes – although it’s not yet officially confirmed – a move back towards passenger cars in Europe, where over many decades Ford built a strong reputation among enthusiasts for its sporting versions of the Cortina, Escort, Sierra, Focus and Fiesta, among others.
MORE: Explore the Ford showroom
MORE: Ford admits it needs to lift its passenger car game
Easy access to Delhi’s IGI Airport, plus connectivity to Cyber City, Udyog Vihar, and the Delhi-Mumbai Expressway, makes the area highly attractive to investors
Experts attribute this price surge to the excellent connectivity provided by the Dwarka Expressway. (PTI/File)
Prime Minister Narendra Modi inaugurated the Delhi section of the Dwarka Expressway and Urban Extension Road-II (UER-II) on Sunday. These projects are expected to significantly reduce traffic congestion in the national capital and enhance connectivity with neighbouring cities. The Haryana section of the Dwarka Expressway is already operational.
Since the announcement of the Dwarka Expressway construction, property prices in the surrounding areas have surged and show no signs of slowing. Over the past four years, property values around the expressway have nearly doubled, with experts predicting a further 15-20% increase over the next two years. According to a study by PropEquity, the launch price on the Dwarka Expressway has risen from Rs 9,434 per square foot in 2020 to Rs 18,668 per square foot in 2024.
Similarly, the price of a standard 3BHK flat has escalated from Rs 1.8 crore in 2022 to between Rs 2.6 crore and Rs 4 crore this year.
Experts attribute this price surge to the excellent connectivity provided by the expressway. The easy access to Delhi’s IGI Airport, and connectivity to major economic centres like Cyber City and Udyog Vihar, along with a direct link to the Delhi-Mumbai Expressway, have made this area highly attractive to investors.
Property Demand Set To Rise
Navdeep Sardana, founder of real estate company Whiteland Corporation, describes the Dwarka Expressway as the most promising corridor of the NCR. The direct connectivity of Gurugram, Sonipat, and Panipat with UER-II is expected to create substantial opportunities for investors, with a rapid increase in demand for high-quality residential and commercial projects.
Pradeep Aggarwal, founder and chairman of Signature Global (India) Ltd, notes that property prices around the expressway have doubled in the past five years, driven by infrastructure that supports large-scale residential and retail development and connects to economic hubs like Cyber City.
Rising Demand For Commercial Projects
Other experts suggest the area’s development will extend beyond residential projects, with large-scale logistics hubs, retail spaces, and office developments emerging rapidly. Surinder Singh, director of GLS Group, highlights that the reduced travel time between Gurugram and IGI Airport, now just 20 minutes, and the direct link to the Delhi-Mumbai Expressway will make this area a prime location for corporates, retail companies, and service industries.
Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
view comments
Location :
Delhi, India, India
News business Dwarka Expressway Pushes 3BHK Prices From Rs 1.8 Crore To Rs 4 Crore In 4 Years
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
VanEck Associates Corporation has reiterated its bold Bitcoin (BTC) target for the end of this year. According to an analysis post by Mathew Sigel, VanEck’s head of digital asset research, and Nathan Frankovitz, the company’s investment analyst, the BTC price will hit $180k before the end of 2025.
VanEck’s analyst highlighted that the BTC price will be impacted by several intertwined risks and opportunities in the remaining months of 2025. Nevertheless, VanEck’s analyst highlighted that the BTC price is well-positioned to rebound to break out to a new all-time high instead of a multi-month market correction.
“Macroeconomic developments and seasonal investor re-engagement could either extend Bitcoin’s momentum or prompt profit-taking. Still, we stick with our $180k BTC price target by year-end,” the VanEck report noted.
Why is VanEck Betting on Bitcoin Price Rally by Year-end?
Bitcoin price has recorded macro bullish sentiment since President Donald Trump got re-elected for the second term. The favorable crypto regulatory outlook in the United States has helped attract more institutional investors to the Bitcoin market, especially through treasury strategies and the spot BTC ETFs.
According to aggregate market data from BitcoinTreasuries, 294 entities, led by Strategy (MSTR), have accumulated more than 3.67 million Bitcoins. Meanwhile, the U.S. spot BTC ETFs have recorded a cumulative total net cash inflow of $54.97 billion, thus currently holding total net assets of $151.9 billion.
According to on-chain data analysis from Santiment, Bitcoin whales and sharks, with account balances of between 10 and 10k BTCs, have accumulated 225,320 Bitcoins since March 22, 2025. As a result, the cohort now holds a total of 13.62 million BTCs.
V. Kamakoti, Director, IIT Madras, with Dinanath Soni, Director, Indrarka Quantum Technologies, at an event to ink a licensing agreement for QRNG technology
| Photo Credit:
SUPPLIED
The Indian Institute of Technology Madras (IIT Madras) has developed a silicon photonics-based high-speed Quantum Random Number Generator (QRNG). The institute has also signed an MoU with Indrarka Quantum Technologies to transfer the IP and for commercial deployment of the QRNG technology in a deal worth ₹1 crore.
The technology, developed at the institute’s Centre for Programmable Photonic Integrated Circuits and Systems (CPPICS), is expected to have critical applications in fields such as defence, cryptographic algorithms, financial transactions, blockchain, and OTP generation.
“Silicon photonics is an emerging area with a strong interface with Quantum Technologies. Random number generation is a critical building block for secure computing and communication. I am extremely excited that the CPPICS has developed this QRNG that could be readily deployed in the market,” said V Kamakoti, Director, IIT Madras.
Meanwhile, a prototype version of the QRNG module was earlier delivered to the Young Scientist Laboratory – Quantum Technologies under the Defence Research and Development Organisation. The institute has also developed an advanced version of the QRNG module, which was deployed at the Society for Electronic Transactions and Security (SETS Chennai) for quantum security applications.
According to Dinanath Soni, Director, Indrarka Quantum Technologies, “We are committed to making this indigenous innovation accessible across critical sectors, establishing India as a global leader in quantum security and advancing our nation’s vision of technological self-reliance.
Looking for the most recent Wordle answer? Click here for today’s Wordle hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Mini Crossword, Connections, Connections: Sports Edition and Strands puzzles.
Today’s Wordle puzzle is a fun word, but the letters might be tough to guess. If you need a new starter word, check out our list of which letters show up the most in English words. If you need hints and the answer, read on.
Today’s Wordle hints
Before we show you today’s Wordle answer, we’ll give you some hints. If you don’t want a spoiler, look away now.
Wordle hint No. 1: Repeats
Today’s Wordle answer has no repeated letters.
Wordle hint No. 2: Vowels
Today’s Wordle answer has one vowel and one “sometimes” vowel.
Wordle hint No. 3: Start letter
Today’s Wordle answer begins with R.
Wordle hint No. 4: Wrestling
Today’s Wordle answer was the nickname of a late Canadian professional wrestler and actor.
Wordle hint No. 5: Second meaning
Today’s Wordle answer can also refer to being noisy or disorderly.
TODAY’S WORDLE ANSWER
Today’s Wordle answer is ROWDY.
Yesterday’s Wordle answer
Yesterday’s Wordle answer, Aug. 18, No. 1521, was ISSUE.
Cases of Valley fever are spiking in California, according to health officials.
As of the end of July, there were 6,761 cases confirmed — which means if this pace continues, the total 2025 numbers will likely exceed the 12,595 cases seen in 2024.
Last year’s total was a new record for the state, where the average has been 7,000 to 9,000 cases annually between 2016 and 2024, per data from the California Department of Public Health (CDPH).
MOSQUITO-BORNE DENGUE FEVER CASES SURGE AT POPULAR US VACATION DESTINATION
The case count is likely to increase due to delays in reporting.
“Valley fever is a serious illness that’s here to stay in California,” said Erica Pan, director of the state public health department, in a statement.
Cases of Valley fever are spiking in California, according to health officials.(iStock)
Named after the San Joaquin Valley in California, Valley fever is an infection caused by breathing in the spores of a fungus called Coccidioides, which originates in the soil.
“Valley fever is a serious illness that’s here to stay in California.”
Southern Arizona and Southern California have the highest volume of cases, per the Centers of Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) — but the disease is also prevalent in New Mexico, Nevada, Utah, Texas and parts of Washington state.
Research has shown that periods of drought followed by precipitation can promote growth of the Valley fever fungus, sending spores into the air that people breathe in.
MORE CASES OF DEADLY ‘FLESH-EATING’ BACTERIAL INFECTION IN POPULAR VACATION DESTINATION
Dr. George Thompson, a professor at UC Davis Health and co-director of the Center for Valley fever in Sacramento, previously spoke with Fox News Digital about the ramp-up in cases.
“We have seen a gradual increase in cases over the last five years, and a greater number of patients are coming into our clinic for diagnosis and treatment,” he said at the time.
Risks and symptoms
While geographic location heightens the overall risk of contracting Valley fever, the CDC notes that certain groups are more vulnerable.
These include people 60 years of age and older, those who have weakened immune systems as a result of certain diseases or medical conditions, pregnant women, people with diabetes, and people who are Black or Filipino.
COULD CHIKUNGUNYA VIRUS SPREAD TO US? HERE’S WHAT AMERICANS SHOULD KNOW
Symptoms of Valley fever can vary in type and severity, but they tend to mimic those seen in patients with COVID-19, experts say.
“Some [people] may have a fever, chills or fatigue, or just feel generally unwell,” Thompson of UC Davis Health said.
Named after the San Joaquin Valley in California, Valley fever is an infection caused by breathing in the spores of a fungus called Coccidioides, which originates in the soil.(iStock)
However, he said he does see some severe cases where patients experience respiratory illness and difficulty breathing.
Other symptoms may include extreme fatigue, bone or joint pain, night sweats, fever, chest pain, severe headaches, weight loss and skin rashes, according to the CDPH.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Thompson estimated that for 1% to 3% of people, the infection will leave the lungs and travel to other parts of the body, which can lead to meningitis.
People who experience severe Valley fever illness may need to be treated in a hospital, and may need ongoing medical care for months or years, health officials cautioned.
Since the fungus that causes Valley fever lives in the soil, infection is often “hobby-related,” an expert said. He said he sees many cases among people who are in archeology or who spend a lot of time outdoors. (iStock)
Although it’s rare, people outside the high-risk groups can experience severe effects from Valley fever.
One of those is Rob Purdie from California, who contracted Valley fever in 2012 when he was 38. The infection led to meningitis, which caused severe headaches and double vision, he previously told Fox News Digital.
“Some [people] may have a fever, chills or fatigue, or just feel generally unwell.”
The spores of the fungus had spread from his lungs to his brain and nervous system, a potentially fatal condition.
More than a decade later, Purdie lives with the lingering effects of disseminated coccidioidal meningitis caused by Valley fever.
Prevention strategies
Since the fungus that causes Valley fever lives in the soil, infection is often “hobby-related,” Thompson said. He said he sees many cases among people who are in archeology or who spend a lot of time outdoors.
Anyone who has experienced cough, fever, fatigue or other Valley fever symptoms for more than seven to 10 days should see a doctor.(iStock)
For those in high-risk groups, the doctor recommends avoiding construction sites or areas where soil is often stirred up into the air.
People can also wear an N95 respirator, a type of high-quality mask, to minimize exposure in dusty areas.
Diagnosis and treatment
Not everyone who acquires Valley fever requires medical treatment, although some may benefit from antifungal medications.
Those who have severe symptoms, take immunocompromising medications, have cancer, have HIV, are pregnant or have had an organ transplant are likely to need antifungals.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
A blood test sent to a lab can confirm a current or prior infection of Valley fever, and a chest X-ray or CT scan can detect cases of pneumonia, according to the CDC.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Anyone who has experienced cough, fever, fatigue or other Valley fever symptoms for more than seven to 10 days should see a doctor, especially if they have been around dirt or dust in areas where the fungus is prevalent.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/news/rishabh-pant-wins-hearts-with-playful-video-of-him-baking-a-pizza-during-break-9106839” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-17/Books-of-Xi-s-discourses-on-deepening-reform-comprehensively-published-1FUJreWZRNm/img/e8000da29d67415a9334a9a4fe9f06eb/e8000da29d67415a9334a9a4fe9f06eb.png' alt='A view of Shenzhen, south China's Guangdong Province. /VCG'
The first and second volumes of a compilation of discourses by Xi Jinping, general secretary of the Communist Party of China Central Committee, on adhering to deepening reform comprehensively have been published.
Realty firm Omaxe Ltd has posted a consolidated net loss of ₹185.77 crore in the first quarter of this financial year on lower income.
Its net loss stood at ₹146.98 crore in the year-ago period.
Total income also declined to ₹298.03 crore in the April-June period of 2025-26 fiscal against ₹385.23 crore in the corresponding period of the preceding year, according to a regulatory filing last week.
Omaxe, which is one of the leading real estate firms in the country, has a presence in 30 cities across eight states of North and Central India. It has delivered more than 135 million sq ft of area since its inception.
Last month, Omaxe Ltd bought 450-acre land in Indore, Madhya Pradesh, to develop a township at an investment of Rs 1,200 crore.
Recently, the company raised ₹500 crore from Oaktree Capital Management for development of its existing projects and future growth.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
ALGORITAM daje, ali algoritam i uzima. Iako je TikTok mnoge inspirirao na uređenje doma, preplavio je naše društvene mreže prolaznim mikro-trendovima. Oni obećavaju trenutnu transformaciju prostora, no najčešće donose samo dugoročno žaljenje.
“Trendovi su prolazni, često samo trik, i zbog njih prostor može brzo izgledati zastarjelo”, ističe dizajnerica interijera Darci Hether. “Sjajni su ako dizajnirate za lajkove na društvenim mrežama, ali nisu toliko fantastični ako dizajnirate za stvarni život”, piše Elle Decor.
Istraživanje koje je provela stručnjakinja za dizajn interijera Danielle Castagna iz tvrtke Level Frames otkrilo je da trendovi u uređenju interijera imaju prosječan životni vijek od samo 10 mjeseci. Njezin tim do ovog je zaključka došao analizom Pinterestovih izvješća o trendovima i praćenjem njihove popularnosti na Google Trends alatima tijekom posljednjih 20 godina.
“Nitko ne želi zamrziti svoj dekor manje od godinu dana nakon što je uložio vrijeme, trud i novac u preuređenje”, kaže Castagna. “Zato je ključno da ciklus trendova uzmete s rezervom i povežete se s onim što doista volite u dizajnu interijera”.
S obzirom na tako kratak životni vijek, kako vlasnici domova mogu razlikovati trajni stil od prolaznih hirova?
Sve što završava na “-core”
Prema dizajnerima, svaki trend čije ime završava na “-core” trebalo bi izbjegavati. “Stvaranje prostora usredotočenih na bilo što s nastavkom ‘-core’ vjerojatno treba izbjegavati jer je riječ o vrlo jednodimenzionalnom dizajnu koji možda ima manju dugoročnu trajnost”, kaže Nicole Cole iz Vestige Homea.
Posebno je na udaru takozvani cottagecore.
“Cvjetni uzorci, čipka i volani mogu biti šarmantni, ali previše toga prelazi u kič”, objašnjava dizajnerica Lauren Saab. Ona savjetuje uravnotežiti takve elemente čistim arhitektonskim linijama ili krojenim presvlakama za bezvremenski dojam.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Kada je svaka površina mekana, soba riskira da izgleda kao da je zapela u prošlosti”, dodaje. Saab upozorava na stilove koji nisu prirodni produžetak vašeg vlastitog ukusa ili koji zahtijevaju da zamijenite većinu onoga što već posjedujete.
Istraživanje Danielle Castagne otkrilo je da i weirdcore, nekonvencionalan, psihodeličan trend s odvažnim bojama i nadrealnim utjecajima, bilježi ogroman pad interesa, veći od 17% u posljednjih godinu dana.
Dopaminski dekor i pretjerani maksimalizam
Dizajnerica interijera Courtney Cole iz TileClouda iz prve ruke vidi probleme s tzv. dopaminskim dekorom, trendom koji potiče uređenje prostora naglašeno jarkim bojama, kao i s maksimalizmom.
“Iako se dopaminski dekor temelji na ideji unošenja veselih boja za poboljšanje raspoloženja, ponekad može dovesti do vizualnog nereda, čineći prostor kaotičnim”, kaže. “Ovaj trend često naglašava kvantitetu nad kvalitetom, što rezultira kolekcijom neskladnih predmeta”.
Sličan problem vidi i s maksimalizmom: “Loša strana je što je lako prijeći granicu i završiti s pretrpanim prostorom, umjesto funkcionalnim mjestom gdje vlasnici mogu izraziti svoju kreativnost”.
Ipak, postoji razlika između dobrog i lošeg maksimalizma.
“Postoji razlika između sakupljenog, slojevitog doma i onog koji je umjetno natrpan samo za dobru fotografiju”, kaže dizajnerica interijera Tina Montemayor. Ona sugerira da selektivnost s nekoliko ključnih komada i boja održava prostor radosnim, ali i uravnoteženim, ostavljajući oku prostora za odmor.
Dekor s uzorkom hrane
Doslovne interpretacije trendova rijetko imaju dug vijek trajanja. Nedavni trend ljeta djevojke sardine savršen je primjer kako se novitetni dekor brzo pretvara iz šarmantnog u kičast.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Limene konzerve sardina, posuđe u obliku školjke i drugi obalni naglasci s hranom mogu izgledati zaigrano na internetu, ali rijetko izdrže test vremena”, kaže Saab. “Umjesto toga, inspiraciju potražite u boji ili teksturi hrane za suptilniji i dugotrajniji dojam”.
Problem nije u tome što hrana ne može inspirirati lijep dizajn, već u tome što TikTokova interpretacija uklanja svaku suptilnost. Umjesto da se inspiracija crpi iz bogate bordo boje vina ili kremastih tekstura tjestenine, algoritam nagrađuje doslovne prijevode: stvarne limenke sardina kao teglice za biljke, lampe u obliku gljiva ili zidove prekrivene motivima trešanja.
“Trendovi vezani uz hranu brzo se mijenjaju jer su vezani za kulturne trenutke, a ne za bezvremensku privlačnost”, ističe Saab.
Trend gljiva također služi kao upozorenje. Istraživanje je pokazalo da su, unatoč tome što su nadživjeli tipičan životni vijek trenda, interijeri s gljivama doživjeli najoštriji pad popularnosti, s padom pretraživanja od preko 33%.
Kako koketirati s trendovima (bez obveze)
Rješenje nije u potpunom izbjegavanju suvremenih utjecaja, već u njihovom strateškom uključivanju.
“Ako se želite poigrati s jednim od ovih trendova, možda ne biste trebali preuređivati cijeli dom”, predlaže dizajner Benjamin Vandiver.
Dizajnerica Margaret Naeve nudi praktičan pristup: “Umjesto da se obvežete na presvlačenje cijele kutne garniture u maslac žutu ili zamjenu svih ormarića nehrđajućim čelikom, razmislite o manjem ulaganju poput jastuka ili pomoćnog stolića s osobinama koje vas privlače. Tako nećete zažaliti zbog kupnje za tri do pet godina”.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Those pesky rivals from down south staggered away from their weekend stay at Dodger Stadium Sunday with spirits bruised, egos bloodied and Manny Machado flattened.
Canned Diego.
Arriving here shortly after stealing first place, little brother spent the next three days giving it back to a Dodger team that met the moment while the Padres recoiled from it.
Fanned Diego.
It was a sweeping sweep of a sweep, the Dodgers winning their third consecutive game from the Padres Sunday by a 5-4 margin that does not begin to elucidate the difference between these two teams.
The Dodgers now lead the National League West by two games, but it feels like 20. Both teams have 38 games remaining in the season, including three next weekend in San Diego, but any sort of real challenge by the Padres feels fabricated.
The Dodgers are the deeper team. The Dodgers are the more focused team. The Dodgers are the better team.
The final weekend blow was an eighth-inning, game-winning drive into the left-field pavilion by Mookie Betts, but this series wasn’t nearly that close.
The Dodgers did everything right, and the Padres did everything dumb.
The Dodgers charged, and the Padres choked.
“Didn’t play as well as we’d like to have, and the series didn’t go like we wanted it to,” Padres manager Mike Shildt said. “But … this team is more than in a great place.”
That would nonetheless currently be second place, which, after this weekend, seems like an appropriate spot.
Meanwhile, for one of the few stretches in this curious summer, the Dodgers behaved like the first-place tenants they are.
“I don’t think anyone in that clubhouse doubted our abilities and how good we can be,” Dodgers manager Dave Roberts said. “Honestly, it was just good to play a really good series, start to finish.”
Truly, from start to finish. The injury-prone Dodgers starters allowed just three runs in 17 innings, the much-maligned Dodger bullpen finished with just three allowed runs in 10 innings, and the Padres were bad enough that nothing else mattered.
On Friday, Machado gave the Dodgers a run when he botched a bunt, and later hastily popped out on the first pitch in the eighth inning with two out and the tying and go-ahead runs on base.
On Saturday, the Padres were thrown out attempting to steal three times in the first two innings while center fielder Jackson Merrill added to the madness by dropping a fly ball that cost them two runs.
Then on Sunday, the Padres outhit the Dodgers 10-6 but couldn’t get out of their own way long enough to ever pose a real threat.
In the third inning, Freddy Fermín ran into an out on a single to right-center, Andy Pages nailing him by a mile. Then, with a runner on third and two out, Machado swung at the second pitch and grounded out to first.
Two innings later, Machado stranded two more runners with a groundout, but his humiliation was just beginning. In the seventh, Machado threw his bat and walked toward first on a strike call. After sheepishly returning to home plate amid a taunting roar from the hostile Dodger Stadium crowd, he flied out with a runner on second.
San Diego’s Manny Machado reacts to a called strike in the seventh inning Sunday against the Dodgers.
(Carlin Stiehl / Los Angeles Times)
Machado wasn’t done yet. Appropriately, he was the final out of the game, swinging wildly at an Alex Vesia fastball for a strikeout on a foul tip that left the former Dodger one for 12 for the weekend.
“We can blink, and I’m pretty confident within a week or so, we’ll be talking and be like, ‘Man, Manny’s got eight RBIs in the last five days,’ so we’re not concerned about it,” said Shildt, who claimed his star was stung by bad calls by home plate umpire Jeremie Rehak. “Unfortunately, some pitches that are outside the strike zone got called on him. Which, again, is unfortunate when they’re not trying to throw strikes all the time to him. They’re taking their chances and to get rewarded on balls that are outside the zone is a little frustrating.”
Before the series, in the wake of four consecutive dispiriting losses, Roberts called on his team to show more focus and urgency. Their final answer, on a day they could have easily shrugged off after winning the first two games of the series, came quickly and dramatically.
Tyler Glasnow, pitching in his biggest game as a Dodger, struck out three in the top of the first en route to eight strikeouts in five innings.
Freddie Freeman, right, celebrates with Shohei Ohtani after hitting a three-run home run in the first inning Sunday against the Padres.
(Carlin Stiehl / Los Angeles Times)
Then, in the bottom of the first against the Padres’ Yu Darvish, Shohei Ohtani singled, Betts walked and Freddie Freeman blasted a home run over the right-center field fence. One out later, Pages homered to left and the tone had been set.
“I think we all know who we are in here, in this team and how good we can be,” said Freeman. “We just gotta play good baseball like we did this weekend … we know who we are inside. And gotta keep it going.”
Roberts was as good as any of them, doing a masterful job all weekend handling his outmanned bullpen, succeeding again Sunday by listening to his most reliable reliever.
After finishing up an eighth inning during which the Padres tied the game on a Jose Iglesias grounder, Vesia was promptly told he was done for the day, as Justin Wrobleski was scheduled to pitch the ninth.
But Vesia had a better idea. He told Roberts he wanted the ball if the Dodgers took the lead in the eighth, and when Betts homered, Vesia was ready.
“So I told Doc, I walked up to him and said, ‘Hey, like, if we’re up, I want it.’” Vesia recalled. “He was like, ‘OK, you got it.’ Sure enough, Mook, bang, homers. Sweet, let’s go.”
Sweet indeed. Vesia’s hitless ninth was symbolic of a bullpen that spent the weekend making every big pitch … while the Padres missed every big pitch.
“It’s the dawg, right?” said Vesia. “We still have that. That doesn’t just go away. Every single one of us, we’re leaning on each other. And we know as a group how good we are.”
Google has agreed to pay a 55 million Australian dollar ($36 million) fine for signing anticompetitive deals with Australia’s two largest telcos that banned the installation of competing search engines on some smartphones, the US tech giant and Australia’s competition watchdog said. The Australian Competition and Consumer Commission said in a statement it had commenced proceedings in the Australian Federal Court on Monday against the Singapore-based Google Asia Pacific division.
The court will decide whether the AU$50 million ($36 million) penalty is appropriate.
Under the anticompetitive agreements, which were in place for 15 months until March 2021, Telstra and Optus only pre-installed Google Search on Android phones sold to customers. Other search engines were excluded.
In return, the telcos received a share of the advertisement revenue Google generated from those customers.
Google accepted that the agreements were likely to have the effect of “substantially lessening competition,” the commission said.
Google has also signed a court-enforceable undertaking that commits the company to removing certain pre-installation and default search engine restrictions from its contracts with Android phone manufacturers and telcos, the commission said.
The tech company said in a statement: “We’re pleased to resolve the ACCC’s concerns, which involved provisions that haven’t been in our commercial agreements for some time.”
Commissioner chair Gina-Cass Gottlieb said: “Conduct that restricts competition is illegal in Australia because it usually means less choice, higher costs or worse service for consumers.” “Importantly, these changes come at a time when AI search tools are revolutionising how we search for information, creating new competition,” Cass-Gottlieb added.
Last year, Telstra, Optus and their smaller rival TPG agreed to court-enforceable undertakings with the commission that they would not renew or make similar deals with Google to limit search options.
Netflix’s most anticipated original film of 2025 is set to hit the big screen soon, albeit for a very brief period.
The critically acclaimed animated musical, which was released in June, quickly became a streaming phenomenon, securing its place as Netflix’s second most-watched English-language film ever with an impressive 184.6 million views.
Viewers have been singing praises about the film, hailing it as one of Netflix’s finest releases in recent years and are already clamouring for a sequel.
Netflix has now confirmed that the much-talked-about KPop Demon Hunters will be making its way to cinemas near you.
When a rival boy band, the Saja Boys, make their debut, it’s revealed that their members are actually demons in disguise with a sinister plan to steal Huntr/x’s fans and drain their powers.
Those who have already streamed, rewatched and learnt the lyrics to the film’s catchy soundtrack will now get the opportunity to flaunt their pop star prowess at sing-along screenings on the big screen.
KPop Demon Hunters will be shown in cinemas for one weekend only, with screenings scheduled for Saturday 23rd and Sunday 24th across the UK.
If you’ve somehow missed this film, take it from these fans – it deserves a spot at the top of your must-watch list.
One X user gushed: “Just watched the KPop Demon Hunters Movie… best movie I have seen in a long time.
“As a kpop fan for 8 years I have to say everything about this was perfect. They nailed this concept and it was so much fun with a compelling story! I need more music from them!”
Another viewer penned: “I’m surprised Netflix didn’t do much advertising for this movie but KPOP DEMON HUNTERS is one of the best animated movies I’ve seen in years!
“Catchy songs (Argh! SODA POP! ) feminine, caring, and strong FMCs [female main characters] and a story with a heart. I super recommend this!”
“It is not only the best animated movie of the year (so far), it is also one of the best movies of 2025,” a third enthusiast declared. “I could see why everyone is talking about it.”
Meanwhile, one of the film’s hundreds of five-star Google reviews stated: “I went into KPop Demon Hunters expecting a fun little animated flick and walked out feeling like I’d just watched one of the best things Netflix (and Sony Pictures Animation) has ever put out.
“This movie is a neon explosion of style, music, and heart, and it never once lets the energy drop.
“A dazzling fusion of pop stardom and supernatural chaos that deserves to be the start of a full-blown franchise.”
Will you be queuing up to catch KPop Demon Hunters at the cinema this weekend?
KPop Demon Hunters will be in UK cinemas on 23rd and 24th August and is available to stream on Netflix.
GWM has now sold 200,000 vehicles in Australia, achieving the milestone late last week after more than 16 years of operating locally.
The 200,000th vehicle was a Fossil Grey Tank 300 sold in Victoria by South Morang GWM Haval.
It comes only 27 months after the 100,000th GWM was sold in Australia in March 2023, with the brand’s sales increasing rapidly over the past three years.
A record result in the first half of 2025 saw GWM post 25,189 sales, propelling it to seventh place overall – its highest yet – with its sales rate on track for a record annual result of 50,000 units in 2025.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new GWM Haval. Click here to get a great deal.
“Australia is becoming a significant cornerstone of our global operations,” said Steve Maciver, head of marketing and communications at GWM Australia, in a statement.
“Our local success will only accelerate as we continue to invest here – demonstrated by the recent announcement of product localisation with [ex-Holden engineer] Rob Trubiani and our residency at the Lang Lang [former Holden] Proving Ground.
“We are proud to have handed over our 200,000th vehicle in Australia and sincerely thank every GWM customer for the trust they have placed in our brand.”
The milestone comes as other Chinese brands also post rapid sales increases, most notably BYD – which has recorded 62,971 deliveries since it arrived in Australia in 2022.
MG has already posted more than 200,000 sales since it relaunched here in 2013 under Chinese ownership, with 224,731 cumulative sales reached by the end of 2024.
However, these sales figures underscore the gap between brands and market-dominant Toyota, which sold a record 241,296 vehicles here last year alone – more than double that of runner-up Ford on 100,170.
GWM is continuing to add to its current model lineup with the mid-size Haval H7 SUV arriving this month and the Tank 500 PHEV expected in showrooms in October. A couple of electric vehicles (EVs), joining the existing Ora hatchback, are also due by the end of next year.
It’s also teased a supercar under development – although not confirmed for Australia – as well as a 4.0-litre twin-turbo V8 petrol-hybrid powertrain that could find its way under the bonnet of GWMs sold here.
Great Wall Motor began operating in Australia under Sydney-based importer Ateco – which now brings in Ram Trucks, LDV and Renault among others – in 2009, before the factory took over in 2016.
The V240 dual-cab ute, forerunner to today’s GWM Cannon, was among the first vehicles the Great Wall brand offered in our market.
It was powered by a 2.4-litre petrol engine, the basis for its ‘240’ name, with a five-speed manual transmission, one-tonne payload and 2250kg braked towing capacity.
The V240 was accompanied by the body-on-frame X240 SUV, as well as the short-lived SA220 ute.
Great Wall was the first in a flurry of Chinese brands to arrive in Australia, though some quickly withdrew and have yet to return (JMC, ZX Auto) while others exited our market but relaunched later to greater success (Chery).
The marque was joined by Great Wall Motor’s SUV brand, Haval, in 2015. Launching with the H2, H8 and H9 SUVs, Haval took a notable step upmarket from the Great Wall brand and its budget-priced utes and SUVs.
The company’s local operations eventually came to be known as GWM Haval with the Great Wall name dropped from vehicles, replaced with the GWM acronym.
GWM has subsequently moved away from treating Haval as a separate brand in Australia. Instead, the company sells vehicles from the Haval, Ora and Tank brands under the GWM banner locally, though it retains unique badging for certain models.
The Indian stock market witnesses a major rally in auto and consumer goods stocks, including Ashok Leyland, Voltas, Hyundai Motor India, Hero MotoCorp, and Maruti Suzuki.
The rally in the Indian stock market comes amid firm domestic signals and steady global trends.
The domestic equity markets on Monday started the week on a bullish note, with the BSE Sensex surging by 676.09 points or 0.84% to settle at 81,273.75 and the NSE Nifty jumping 245.65 points or 1% to close at 24,876.95. The rally in the Indian stock market came amid firm domestic signals and steady global trends.
The stock market witnessed a major rally in auto and consumer goods stocks, including Ashok Leyland, Voltas, Hyundai Motor India, Hero MotoCorp, Maruti Suzuki, and PG Electroplast.
On Nifty indices, the auto sector was up 4.18%, followed by consumer durables (3.38%), realty (2.17%), financial services (2.11%), metal (1.86%), and FMCG (1.19%).
Key Factors Behind Stock Market Rally Today
PM Modi’s Announcement On GST Reforms: Prime Minister Narendra Modi in his Independence Day Speech during the weekend announced a major overhaul in the Goods and Services Tax (GST) structure. Though he did not announce any details, reports said the Centre is considering scrapping the current 12% and 28% GST slabs, realigning most items into the 5% and 18% categories. Certain sin or luxury goods may be placed in a new 40% bracket.
The Centre is reportedly expected to lower the GST on passenger vehicles (PVs) and two-wheelers, enhancing their affordability quotient.
S&P Global’s Rating Upgrade On India: US-based rating agency S&P Global has upgraded India’s sovereign rating to ‘BBB’ after more than 18 years, citing strong economic fundamentals that are likely to support growth in the next two to three years. It also pointed out that monetary policy has become “increasingly conducive to managing inflationary expectations”.
A day after, it also upgraded the ratings of India’s 10 financial institutions, including seven Indian banks (SBI, ICICI Bank, HDFC Bank, Axis Bank, Kotak Mahindra Bank, Union Bank of India, and Indian Bank) and three finance companies (Bajaj Finance, Tata Capital, and L&T Finance).
Positive Developments On Russia-Ukraine Issue: US President Donald Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin met during the weekend in Alaska to discuss the Ukraine issue. Though the meeting remained inconclusive, India welcomed the Trump-Putin summit and said “India appreciates the progress made in the summit”.
The outcome of today’s meeting at the White House between Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky for finding a solution to the Russia-Ukraine conflict will be keenly watched by the market
Lower Crude Oil Prices: Oil prices on Monday struggled as US President Donald Trump backed away from threats to place more restrictions on Russian oil exports. Brent dropped 0.2% to $65.74 a barrel, while US crude eased 0.1% to $62.76 per barrel.
Positive Global Markets: Share markets edged higher in Asia on Monday ahead of what is likely to be an eventful week for US interest rate policy, while oil prices slipped as risks to Russian supplies seemed to fade a little. A general risk-on mood saw indices in Japan and Taiwan make record peaks, while Chinese blue chips reached their highest in 10 months.
Shares across the Asia-Pacific region traded mixed as investors assessed the outcome of the US-Russia summit, which ended without a ceasefire. Japan’s Nikkei 225 climbed 0.62 per cent, while the Topix index was up 0.42 per cent. South Korea’s Kospi slipped 1.06 per cent and the Kosdaq shed 1.44 per cent. Futures linked to Hong Kong’s Hang Seng index were at 25,214, suggesting a firm opening.
US Softens Stance On Tariffs: The Indian stock market remained positive on Monday after US President Donald Trump signalled that Washington may not impose secondary tariffs on countries continuing to buy Russian crude, easing concerns of a potential hit to India.
Rupee Gains: The rupee rose 20 paise to 87.39 against the US dollar in early trade, tracking firm domestic equities. It had closed at 87.59 in the previous session.
“There are strong tailwinds for the market with potential to take it higher. Declarations by the prime minister on the next major reforms in GST by Diwali, is a big positive. The expectation is that most of the goods and services will be in the 5% and 18% tax slabs. Sectors like autos and cement which are presently in the 28% tax slabs are expected to benefit. TVS Motors, Hero, Eicher, M&M and Maruti are likely to respond positively to the news. Insurance companies are also expected to benefit from the GST revision,” V K Vijayakumar, chief investment strategist of Geojit Investments Limited, said.
S&P 500 upgrading India’s sovereign credit rating is another major positive. But, the market ignored this announcement since the negative news flows are also strong. India-US trade talks are unlikely to happen before August 27th deadline. The ‘Trump Sword’ of 50% tariff dangling on India will restrain the market enthusiasm which can be triggered by the positive news mentioned earlier. The outcome of today’s meeting at the White House for finding a solution to the Russia-Ukraine conflict will be keenly watched by the market, he added, he added.
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More
Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
view comments
News business » markets Why Did Stock Market Rise Today? Know Key Factors Behind Sensex, Nifty Rally On August 18
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
A recent Reddit discussion has highlighted a growing belief within the crypto community: stablecoins may be the bridge, but XRP could be the backbone of the evolving digital economy. As the financial system shifts toward tokenization and faster settlement, the relationship between stablecoins, XRP, and traditional banking is gaining attention.
Stablecoins as Fiat’s Digital Evolution
Stablecoins are emerging as digital counterparts of fiat currencies, some issued by central banks and others by regulated institutions. Much like Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs), they offer stability and instant settlement while remaining backed by government-issued money. However, as Redditors pointed out, the core problem persists being tied to fiat keeps them under the same debt-driven system.
What’s changing is infrastructure. Many stablecoins are expected to run on RippleNet, leveraging XRP and On-Demand Liquidity (ODL) to enable fast, global settlement. This signals convergence between the crypto ecosystem and traditional finance.
With the passage of the GENIUS Act, regulatory clarity has given the stablecoin market fresh momentum. Ripple is also preparing to launch its own RLUSD stablecoin, a move that could expand the reach of the U.S. dollar digitally.
XRP’s Role as the Liquidity Layer
The discussion stressed that XRP is not just a speculative token; it’s positioned as a settlement commodity. As institutional demand for stablecoins grows, XRP becomes the liquidity backbone powering cross-border payments, tokenized assets, and real-time transactions.
Around 12 major financial institutions, including SBI Holdings, Santander, and PNC Bank, have already integrated XRP as a payment solution. Community members argued this represents a “long-term structural shift” in how money moves across systems.
Stablecoins: Opportunity and Risk
Stablecoins also carry systemic implications. Since the 2008 financial crisis, central banks have relied on liquidity cycles and debt restructuring. Stablecoins extend these cycles into the digital realm, with projects like RLUSD demonstrating how institutions are preparing for a digitally dominant economy.
Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse recently emphasized this point, stating:
“The stablecoin market could grow almost ten times over the next few years. The stablecoin industry is currently around $250 billion in market capitalization, and many people think it will reach $1 to $2 trillion in a handful of years. We can participate in this [stablecoin] market given our institutional background and regulatory compliance.”
Despite optimism, volatility remains a reality. The Reddit thread noted that crypto markets are still tied to broader economic conditions, credit pressures, and algorithmic trading risks. Over-leveraged players may face sharp losses even as infrastructure matures.
The Bigger Picture
The community consensus was clear: stablecoins are the next stage of fiat evolution, but XRP sits at the center of settlement infrastructure. Together, they could create a hybrid model where traditional finance merges with decentralized technology.
“Those who understand XRP’s role in banking and settlement,” one comment read, “will navigate this transition best.”
My home office used to be the master bedroom, and it’s the most difficult room in my apartment to cool off in the summer. During a heatwave, it feels like the roof barely blocks the sun at all.
The space is too large for a single AC vent to handle, and there’s almost always a fan running near my desk. Even then, the temperature hovers around 85 degrees, which isn’t exactly ideal for working.
One trick finally made a difference. I left the windows open overnight to pull in cooler air, then closed them in the morning. The result? The room stayed far more comfortable, and I didn’t have to make the AC struggle against rising temps all day. It was a simple change, but it worked better than I expected.
Reddit has been flooded with threads from cost-conscious consumers who are trying to find ways to save on energy — and cutting back on AC usage goes a long way.
Let’s explore how cross ventilation works and some ways you can use it to cut your cooling bill.
Cross ventilation can cool your home and save energy
The goal of using cross ventilation is to reduce indoor temperatures during the night and maintain cool temperatures as long as possible during the day.
John Carlsen/CNET
Cross ventilation works because the wind creates a pressure differential outside your home. The upwind side of your home experiences high-pressure airflow, while the downwind side creates a low-pressure zone. The pressure differences exist whether or not your windows are open, so you might as well harness them.
By opening your windows, the high-pressure air has a more direct path to the low-pressure zone — it’s easier to flow through a home than around it. It’s a great way to bypass your home’s insulation, which prevents thermal energy from entering and exiting your home. Once your home is cool enough, closing the windows and curtains ensures the indoor air will warm more slowly.
If you want to use natural ventilation for cooling, the outside air must be colder than the indoor air.
For example, I close my windows and rely on my AC after the outdoor temperature tops 75ºF. This is usually when my thermostat kicks in — around 72ºF in my basement. I keep the windows closed during hot weather — unless the nighttime temperature drops below 70ºF before I head to bed.
Cross ventilation and air conditioning can coexist
Here’s a comparison of my bedroom’s indoor temperature differences in mild (cross-ventilation with some AC) and hot weather (AC only).
John Carlsen/CNET
If you’re using an air conditioner or heat pump, you’ll see the best energy efficiency when every window is closed during operation. This is because open windows and doors create a huge hole in the building envelope, which separates indoor and outdoor air.
Limiting the amount of air the AC unit must condition means it won’t work as hard as when inside air constantly exchanges with outside air. In mild weather, free cooling is effective enough to offset the solar heating that plagues my home when temps go up.
You have to remember to close the windows daily, but the extra effort is generally worth it. Before I started regularly using cross ventilation as a remote worker, my AC would run at least twice as much. I’ve seen substantial savings these past few years.
Effective natural ventilation depends on many factors
In dry regions like Utah, it’s possible to flush out hot air during cool nights.
John Carlsen/CNET
According to the Department of Energy’s Energy Saver office, the best candidates for natural ventilation are coastal and arid climates. On the coast, you can harness cool sea breezes to help make your home more comfortable.
These regions are the most likely to experience huge nighttime temperature drops, but you can also use wind ventilation in other places. It probably won’t be as effective, especially if your local climate is humid, but it’s still a good option for bringing in fresh air.
However, the effectiveness of cross ventilation as a cooling method diminishes as the outside temperature rises. Keeping the windows open all day may eventually allow hot air to enter your home and strain your AC.
Likewise, poor air quality days aren’t great for open windows, so it’s worth setting up an alert if you live somewhere susceptible to air pollution.
I usually keep a cheap filter on my window fan to help with allergens, but it’s not ideal for cleaning airborne contaminants like car exhaust and wildfire smoke.
John Carlsen/CNET
It’s not always easy to create a cross breeze. Passive ventilation works best where the wind blows directly into a window and through the house in a straight line.
Opening the windows won’t cut it in a home where the air currents must navigate complex hallways and rooms to find an exit. Every obstacle causes turbulence, so the cold air may pick up a lot of heat as it tries to flow into an adjacent living space.
For example, my home’s best windows for a cross breeze are on the upper level, which is more difficult to cool than the relatively stable basement. This often means a temperature difference of at least 10 degrees in the summer — a comfortable 72 degrees downstairs and a balmy 85 degrees upstairs.
Unfortunately, the airflow needs to move around several walls to connect them. Without my window fans, there’s a swirling turbulence in the hallway instead of a pleasant breeze through my office.
Make your own breeze with a window fan
Window fans and ventilation systems are good alternatives if your home isn’t particularly suitable for natural cross-ventilation.
John Carlsen/CNET
Using a window fan to create cross ventilation is straightforward. The simplest method is exhaust ventilation, which uses a single fan that pushes air outdoors on the opposite side of the house from where you want the air to come in. This creates a negative pressure zone that pulls air through your home and out through the fan.
This method is effective, but it may not move air fast enough for a strong breeze, especially in large homes. Low air movement also means potential cooling effects can disappear into turbulence before reaching the out-blowing fan.
We can mostly overcome this by adding a second, in-blowing fan in the other window in a process called balanced ventilation. The in-blowing fan creates a high-pressure zone that more smoothly flows into the existing low-pressure zone.
Although I use a pair of Lasko box fans from Walmart, you can also buy purpose-built window fans, like this model from Bionaire, with reversible airflow, thermostats and extender screens for sealing windows.
Using smart home tech to control window fans
I use a two-fan setup with smart plugs and sensors on my Samsung SmartThings smart hub.
John Carlsen/CNET
Let’s run through the basics of my window fan ventilation setup:
Box fan 1 brings air in through the bedroom window.
Box fan 2 pulls air through the hall and into the office before blowing it outside.
Each fan connects to a smart plug for easy control. I group them using a virtual switch so they run in unison.
A Sonoff temperature sensor in the bedroom triggers the fans to run as long as the indoor temperature is warmer than outside. It also keeps the room from getting too cold.
I use a temperature deadband and a time delay to keep the fans from constantly power cycling near the target temperatures.
A window sensor in the bedroom prevents accidental activation when the window is closed while also triggering the automation when I open a window.
I don’t have a smart thermostat, but you could incorporate one into these routines to keep the AC off while the ventilation process is active.
Ventilation is the most complex automation running on my SmartThings system, comprising five separate “Automatic routines.”
Screenshots by John Carlsen/CNET
For this to work, you need a smart home hub capable of using temperature as an automation trigger. Your best bet is something like Home Assistant, SmartThings or Ezlo, but I couldn’t find this option on Alexa or Google Home with my current smart home devices. I can’t access Apple Home, so I can’t verify how it uses temperature in smart home routines.
Although window fans work well in my situation, you probably don’t need them if your home already handles cross breezes like a pro. Still, you can use smart home sensors to notify you when it’s time to close the windows and blinds for the day.
Fresh air ventilators
Window fans are probably best for renters and people on a budget, but you can also outfit your home with a fresh air ventilator accessory for your HVAC system. Provided you have a compatible system, Ecobee smart thermostats support cross ventilation through their Free Cooling feature. You can also get similar functionality from whole-house ventilation products like AprilAire.
I have no experience with whole-house ventilation systems, so I recommend contacting a local HVAC installer if you want to add one to your home.
Cross ventilation FAQs
How can a smart thermostat help me with cross ventilation?
Newer smart thermostat models, such as the new Nest Learning Thermostat, have temperature sensors that will help you manage your cross-ventilation setup. They might also offer features such as air quality detection, which allows you to know if you should be shutting any windows around the house.
Francis Ford Coppola, director of “The Godfather,” was hospitalized in Italy last week for a non-emergency cardiac procedure.
The filmmaker, 86, sought to update a “30-year-old AFib procedure,” according to a post on his Instagram page.
AFib, or atrial fibrillation (AFib), is an “irregular and often rapid heart rhythm” that can raise the risk of blood clots, heart failure, stroke and other heart-related complications, according to the American Heart Association.
HEART ATTACK DEATHS HAVE PLUMMETED IN US, BUT NEW CARDIOVASCULAR THREATS EMERGE
After Italian media sources reported the director’s hospital visit, a representative for Coppola called it a “scheduled update procedure” and said he was “resting nicely.”
“All is well,” according to his representatives.
Francis Ford Coppola, director of “The Godfather,” was hospitalized in Italy last week for a non-emergency cardiac procedure.(Photo by Scott A Garfitt/Invision/AP)
“Da Dada (what my kids call me) is fine,” the director said on his social media, speaking for what appears to be the first time about his condition.
He continued: “Taking an opportunity while in Rome to do the update of my 30-year-old AFib procedure with its inventor, a great Italian doctor — Dr. Andrea Natale! I am well!”
YOUR HEART MAY BE OLDER THAN YOU THINK — AND THE NUMBER COULD PREDICT DISEASE RISK
Dr. Bradley Serwer, an interventional cardiologist and chief medical officer at VitalSolution, an Ingenovis Health company, spoke with Fox News Digital about the condition.
“AFib is typically not immediately life-threatening, but it can lead to complications or issues in the future,” said the cardiologist, who has not treated Coppola.
The filmmaker, 86, sought to update a “30-year-old AFib procedure,” according to a post on his Instagram page.(Getty Images)
With AFib, the normal electrical activity in the heart changes to chaotic electrical signals, according to the Maryland-based cardiologist. This causes the heart to beat quickly and get out of rhythm.
Instead of contracting normally, the upper chambers of the heart — called atria — start to quiver, causing blood clots to form.
“When these clots break free, they can travel to the brain, causing a stroke,” Serwer cautioned.
‘I’M A CARDIOLOGIST – HERE’S HOW THE SUMMER HEAT COULD DAMAGE YOUR HEART’
For many people, AFib may have no symptoms, but for some, it can cause a fast or pounding heartbeat, shortness of breath or lightheadedness.
“AFib can be challenging due to its diverse manifestations,” Serwer noted.
There are several procedural approaches to treat atrial fibrillation, according to the cardiologist.
There are multiple treatment options for AFib, which is not always life-threatening.(iStock)
The most common procedure is called an ablation, which is when a specialized cardiologist uses catheters to follow the heart’s electrical activity. The doctor then burns the sites where the AFib begins.
“This procedure has a high rate of success and complications are low, making it a highly valued option,” Serwer noted.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
If a patient is undergoing open-heart surgery for coronary artery disease or valvular heart disease, a surgeon can perform a “maze procedure,” which creates a “maze-like pattern of scar tissue” in the upper chambers of the heart to block irregular electrical signals, according to Mayo Clinic.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
There are also procedures to reduce the risk of stroke in patients who have AFib, but who may not be able to take blood thinners.
By placing a small device where blood clots form, the rate of stroke drops significantly, Serwer said.
AFib may cause a fast, pounding heartbeat, shortness of breath or lightheadedness.(iStock)
In some cases of atrial fibrillation, the condition can come and go, but other patients may experience persistent AFib, the cardiologist said.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
While it’s not usually life-threatening, AFib is still considered a serious medical condition that requires proper treatment.
Serwer advised, “If you experience sudden-onset dizziness or palpitations that persist, it is imperative to seek immediate evaluation from a medical professional.”
Khloe Quill is a lifestyle production assistant with Fox News Digital. She and the lifestyle team cover a range of story topics including food and drink, travel, and health.
Indian Lunch Recipes: The lunch hours of the day are when our metabolism is at its peak. You’re partially burned out and are looking forward to the first long break of the day. Lunch helps you recover from the first half of your day and recharge you for what’s about to come. Take a look at our 15 delicious Indian lunch recipes that your family will love. So find an apron and get cooking!
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-17/China-achieves-best-performance-at-World-Games-in-Chengdu-1FUOzzSjFOo/img/f50ac166b7c24df4b94ef44acf8403d0/f50ac166b7c24df4b94ef44acf8403d0.png' alt='The Chinese team wins the gold medal in the three-person acrobatic gymnastics event during the 2025 World Games in Chengdu, southwest China's Sichuan Province, August 16, 2025. /VCG'
Topping both the gold and overall medal tables for the first time, China has achieved its best-ever performance at the World Games in Chengdu, China’s delegation officials announced on Sunday.
China’s 321 athletes competed in 152 events across 28 sports, capturing 36 gold, 17 silver and 11 bronze medals. The tally marks the country’s best record since it began participating in the World Games, said Zhang Xin, deputy head of the delegation, at a press conference.
The Games was held from August 7 to 17 under the slogan “Boundless Sports, Countless Wonders.” China sent a 489-member delegation, its largest in the event’s history.
“China won gold medals in 18 sports, 45 athletes stood on top of the podium, and broke two world records,” Zhang said, adding, “10 Chinese para-athletes showed their quality of tenacious, winning five golds and one silver at the Games.”
According to Zhang, most of the athletes were trained in schools, social clubs or independently. “They delivered satisfactory performances while adhering to principles of zero appearance of doping and zero controversy in sportsmanship,” he said.
Realty firm Prestige Estates Projects Ltd has acquired 102 acres of land in the April-June quarter to build housing projects, with a potential to generate revenue of more than ₹20,000 crore.
Looking to expand its residential real estate business, Bengaluru-based Prestige Estates Projects has been acquiring land parcels outright and also partnering with landowners.
According to its latest investor presentation, the company acquired a total of 102 acres of land in Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Chennai and Mumbai in the first quarter of this fiscal year.
These land parcels will be used to develop residential projects, which would have an estimated gross development value (GDV) of ₹20,400 crore.
According to the presentation, Prestige Estates in Hyderabad acquired two plots — 28 acres in Tellapur and 37 acres in Pulimamidi.
In Bengaluru, the company has acquired three land parcels — 10 acres in Poojanahalli – Devanahalli, 7 acres in Kothanuru, KR Puram and 10 acres in Ittangur, Sarjapura.
At Velachery in Chennai, the company acquired 3.48 acres.
Prestige acquired 6.3 acres of land in Mumbai.
The presentation did not mention the cost of the land.
On financial performance, the company recently reported a 26 per cent increase in its consolidated net profit to ₹292.5 crore during the first quarter of this fiscal.
Its net profit stood at ₹232.6 crore in the year-ago period.
The total income rose to ₹2,468.7 crore during the April-June period of this fiscal from ₹2,024.5 crore in the corresponding period of the preceding year.
Last month, Prestige Estates Projects Ltd reported a four-fold jump in its sales bookings to ₹12,126.4 crore in the first quarter of FY26, mainly due to strong demand for its housing project in Ghaziabad.
The company’s sales bookings or pre-sales stood at ₹3,029.5 crore in the year-ago period.
During the entire last fiscal year, Prestige Estates sales bookings declined 19 per cent to ₹17,023.1 crore, “reflecting the impact of deferred launches amid approval delays”.
The company has given guidance of achieving ₹27,000 crore worth of sales bookings during the current fiscal year.
Prestige Group has delivered over 300 projects and has a pipeline of around 140 projects.
Fans of a very popular television series have commented on a big-screen offering which continues the story of the period drama. Downton Abbey finished filming in 2015 and has built up a cult following amongst fans who are now offering their opinion of a two hour, five minute movie production called Downton Abbey: A new era.
Three years after the first Downton Abbey movie, when King George V was a guest, Julian Fellowes couldn’t resist crafting a sequel – and Brits couldn’t resist watching it. Downton Abbey: A New Era picks up right where the first film left off, as the Crawleys usher in the 1930s. This motion picture was released in 2022 and is gaining popular appeal on sites such as Rotten Tomatoes, where it has a whopping 86% approval rating and some very positive feedback.
This time, there are two main storylines: a delightful farce bordering on self-parody at home, and a soap opera mystery on the French Riviera. At Downton, Michelle Dockery’s Lady Mary persuades Hugh Bonneville’s Lord Grantham that their grand estate needs some serious renovations after finding leaks in the roof.
And what better way to finance these plans than by inviting a silent film crew to shoot a movie, taking Fellowes’ narrative to a whole new level. With the Hollywood glamour comes new characters like Hugh Dancy’s charming director who’s interested in starting a fling with Lady Mary, Dominic West’s Clark Gable-esque leading man (who’s quite friendly with Branson the Butler), and Laura Haddock’s Hollywood starlet whose career is threatened as Talkies become popular.
The beloved Downstairs characters quickly get involved with the film production, particularly Kevin Doyle’s Mr Molesley who delivers some of the film’s biggest laughs, just as he did in the previous movie when he dared to speak out of turn to the King.
In the upcoming soap opera, Downton Abbey: A New Era, Maggie Smith’s character, the Dowager, has unexpectedly inherited a villa from an old admirer. This prompts Lord Grantham and a small group of servants to journey to the south of France for investigation.
Once there, they encounter startling revelations that cast doubt on his birthright, all while Fellowes cleverly engages the audience through the antics of characters like Jim Carter’s grumpy retired servant, Mr Carson.
Upon reaching the villa, Lord Grantham notes that he brought his former butler along for some undisclosed reason, possibly known only to the audience as a way to involve familiar characters in the storyline.
The humorously snooty Carson grumbles his way around France in the heat, stubbornly clinging to his three-piece tweed suit. In a humorous twist, he is mistaken for Lady Bagshaw’s husband, played by his real-life spouse, Imelda Staunton.
Given the large ensemble cast, both Upstairs and Downstairs favorites each have their moments in the spotlight, which is a marked improvement from the first film where not all characters had significant roles.
Fans have adored this instalment coming after the TV programme, with one writing on Rotten Tomatoes: “Where the first film was a grand, glittering return to form, A New Era offers something deeper: a moving meditation on time, change, and letting go. It’s funny, romantic, and—at times—genuinely heartbreaking. Michelle Dockery is radiant once again as Lady Mary, now the steadfast center of the estate. As a film crew descends upon Downton, Mary is tasked with holding tradition in one hand and modernity in the other—a metaphor she wears well.”
Another watcher wrote: “I only recently got on the Downton Abbey bandwagon after avoiding it like the plague for years as a period drama snob. How wrong I was. The series is a genuine television masterpiece and the films take the story and characters in new directions while providing 2 hours of escapist fun. Shut out the world and imagine your a 1920s aristocrat, you’ll feel better for it.”
Chery’s first new-generation model in Australia quickly became its first all-electric vehicle in Australia too.
The Chery E5 (formerly called the Omoda E5) is the all-electric version of Chery’s distinctively styled C5 (formerly the Omoda 5) small SUV, which spearheaded the Chinese brand’s return to the Australian market in 2023.
Aiming straight at the likes of the BYD Atto 3 and MG S5 EV, the E5 is an attainable compact electric SUV that will cost you similar money to an up-spec petrol-fired Kia Seltos or Mazda CX-30 – and now it’s even more affordable.
Like its ICE-powered C5 sibling, the E5 trades hard on value and aftersales provisions, with affordable pricing and a long seven-year factory warranty. The E5 also offers competitive performance and range at this end of the market.
On test here we have the entry-level 2025 Chery E5 – now known as the Urban – which since being renamed has seen retail pricing drop by as much as $6000. It’s now priced listed from $36,990 plus on-road costs.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the 2023 Chery Omoda 5
The Chery brand is steadily gaining momentum in the Australian market, registering 12,603 new vehicles in 2024 (up 114.0 per cent), with the Omoda 5 family (now C5 and E5) leading the charge (6162 units, up 14.7 per cent).
So far in 2025, the Chery C5/E5 has been supplanted as the brand’s top-seller Down Under by the more affordable Tiggo 4 small SUV, but it remains in second place within the Chery stable. Is this base EV version worth a look?
Note: The vehicle pictured is an MY24 Chery Omoda E5, which other than revised ‘CHERY’ badging replacing the old ‘OMODA’ script and some minor specification changes, is effectively the same vehicle.
How much does the Chery E5 cost?
For 2025, the Chery E5 has been renamed and repriced, with the base Urban now starting at $36,990 plus on-road costs.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Chery E5 Urban
$36,990
2025 Chery E5 Ultimate
$40,990
To see how the Chery E5 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What is the Chery E5 like on the inside?
As with the Omoda 5 (now C5), the E5 offers a more premium cabin design than most of its Chinese competitors, with inspiration drawn from luxury marques like Mercedes-Benz.
It differs slightly from the petrol-powered C5 in some of the detailing, with its padded leather-look protrusion under the air vents and central display, and a unique centre console design. It’s even more Benz-like than the ICE version.
There’s a slickness to the straight lines and glossy finishes. The larger 12.3-inch displays are nicely integrated into a unified fascia, and the steering wheel design is lovely – though in the base grade it’s not leather or leatherette wrapped, just squishy plastic which feels a little rental-spec.
Piano black material adorns much of the bridge, tunnel, and dashboard. Nice in the dealership, not so nice once you start poking and prodding it with dirty fingers – best to keep a rag in the glovebox.
The sporty fabric and leatherette-clad seats are manually adjusted in the entry grade, but that’s fine in the scheme of things. They’re comfortable, with supple cushioning and decent support from the bolsters.
They aren’t quite as good as the beautiful front pews in the Mazda CX-30, but they’re comfy on long journeys. Unlike some other Chinese-branded cars, there’s better under-thigh support from the long base cushion, which goes a long way.
Now while those displays I mentioned earlier look schmick when the car isn’t moving, they’re not quite as slick in operation. The design and interface is very budget-Benz, but the screen is laggy to the point where things almost ‘tick’ as they animate, and the driver’s cluster doesn’t have a more conventional dial view like in petrol vehicles.
Thankfully, the wireless Apple CarPlay worked generally well during our testing, though there was the odd occasion where known blackspots would cause a disconnection and then a buggy reconnection – or no connection at all.
Chery Australia has also removed native satellite navigation from the E5 range, one of few changes made during the rebrand. So, these CarPlay quibbles can be a bit of a hassle if you’re using your phone to navigate somewhere and it suddenly disconnects and you can’t get it back online.
Build quality feels robust, and the design is more contemporary and cohesive compared than an MG ZST or GWM Haval Jolion. There’s decent storage too, if you have a habit of carrying loose items like wallets and bottles.
The E5 isn’t class-leading in terms of second-row space, but has ample room to house a pair of adults without much fuss. Just be mindful that the sloping window line might mean you knock your head on the way in – speaking from experience here…
Knee room is a little snug behind those chunky front seats, but otherwise 6″1′ me could sit behind my preferred driving position. Headroom is fine, though my voluminous hair was brushing the headliner in the back.
Your kids will be fine in the back provided the front seats don’t obstruct their view too much, and there are amenities like rear air vents, USB-A and USB-C charge ports (new for the updated model), map pockets, and bottle holders in the doors. There’s also a flip-down centre armrest with cupholders.
Speaking of the younger ones, the requisite ISOFIX and top-tether child seat anchor points are present as you’d expect.
Further back, the Chery E5’s boot capacity takes a hit compared to petrol models. It’s quoted at 300 litres with the rear seats in play and 1079L with them folded. By comparison, the Chery C5 offers 370L in five-seat configuration.
One highlight that’s pretty rare – especially for an EV – is the presence of a full-size spare wheel under the boot floor. Props to Chery for going against the industry trend on this one.
Dimensions
Chery E5
Length
4424mm
Width
1830mm
Height
1588mm
Wheelbase
2610mm
Boot space
300L-1079L; 19L ‘frunk’
To see how the Chery E5 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
All versions of the E5 are powered by a front-mounted electric motor making 150kW/340Nm, fed by a 61.1kWh lithium iron phosphate (LFP) battery pack – and there’s a 19-litre ‘frunk’.
Specifications
Chery E5
Drivetrain
Single-motor electric
Battery
61.1kWh LFP
Power
150kW
Torque
340Nm
Driven wheels
Front-wheel drive
Weight
1776kg – kerb
0-100km/h (claimed)
7.6 seconds
Power consumption (claimed)
15.5kWh/100km – WLTP
Power consumption (as tested)
17.0kWh/100km
Claimed range
430km – WLTP
Max AC charge rate
6.6kWh – single phase
9.9kWh – three phase
Max DC charge rate
80kW
To see how the Chery E5 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How does the Chery E5 drive?
The petrol Omoda 5 (now C5) is a little hit and miss in my experience, depending on the drivetrain, so I was keen to see if the torque-rich nature of electric motoring would be a marked improvement in the E5.
Pictured: MY24 Chery Omoda E5 BX
Often I find that drivetrain refinement in petrol-powered Chinese-branded cars needs a little work to really be competitive with legacy brands from Europe and Asia, but in the EV space it’s a much more level playing field.
Naturally, the E5 starts in complete silence, and setting off isn’t met with clumsy lurching like old Omoda 5 vehicles fitted with the dual-clutch automatic were prone to. It’s also very quiet, and the elevated driving position gives you a commanding view of the road ahead and makes this feel like a larger, more substantial vehicle.
While straight-line acceleration is effortless and responsive, provided you don’t mash the throttle and light up the front tyres, there’s a bit of a disconnect between the drivetrain and handling.
That big vehicle feel I mentioned earlier translates a little too much to the steering and handling, with very light weighting and minimal feedback, occasionally making the E5 feel a little vague and ponderous.
It’s pretty softly sprung too, so there’s a bit of body lean in corners, which combined with the tall driving position can exacerbate the top-heavy feeling behind the wheel. That said, it’s only really a drawback if you’re a keen driver, and this is priced to be economy-class zero-emissions transport.
Driven with a more measured approach in city and suburban environments, the E5 is a pretty comfortable and quiet runabout. It’s a good size for urban living too, with relatively compact dimensions, front and rear parking sensors and a decent reversing camera – you need the flagship Ultimate for the excellent surround cameras.
Outward visibility is good out the front and sides, though the rising belt line and slim rear window means the aforementioned sensors and camera come in handy, as does standard blind-spot and rear cross-traffic monitors.
Things settle nicely on the open road too, with the E5 offering good sound insulation despite the absence of a combustion motor, and a settled ride that’s only ever upset by sharp surface imperfections like expansion joins at the national highway limit – not helped by the larger 18-inch alloy wheels shod with 215/55 Kumho rubber.
While it’s mostly a decent if not good showing, Chery’s driver assistance technologies still require some work. This is a complaint I’ve had about nearly every one of the company’s cars I’ve driven.
In fairness, it’s mainly the Integrated Cruise Assist, which combines adaptive cruise control and active lane keeping tooffer semi-autonomous highway driving, that’s not quite there.
The lane-centring function still can’t accurately keep the E5 centred in its lane, often jerking the steering wheel left as it dislikes the driver-side lane markings. Every now and then it’ll wrestle you towards the vehicle next to you or a concrete barrier if it can’t correctly detect the lane markings, which can be quite unsettling.
Chery’s driver monitoring system is also deserving of a common gripe made against Chinese brands, often chiming too eagerly even if you’re just doing a head-check or glancing over at the infotainment display.
To see how the Chery E5 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What do you get?
The Chery E5 range remains a two-variant model family in Australia, though the old BX and EX trims are now called the Urban and Ultimate.
2025 Chery E5 Urban equipment highlights:
18-inch alloy wheels
Kumho PS71 215/55 R18 tyres
Full-size spare wheel
Eco, Normal and Sport drive modes
LED headlights
LED front fog lights with cornering function
Automatic high-beam
Proximity entry with push-button start
Rain-sensing wipers
Heated, power-folding exterior mirrors
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Wired and wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
DAB digital radio
Voice assistant
50W wireless phone charger
6-speaker sound system
Fabric upholstery with leatherette bolsters
Folding rear armrest with cupholders
Dual-zone climate control with rear air vents
Gloss woodgrain effect trim with dark chrome accents
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel adjustment
3 x USB-A outlets (1 x dash, 1 x upper windscreen, 1 x rear)
2 x USB-C outlets (1 x front, 1 x rear)
2 x 12V outlets (1 x front, 1 x boot)
E5 Ultimate adds:
Sequential rear indicators
Power sunroof
Acoustic front door glass
Rear privacy glass
Power tailgate
Leatherette-wrapped steering wheel
Heated steering wheel
Leatherette upholstery
6-way power driver’s seat
4-way power passenger seat
Heated front seats
Heated outboard rear seats
Colour-adjustable ambient lighting
8-speaker Sony sound system
Is the Chery E5 safe?
The Omoda E5 has the same five-star ANCAP safety rating as its petrol-powered siblings, based on 2022 test criteria.
Category
Chery C5 + E5
Adult occupant protection
87 per cent
Child occupant protection
88 per cent
Vulnerable road user protection
68 per cent
Safety assist
83 per cent
The tests were conducted by Euro NCAP, but when awarding the electric version the same five-star rating, ANCAP confirmed additional testing was conducted on the E5 to determine the integrity and safety of the E5’s battery and high-voltage electrical system.
Standard safety equipment includes:
7 airbags
Adaptive cruise control
Autonomous emergency braking
Blind-spot monitoring
Driver attention monitoring
Lane-keep assist
Emergency lane-keep assist
Integrated Cruise Assist
Traffic Jam Assist
Parking sensors – front, rear
Rear cross-traffic assist
Safe exit warning
Speed limit information
Multi-collision brake
Reversing camera
Tyre pressure monitoring
Ultimate adds:
To see how the Chery E5 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How much does the Chery E5 cost to run?
As with the wider Chery lineup, the Omoda E5 is covered by a seven-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, with the high-voltage battery in EV models covered by a lengthy eight-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty.
Trusted Reviews, Smarter Choices, Better Prices
Where expert car reviews meet expert car buying – CarExpert gives you trusted advice, personalised service and real savings on your next new car.
Servicing and Warranty
Chery E5
Warranty
7 years, unlimited kilometres – vehicle
8 years, unlimited kilometres – EV battery
Battery warranty
8 years
Roadside assistance
Up to 7 years – service activated
Service intervals
12 months or 20,000km
Capped-price servicing
7 years
Total capped price service cost
$1586
To see how the Chery E5 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Chery E5
Since I drove this vehicle in MY24-spec, Chery has made a substantial change to the retail pricing which helps the value equation by some margin.
A whole $6000 drop – even if there were sharp drive-away deals at the time of testing – is nothing to sneeze at, and the base Urban’s new $36,990 sticker puts it in the company of a variety of legacy-branded combustion-powered SUVs.
For a cheap electric crossover it drives well enough, it’s equipped well enough, and it’s arguably styled to look more expensive than it is. Keen drivers like me might find it underwhelming or boring on the road, but it’s fine for what it is.
The finicky driver assistance tech remains a complaint, but this is common to the bulk of Chery’s lineup including even its new Omoda Jaecoo portfolio. It’s an area where BYD and MG have made pretty good strides – though their equivalent models cost more.
While it may lack some of the polish of the similarly sized BYD Atto 3 and MG S5 EV, the Chery E5 is thousands more affordable and offers more range than its Chinese rivals. That alone will be a key selling point for many.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new Chery E5. Click here to get a great deal.
PM Narendra Modi said the revised GST framework proposed by the Centre has been circulated among states. He sought their cooperation to implement the proposal before Diwali
PM Narendra Modi had announced the proposal to reform the GST law during his Independence Day speech on August 15 from the ramparts of the Red Fort. (Image for representation: News18)
The three panels of state finance ministers will meet on August 20 and 21 to review the draft of the next-generation GST reforms, including proposals to rationalise the tax structure.
The panels, called the Groups of Ministers (GoM), have been set up by the Goods and Services Tax (GST) Council to look into rate rationalisation, insurance, and compensation cess.
Prime Minister Narendra Modi on Sunday said the revised GST framework proposed by the Centre has been circulated among states. He sought their cooperation to implement the proposal before Diwali.
According to a report by Money Control, the recommendations of the three GoMs will be taken to the GST Council, which is expected to meet next month to deliberate on the tax reform proposal.
WHAT DOES THE REVISED GST FRAMEWORK PROPOSE?
Modi had announced the proposal to reform the GST law during his Independence Day speech on August 15 from the ramparts of the Red Fort.
The present GST tax rates of nil/zero on essential food items, 5 percent on daily use products, 12 percent on standard goods, 18 percent on electronics and services and 28 percent on luxury and sin goods will be replaced by two tax slabs of 5 percent and 18 percent plus a special 40 percent top bracket for five to seven demerit goods.
Here’s what the proposed two-slab regime looks like:
If approved by the GST Council, the two-slab regime will replace the current four slabs doing away with the 12% and 28% slabs.
As many as 99% of items in the 12% category, such as butter, fruit juices and dry fruits, will move to a 5% tax rate.
Similarly, electronic items like air-conditioners, televisions, refrigerators, and washing machines, as well as other goods like cement, will be among the 90% of the items that will move from 28% to a lower 18% slab.
According to highly placed sources, a special tax rate of 40% — the maximum rate allowed under the GST law — will be charged for demerit and sin goods like tobacco, gutka, and pan masala, as well as online gaming.
About 20% of items, including packaged food and beverages, apparel and hotel accommodation, are currently taxed at 12% GST and account for 5% to 10% of consumption and 5% to 6% GST revenue. Moving them to a lower 5% slab may lead to revenue loss, but the Centre is hopeful that a boost in consumption will be able to make up for the deficit.
The move comes amid the Trump administration’s 50 percent tariff imposition on all goods India exports to the United States, so as to punish New Delhi for buying Russian oil. The tariffs are likely to impact $40 billion of non-exempt Indian exports such as gems and jewellery, textiles and footwear.
(With PTI inputs)
News Desk
The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More
The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More
Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
view comments
News business State Finance Minister Panels To Discuss GST Rationalisation At Meeting On August 20-21
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Ozak AI is a new blockchain project that combines AI with decentralized infrastructure and the presale is structured so you can get in early at a fraction of the price. As the value of the tokens rises in every stage, the equation to convert $1,000 to $100K becomes apparent. Comparisons are being drawn between this growth window and Ethereum and Cardano, pointing out stage, scale and upside differences between them.
The Mechanics Behind the 100x Potential
The Ozak AI architecture is designed with precision, security and accessibility in mind. The Ozak Stream Network stores information in real time, and the Decentralized Physical Infrastructure Networks securely replicate it on many machines. Data is reliably stored in Ozak Data Vaults, and Prediction Agents enable users to build AI models without coding.
The ecosystem is powered by the OZ token, which allows transactions, customization of Prediction Agents, voting and rewards. The supply has a fixed number of 10 billion tokens, which are divided between presale, ecosystem growth, reserves, liquidity and team.
At the current Phase 4 price of $0.005 per token, the presale has sold over 130 million OZ, raising about $1.85 million. The next phase will double the price to $0.01 and with a minimum contribution of $100, a $1,000 entry today could secure 200,000 tokens. If the token reaches its $1 target, that investment could grow to $200,000, exceeding the 100x benchmark in the title.
Ethereum is the leading smart contract platform with over 16,000 developers, according to Electric Capital. It powers a wide range of decentralized finance, gaming and media projects. ETH token is trading at $4,718.68, which is up 0.76% in the last 24 hours.
Cardano was launched in 2015 by Ethereum co-founder Charles Hoskinson and follows a research driven development model and it uses the Haskell programming language and the Ouroboros proof-of-stake protocol to focus on security and scalability. With 449 active developers ADA is trading at $0.9688 up 9.82% in the last 24 hours.
Experts say that Ethereum and Cardano have already achieved large-scale adoption, which often limits rapid percentage gains, while Ozak AI is at the early growth stage, where price multipliers can be much higher if adoption meets projections.
Conclusion
Ozak AI enters the blockchain space with a clear value proposition: fast, decentralized, AI-powered financial insights. Use of its phased presale model makes it rewarding to early participants in terms of easier entry and greater upside. While Ethereum and Cardano lead in developer numbers and ecosystem maturity, Ozak AI has a different growth profile, smaller market cap, specialized focus and a defined utility token model. For investors who act before the next price jump, the path from $1,000 to $100K is low initial cost, rising token demand and expanding real-world use.
For More Information about Ozak AI, visit the links below.
Look for views that match the unique needs of your space and where you plan on placing the camera. Most high-quality indoor cameras have around a 130-degree field of view — and some of our picks go beyond that — but you don’t need to break out a protractor. That’s plenty of coverage to get a great view of a room when placed in a corner or centered against a far wall. For the best coverage or to cover multiple angles from a central location, you’ll want a PTZ camera instead.
Pricing
One advantage of smart indoor cameras is that they’re significantly less expensive than hardy outdoor versions while still offering many of the same features. If you want to save money, take a look at picks from well-known brands for $30 and below. We have a few examples on our list. Generally, don’t pay more than $100 for an indoor cam unless you’re getting a lot of extra benefits and features for it.
Night vision
Indoor security cams are less likely to have their own lights or other sources of illumination nearby save dim nightlights. If you really want an eye inside your home at night when lights are off, excellent night vision is necessary. Look for multiple infrared LEDs if you can find them, with color night if it’s available.
Motion detection
Motion detection turns on the camera only when it detects movement, especially movement by humans, so it’s a necessary feature to save on video storage and battery life. Detection pairs well with alerts for your phone while away from home but you’ll want smart alerts that can recognize people or specific situations like alarms, pets barking, etc.
Smart home compatibility
Indoor cameras work particularly well with voice commands like, “Turn off camera,” or “Show me living room camera view.” Good cams work with Google Home, Google Assistant and Alexa, but they’re harder to find, and Apple Home models are even tougher to locate.
Matter (the smart home standard) compatibility is also important, and you can read more about that in our guides, but it doesn’t apply to security cams because the protocol hasn’t expanded to video footage yet. Wait for a future update for this part. If you do already have a home security system from a brand like Abode, ADT or Frontpoint, you should look for an indoor cam that’s compatible with that app or control panel.
The Blink Mini’s small design requires a certain amount of care when installing.
CNET/Tyler Lacoma
Two-way audio and more features
Depending on your security needs, you may want to look for features like two-way audio to hold conversations with a nanny or housekeeper (or to say hi to a pet). Others like features such as intelligent tracking, lots of zoom options and a built-in siren. We won’t say these are always necessary but if you find them valuable then our picks above include extras like these.
Video storage
Video storage is somewhat more useful outside the home where catching porch pirates, potential burglars and funny animal videos is important. Many people also want video recording inside their homes, especially if they’re worried about break-ins or general malfeasance (or once again, capturing cute pet videos).
Cloud storage backs videos up automatically into a cloud service, and with rare exceptions like Google Nest, you’ll need to pay a subscription fee for the ability. Local storage uploads videos to a hub or a microSD card (usually separate purchases), and you may have to connect them to a computer for additional management when they get full but ongoing fees aren’t required.
Privacy and security
Watch for brands that have good privacy records or brands that take necessary steps to secure their networks and remove vulnerabilities immediately. You don’t want a data breach putting your privacy at risk, or worse bugs like the video caching issue that let Wyze users accidentally see out of other people’s cameras. We’ll work to keep you updated on the latest privacy issues and what you should know when purchasing security devices like these.
After 13 years of “fighting for answers,” Bindi Irwin says she is finally healing.
In a heartfelt Instagram post, the conservationist revealed the removal of 51 endometriosis lesions, a chocolate cyst, her appendix, and repair of a hernia from childbirth. Dr. Tamer Seckin, an endometriosis specialist, removed them all during two separate surgeries.
BINDI IRWIN FIGHTS TO BE HEALTHY FOR HER FAMILY FOLLOWING EMERGENCY SURGERY
“I felt utterly ashamed as a teenager and young adult,” Irwin wrote, speaking about the painful endometriosis symptoms she suffered.
Bindi Irwin says she hopes to raise awareness of endometriosis, a diagnosis that she shares with about nine million other women in America.(Ethan Miller/Getty Images)
Her message? No young woman should feel ashamed or alone with pain that’s too often dismissed as “just part of being a woman.”
BINDI IRWIN UNDERGOES EMERGENCY SURGERY AFTER SHOWING SIGNS OF ‘DISCOMFORT’ AND ‘PAIN’
Irwin, daughter of the late “Crocodile Hunter” Steve Irwin, first revealed her diagnosis in March 2023, through a post on social media. The conservationist’s story highlights a condition affecting millions worldwide. Here’s what to know.
What is endometriosis?
Endometriosis affects roughly 10 percent of reproductive-aged women worldwide; in the U.S. alone, it impacts about 9 million women. Diagnosis is often delayed, averaging five to 12 years after onset of symptoms due to stigma and misdiagnosis, according to research published in the Journal of the American Medical Association.
Endometriosis affects roughly 10 percent of reproductive-aged women worldwide. Symptoms are often painful and long-lasting.(iStock)
The World Health Organization defines endometriosis as a condition that occurs when tissue like the uterine lining grows outside the uterus, causing pain, inflammation, and even infertility.
Common symptoms include pelvic and abdominal pain, painful periods, pain during intercourse, digestive issues, heavy bleeding, and fatigue.
BINDI IRWIN’S EMERGENCY SURGERY TOOK UNEXPECTED TURN FORCING HER TO MISS STEVE IRWIN GALA
When treatment doesn’t help symptoms, the next step is often laparoscopic surgery, which uses small incisions to remove or ablate lesions.
This surgery often means a faster recovery and fewer complications compared to more invasive open surgery, called a laparotomy, which involves one long incision across the abdomen.
Surgeries to remove lesions may help improve fertility in some women.(iStock)
Recovery typically takes two to four weeks, though healing may take longer depending on the extent of surgery and individual health.
While relatively rare, risks of the surgery can include infection, bleeding, damage to nearby organs, and gas-related discomfort.
Beyond symptom relief, procedures like Irwin’s may preserve fertility by removing growths.
Irwin says she is “beginning to recognize” herself again after treatment.(Paul Archuleta/Getty Images)
In May 2025, the Seckin Endometriosis Research Center opened at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, backed by $20 million in funding. It represents the first major U.S. facility solely dedicated to understanding endometriosis, developing non-invasive diagnostics, and improving treatments.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Irwin’s story sheds light on the difficult battle many women face when trying to find answers to their physical pain. Her post urges broader, open conversations about women’s health on a global scale.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“I can function in everyday life without wanting to throw up or pass out from the pain,” Irwin shared.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“Slowly, slowly gaining my strength back. I cannot express the gravity of my emotions as I am beginning to recognize myself again.”
Khloe Quill is a lifestyle production assistant with Fox News Digital. She and the lifestyle team cover a range of story topics including food and drink, travel, and health.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/news/anshula-kapoors-foodie-post-comes-with-a-message-you-cant-pour-from-an-empty-stomach-9101108” on this server.
Manzoor Ahmad Sofi, a carpet weaver, rolls a small carpet and places it in a corner of the living room in his two-story house in Wantpora, Srinagar, in Indian-administered Kashmir.
The veteran artisan, in the profession for nearly 50 years, looks worried for the first time as he thinks about the Kashmir handicrafts industry that was once the backbone of the region’s economy.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-16/U-S-50-tariff-threatens-handicrafts-in-Indian-administered-Kashmir-1FT6rwlbwRO/img/ee5e272c62ef4a5088eff4d5894ee186/ee5e272c62ef4a5088eff4d5894ee186.jpeg' alt='Veteran carpet weaver Manzoor Ahmad Sofi at his home in Srinagar, Indian-administered Kashmir. He has been in the trade for nearly 50 years but fears new U.S. tariffs will affect the centuries-old handicrafts industry. August 5, 2025. '
“The Kashmir handicrafts industry was brought down gradually over the years, forcing artisans like me to quit and look for other options,” Sofi told CGTN. “Political unrest and machine-made goods sold in the name of Kashmir handicrafts marked the beginning of its end,” he said after a brief pause, adding that only a few artisans chose to continue the centuries-old legacy and cultural heritage.
“Artisans who stayed in the profession turned to overseas markets to survive and support their families. Exporting handmade goods such as pashmina shawls, carpets, papier-mâché and wood-carving items from the conflict-torn region gave them some relief, and their condition had only begun to improve after a long struggle.
However, this changed when U.S. President Donald Trump announced a 50 percent tariff on Indian products. The move, meant to pressure India to cut Russian oil imports, struck another blow to the centuries-old craft.
“I don’t believe this fragile industry will survive if heavy taxes are imposed on its products,” Sofı said. “I’m worried the carpets I have woven may not find buyers easily, and ultimately this industry will collapse,” he added.
Kashmir’s handicrafts were introduced to the valley by Persian Sufi saint Mir Sayyid Ali Hamadani with the advent of Islam in the region in the 14th century, laying a strong foundation for its rich heritage, which today generates about $138 million in annual exports, 25 percent of which go to the U.S. market.
Tariq Dar, a pashmina shawl exporter and manufacturer who runs the brand Pashmkaar Kashmir, sells a large quantity of costly pashmina shawls to the U.S. He says the American fondness for handmade goods makes it a big market for traders like him.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-16/U-S-50-tariff-threatens-handicrafts-in-Indian-administered-Kashmir-1FT6rwlbwRO/img/61f904a1368b4995867a7fd2ff25e09b/61f904a1368b4995867a7fd2ff25e09b.jpeg' alt='An artisan works on an unfinished shawl at the workshop of Pashmkaar Kashmir, a leading manufacturer and exporter of pashmina shawls, in the Hazratbal area of Srinagar, Indian-administered Kashmir. August 4, 2025. '
“The USA is a big market. People there love to purchase handmade goods. But if our clients are made to pay a 50 percent tariff instead of the earlier 6 percent, it won’t be good for global business,” Dar told CGTN. “The new taxes will make it harder for U.S. consumers to buy our products, and in the end, it is the artisans who will suffer,” he said, adding the move would encourage the artisans to “discontinue the centuries-old practice.”
Dar said he believes Trump will change his decision in the coming days, as Americans value the crafts.
Maqbool Jan, an award-winning papier-mâché artist, suggests that global trade bodies and governments should formulate policies to benefit and promote crafts on the verge of extinction.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-16/U-S-50-tariff-threatens-handicrafts-in-Indian-administered-Kashmir-1FT6rwlbwRO/img/758834645c994c4baac18f5890c16f5e/758834645c994c4baac18f5890c16f5e.png' alt='Handmade papier-mâché goods are largely exported to European and American markets. Artisans of this centuries-old craft say global trade bodies and governments should exempt handicrafts from taxes. August 7, 2025. '
“The imposition of additional taxes will disturb the lives of people who depend on the global market. One must understand that buying expensive goods will be impossible for common people, especially when inflation is rising continuously,” Jan said. “This will increase unemployment not only in a small place like Kashmir but across the world. I don’t understand from where customers will arrange extra money to buy these items,” he added.
Jan suggests that all handicraft items imported and exported worldwide should be tax-free. He says this step will not only boost the sector but also generate employment for thousands of men and women.
“Tax-free handmade goods will become cheaper, and as a result, more people will purchase them, benefiting the artisans,” Jan told CGTN. “This will not only save crafts on the verge of extinction but also help eradicate unemployment, as youth will once again join these centuries-old professions,” he concluded.
During the first quarter of this fiscal, Godrej Properties acquired five land parcels to build housing projects with revenue potential of ₹11,400 crore.
Realty firm Godrej Properties’ net debt has risen 42 per cent in June quarter to ₹4,637 crore as the company looks to expand its business to meet strong housing demand.
Its net debt stood at ₹3,269 crore at the end of last fiscal.
According to its latest investors presentation, the company’s debt to equity ration has risen to 0.26 from 0.19 but it is still at a very comfortable level.
In a conference call with analysts, Godrej Properties MD and CEO Gaurav Pandey said, “From a debt perspective, we have laid out an absolute cap that we would like to look at for net debt of ₹10,000 crore. So, we do have a fair amount of room and even that would only take us to about 0.5 or a little bit above that range.”
He noted that there is more than enough sources of cash, both between operating cash flow and room to borrow a little bit in case there is any short-term need.
“But I think the decider of exactly where debt ends this year will be how much beyond this ₹20,000 crore guidance, we are able to do on business development,” Pandey said.
In the last few years, Godrej Properties has been very aggressive in acquisition of land parcels to build group housing projects as well as plotted (residential) development.
For the current 2025-26 financial year, the company has given a guidance that it will acquire multiple land parcels to build housing projects worth ₹20,000 crore.
During the first quarter of this fiscal, Godrej Properties acquired five land parcels to build housing projects with revenue potential of ₹11,400 crore.
The company acquired these five new land parcels in Mumbai, Pune, Bengaluru and Panipat.
These acquisitions were through outright purchase and joint development agreements with land owners.
Godrej Properties has maintained that it is on track to meet or even exceed ₹32,500 crore sales bookings target for this fiscal.
During the 2024-25 fiscal, the company’s sales booking rose 31 per cent to a record of ₹29,444 crore from ₹22,527 crore in the preceding year.
In the first quarter of this fiscal, Godrej Properties reported an 18 per cent decline in its pre-sales or sales bookings to ₹7,082 crore.
During the last two financial years, Godrej Properties was the country’s largest real estate firm in terms of sales bookings.
The company is likely to retain its top rank for the third consecutive fiscal year, if it achieves the sales bookings target of ₹32,500 crore.
On financial front, Godrej Properties recently reported a 15 per cent increase in its consolidated net profit to ₹598.40 crore in the first quarter of this fiscal as against ₹518.8 crore in the year-ago period.
Total income, however, fell to ₹1,620.34 crore in the April-June period of 2025-26 fiscal against ₹1,699.48 crore in the corresponding period of the preceding year.
The Mumbai-based firm posted a net profit of ₹1,389.23 crore on a total income of ₹6,967.05 crore during the last financial year.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
NA Index Oglasima među najčitanijim oglasima za prodaju nekretnina ističe se širok raspon ponude – od gradskih stanova do luksuznih vila na obali. Najviše pažnje privukla je garsonijera u Španskom, trenutačno najpopularnija nekretnina među posjetiteljima oglasnika.
Namještena garsonijera u Španskom – odmah useljiva
Na prodaju je dobro očuvana garsonijera od 32-75 m² na prvom katu zgrade u ulici Ivane Brlić Mažuranić u Španskom. Stan dolazi s pripadajućim spremištem i nalazi se u kvalitetnoj zgradi koju je izgradio GIP Pionir.
Zgrada ima lift kojim se iz suterena može doći do svakog stana bez stepenica. Lokacija je iznimno praktična – u blizini su škola, vrtić, šoping centri i stomatolog, a autobusna stanica nalazi se ispred same zgrade. Parking je besplatan i uvijek dostupan. Stan se prodaje potpuno namješten te je spreman za useljenje. Vlasništvo je čisto 1/1 bez ikakvih tereta. Cijena: 138.000 €.
Pogledaj oglas
Moderna vila s četiri apartmana na otoku Krku
Na prodaju je moderna vila ukupne stambene površine 410 m², smještena u okolici grada Krka na parceli od 665 m². Objekt je raspoređen na podrum, prizemlje i kat. Vila sadrži četiri potpuno opremljena apartmana, svaki s kuhinjom, blagovaonicom, dnevnim boravkom, dvjema spavaćim sobama, dvjema kupaonicama i prostranom loggiom ili terasom s otvorenim pogledom na more.
Objekt je građen kvalitetnim materijalima, opremljen modernim sanitarijama, klimatizacijom, a jedan apartman ima i podno grijanje. Na krovu su solarni paneli koji smanjuju režijske troškove. Okućnica je uređena s lounge kutkom, ljetnom kuhinjom, roštiljem, krušnom peći, grijanim bazenom i više parkirnih mjesta. Nekretnina se nalazi na mirnoj lokaciji, 1500 metara od mora. Cijena: 1.500.000 €.
Pogledaj oglas
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Kuća s bazenom kraj Zadra na samo 200 metara od mora
Prodaje se odlična prizemna kuća s bazenom udaljena 250 metara od mora u mjestu Bibinje kraj Zadra. Bruto površina kuće iznosi 83 m², a izgrađena je na zemljištu površine 533 m². Kuća se sastoji od dnevnog boravka s kuhinjom i blagovaonicom, dvije spavaće sobe (svaka sa svojom kupaonicom), pomoćnog WC-a i natkrivene terase.
Okućnica je uređena zelenim raslinjem, ima mali vrt, roštilj u stražnjem dijelu dvorišta, bazen i pergolu sa sjedećom garniturom. Parkiranje je osigurano za dva vozila unutar dvorišta. Kuća je potpuno opremljena, klimatizirana, a za grijanje služi peć na drva. Ima odličan potencijal za turistički najam, s mogućnošću preuzimanja uhodanog poslovanja. Cijena: 490.000 €.
Pogledaj oglas
Kamena kuća s panoramskim pogledom u Gračišću
U srcu slikovitog istarskog mjesta Gračišće prodaje se autentična kamena kuća ukupne površine 188 m², raspoređena na dvije etaže. Nekretnina zahtijeva potpunu obnovu, što predstavlja idealnu priliku za stvaranje osobnog kutka u mirnom ambijentu.
Posebna čar ove kuće je prostrana terasa s koje se pruža neponovljiv panoramski pogled na zelene brežuljke i prirodu. Iako nema okućnicu, terasa je dovoljno velika za vanjski blagovaonski set, sunčalište ili vrtni kutak.
Lokacija je praktična – svi važni sadržaji poput vrtića, škole i trgovine nalaze se u neposrednoj blizini. Ova nekretnina nudi spoj istarske tradicije i potencijala za stvaranje doma iz snova ili turističke investicije. Cijena: 130.000 €.
Pogledaj oglas
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Prostrani stan u Zagrebu
Na prodaju je stan od 66 m² smješten na 5. katu zgrade s liftom u Ulici grada Vukovara. Stan ima južnu orijentaciju s pogledom na zelenilo. Sastoji se od ulaznog hodnika, kuhinje, tri sobe, kupaonice i zasebnog toaleta. Prednosti uključuju zgradu bez oštećenja u potresu, spremište u podrumu, grijanje na toplanu i veliki povlašteni parking (2. zona).
Stan je predviđen za kompletnu adaptaciju, što pruža mogućnost uređenja po vlastitim željama. Lokacija nudi blizinu centra grada, odličnu prometnu povezanost i sve potrebne sadržaje u neposrednoj blizini. Cijena: 275.000 €.
Pogledaj oglas
Seosko utočište u Erdutu po pristupačnoj cijeni
Prodaje se kuća u Erdutu s ukupnom površinom zemljišta od 1108 m², idealna za one koji žele pobjeći od gradske buke i uživati u miru, tišini i prirodi. Kuća ima površinu od 86 m², a sastoji se od dvije spavaće sobe, dnevne sobe s kuhinjom, kupaonice s WC-om i ostave.
U dvorištu površine 1022 m² nalaze se dodatni objekti: ljetna kuhinja, podrum, garaža, šupa, svinjac, kokošinjac i čardak. Posebnosti nekretnine uključuju bunar i ograđeno dvorište, a zemljište je pogodno za uzgoj povrća, voćnjaka i malih životinja. Lokacija Erdut poznata je po prirodnim ljepotama, vinogradima i rijeci Dunav, a istovremeno je dovoljno blizu grada. Cijena: 35.000 €.
Pogledaj oglas
Kućica u nizu na Ferenščici – uređena i s dozvolama
U Leprovičkoj ulici na Ferenščici prodaje se uređena kućica u nizu površine oko 52 m² izgrađena 2017. godine. Nekretnina ima sve dozvole i energetski B certifikat.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Kuća je potpuno uređena, opremljena etažnim plinskim grijanjem, novim plinskim bojlerom i PVC stolarijom s roletama. Raspored je funkcionalan – prizemlje i kat. Ova nekretnina predstavlja priliku za život u mirnom dijelu grada, uz sve prednosti novije gradnje. Cijena: 129.000 €.
Pogledaj oglas
Luksuzni trosobni stan s grijanim bazenom u naselju Vrsi
Na prodaju je luksuzni trosobni stan na ekskluzivnoj lokaciji u naselju Vrsi u Zadarskoj županiji. Ukupna površina stana iznosi 100 m² – 75 m² unutarnje površine i 139 m² vanjskog prostora s grijanim bazenom. Stan se sastoji od dvije etaže. Na prvoj etaži nalazi se dnevna soba otvorenog koncepta s kuhinjom i blagovaonicom te izlazom na grijani bazen, dvije spavaće sobe i jedna kupaonica.
Na drugoj etaži je treća spavaća soba s vlastitom kupaonicom i izlazom na balkon. Stanu pripada i jedno vanjsko parking mjesto. Trenutno je završena roh-bau faza, a završetak gradnje predviđen je za proljeće 2026. godine. Cijena: 330.000 €.
Pogledaj oglas
Trosobni stan s vrtom na Bukovačkoj cesti
Na Bukovačkoj cesti, u kvalitetnoj novogradnji s ukupno tri stana, prodaje se trosobni stan površine 75 m² s vrtom, dvije natkrivene terase i vlastitim parkirnim mjestom. Stan je odmah useljiv, opremljen i uređen. Sastoji se od dnevnog boravka s kuhinjom i blagovaonicom, dvije spavaće sobe, moderne kupaonice i dvije natkrivene terase. Vrt je orijentiran prema zapadu.
Stan je opremljen protuprovalnim vratima, kuhinjom rađenom po mjeri sa svim potrebnim aparatima, ugradbenim ormarima, klima uređajem i sanitarijama visoke kvalitete. Lokacija je odlična – svi sadržaji nalaze se unutar 400 metara, a autobusna stanica (linija 203) udaljena je svega 300 metara. Cijena: 319.000 €.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Pogledaj oglas
Moderna novogradnja u Ilici – trosobni stan s garažnim mjestom
Prodaje se trosobni stan u novogradnji na drugom katu, veličine 71 m², u Ilici 370 (preko puta Ravnateljstva policije), s garažnim parkirnim mjestom s box ostavom ukupne veličine 19 m². Stan je useljen prije tri godine i sastoji se od hodnika, dnevnog boravka otvorenog koncepta s kuhinjom i blagovaonicom, dvije spavaće sobe, velike terase te odvojenog WC-a i kupaonice s WC-om.
Lokacija je dobro prometno povezana – do okretišta Črnomerec pješice je 8 minuta, a u blizini staju i gradski autobusi. Zgrada je opremljena vrhunskim sanitarijama, pločicama i protuprovalnim vratima. Iznad zgrade nalazi se zelena oaza uređenog Parka prirode Grmoščica. Ukupna cijena je 259.000 € (245.000 € stan i 14.000 € garažno mjesto).
There were some breakdowns before UCLA broke training camp.
Don’t worry, these were the poignant, bring-everyone-together kind.
As part of coach DeShaun Foster’s efforts to connect a team featuring 55 new players and eight new assistant coaches, everyone participated in a series of brotherhood meetings over the last two weeks at the team hotel in Costa Mesa.
Coaches stood before the entire team, sharing anecdotes about their experiences in the game. Players told their stories in more intimate position-group settings run by a coach from a different position.
“A lot of tears,” Foster said Saturday before his team’s final camp session. “So I just like that the players were being vulnerable and letting their guard down because they saw the coaches do it. So, you know, I just think that really brought us together and we’re gonna see if it worked.”
One of the more stirring stories came from tight ends coach Jerry Neuheisel, the former Bruins quarterback. Neuheisel talked about his anxiety after leading UCLA to a come-from-behind 20-17 road victory over Texas in 2014. He had come off the bench to replace injured starter Brett Hundley.
Foster said Neuheisel relayed how he was “kind of nervous just for another opportunity to happen and not being as successful the next time, you know? So that was huge because you would have never thought that with Jerry with how he is as a person.”
Offensive line coach Andy Kwon told players that regardless of the situation, they needed to finish what they started.
“Nobody cares if you’re tired, nobody cares if you’re hurting, nobody cares if you have an injury that’s pushable,” guard Julian Armella said. “Like, you can keep going, therefore you have to have a mentality each and every single day that you know that there’s going to be somebody that lines up across from you that wants your position, that wants to take the food off your family’s plate to be able to go and provide for theirs.
“So, I think just having that mentality of being able to finish, come out each day — whether it be recovery, whether it be in the classroom, off the classroom, on the field — all of these things build up in order to have that finish mentality.”
Offensive coordinator Tino Sunseri’s message — stop thinking about what other people think about you and focus on yourself — resonated with veteran tight end Hudson Habermehl.
“You don’t want to let others’ input affect you,” Habermehl said, “because at the end of the day, all we have is each other.”
The collective mindset has resulted in a new motto for 2025: We over me.
Back at it
UCLA tight end Hudson Habermehl smiles after a touchdown catch against Boise State in the L.A. Bowl in December 2023.
(Ryan Sun / Associated Press)
As soon as he went down in the spring of 2024, his anguished screams carrying across the practice field, Habermehl had one thought running through his mind.
Am I going to be able to play again?
His coach running over to check on the player who had just torn his anterior cruciate ligament, Habermehl repeatedly yelled five words that reflected his love for the game.
“I just want to play!” he said. “I just want to play!”
Some 15 months later, a rehabilitation that included plenty of doubts and a second surgery to clean up debris in his knee finished, Habermehl is on the verge of completing his comeback.
“It really made me step back and think,” Habermehl said, “how bad do I really want it?”
A lot, it turned out.
Along the way, he had more than a little help from his friends. Teammates and coaches constantly checked in on him and drove him to rehabilitation appointments at a time when he couldn’t put any weight on his leg for two months. Former UCLA linebacker Josh Woods, who persevered through his own devastating knee injury, was especially helpful in offering advice, telling Habermehl that he would learn a lot about himself during his recovery.
A symbolic change came over winter break when Habermehl trimmed his long, flowing locks, leading to a much more streamlined look. Foster had to check with another coach to ask who Habermehl was after walking past him in the weight room.
“He comes up and he’s like, ‘Huddy?’ ” Habermehl said. “And I was like, ‘What up?’ He’s like, ‘I didn’t even recognize you. I thought you were an alum.’ ”
Calling his new hairstyle “aerodynamic,” Habermehl looked incredibly sleek while making one of the highlight plays of camp when he sprinted to the corner of the end zone to make a leaping catch. He figures to be the team’s top tight end during a final college season that will also make him possibly the most educated player on the team.
Having completed a bachelor’s degree in geography and environmental studies, he’s also earned master’s degrees in legal studies and transformative coaching and leadership. This fall he’s taking extension classes in project management, though he conceded maybe he’s lost an opportunity.
“If you had told me I was going to be here this long, I would have started the doctorate right away,” Habermehl quipped. “You could call me Dr. Habermehl.”
Etc.
Safety Key Lawrence returned to individual practice drills Saturday, one week after suffering an apparent right leg injury. Foster said Lawrence would be eased back into practices. … UCLA will hold a mock game open to the public on Aug. 23 at the Rose Bowl. Foster said it was intended to help the team’s newcomers experience the logistics of a game one week before the season opener against Utah. … Foster confirmed that the team’s new grass practice field would not be ready for the resumption of on-campus practices next week, forcing it to use Drake Stadium. The team will shift to the intramural fields, which feature artificial turf, ahead of its Sept. 6 game at Nevada Las Vegas to prepare for the same playing surface inside Allegiant Stadium. … UCLA’s weight room renovations have been completed, Foster said, providing more modern equipment and better spacing.
A “masterpiece of cinema” described as the best war movie ever is now streaming on Amazon Prime. The two-and-a-half-hour epic was nominated for eight Academy Awards and hailed as a masterpiece by viewers decades after its 1979 release.
Directed by Francis Ford Coppola, this American war film explores themes of the psychological and physical toll of war, and it was revered for its cinematography and portrayal of conflict. Set during the Vietnam War, the legendary Apocalypse Now follows Captain Willard, played by Martin Sheen, on a dangerous mission upriver into Cambodia to find and assassinate Colonel Kurtz, played by Marlon Brando.
Kurtz has been accused of murder, and he is considered extremely dangerous after becoming high on power to see himself as a god-like figure.
Willard’s journey becomes as much psychological as physical, forcing him to confront the horrors of war and ultimately, Kurtz.
The production for Apocalypse Now was well known for being plagued by issues, including budget overruns, actors arriving unprepared, and even weather destroying the expensive sets, yet what emerged is what some described as a masterpiece.
One ten-star review hailed it as Coppola’s best work, writing: “This is such a masterpiece of American cinema, beautifully photographed, and the river is such a perfect metaphor and backdrop for the story.”
Another added: “I was shell-shocked after seeing this masterpiece, and despite some close competition from the likes of Fellowship of the Ring, this movie still remains my all-time favourite nearly 20 years after I first saw it.”
A third said: “A must see movie and without any doubts the best war movie ever! Many tried to copy but still there are no movie even close as good as this!!”
One fan admitted it’s a Marmite film which polarises viewers: “I find it very interesting how few,’middle of the road’ comments there are. Everyone either loves it, or they hate it.”
It echoes the initial reviews, with many hailing the cinematography, but several critics finding the themes anticlimactic. Some reviewers say this is why they like the film, because it delivers more questions than answers.
One unsatisfied viewer wrote: “Now, it would appear by judging the user and critic reviews that my opinion is in the minority. Nonetheless, I cannot for the life of me understand the extremely high ratings for this film.”
After being nominated for eight Academy Awards, including Best Picture, Best Director (Coppola), and Best Supporting Actor (Duvall), Apocalypse Now went on to win Best Cinematography and Best Sound.
Honda says it’s not a ‘volume brand’, but it’s not using its upmarket status as a reason not to grow sales in Australia, where it says the CR-V has the potential to topple the Toyota RAV4 from its throne.
The Japanese brand’s local sales in the first seven months of 2025 have put Honda on target to sell more than 15,000 vehicles this year, which would would be its best result since adopting a controversial agency sales strategy in the middle of 2021, a year in which it sold 17,562 vehicles.
But that’s still a far cry from its pre-COVID days when it consistently sold more than 40,000 vehicles annually, including a peak of over 60,000 sales in 2007.
While the switch to agency sales, which introduced fixed drive-away prices nationally and ownership of vehicles by Honda rather than its dealers, came with a lower annual sales forecast of around 18,000 vehicles, Honda Australia is still to reach that number.
However, under the new leadership of CEO Jay Joseph and managing director Rob Thorp, both of whom took up their respective positions in April 2025, Honda says it has no intention to become a volume brand once again.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new Honda. Click here to get a great deal.
“We’ve earned this niche of not just being a mainstream brand that’s just selling volume on price, but because of the inherent qualities and tech innate qualities of our products,” Mr Joseph told CarExpert.
“We’ve earned a spot where there are premium mainstream products. Honda is not trying to reposition itself as a volume brand – that is not our aspiration – but as far as the space we occupy here, we don’t behave like a volume brand because we don’t need to, because our value proposition is not just the product and not just the price, but it’s how we take care of customers.
“[But] Don’t get me wrong – we have volume potential.”
Mr Joseph spoke of “aggressive” sales growth for the brand, but – while many auto brands including new Chinese entrants publicly state their sales forecasts and even their desired rank on the Australian sales charts – Honda will not.
“We’re not putting a number on it, but we’re quite ambitious with our growth plan,” Mr Thorp told CarExpert.
“We think we’ve got a current product portfolio, plus a range of models that we’re able to bring to market that’s going to give us the opportunity to extract more growth out of this brand, and particularly the growth I think it deserves.
“It all comes down to our ability to execute on the quality of the product that we’re going to have access to – that becomes the challenge in the current environment.”
Honda Australia currently sells only five models – the small Civic hatchback, the mid-size Accord sedan, and the HR-V small SUV and ZR-V and CR-V mid-size SUVs – but it recently outlines a future product plan including the release of more hybrid powertrain options for its best-selling CR-V lineup to tackle the top-selling, hybrid-only Toyota RAV4.
It also confirmed the born-again Honda Prelude sports car – with a hybrid powertrain – for Australian release in 2026, when it will also launch its first electric vehicle (EV).
While Mr Thorp and Mr Joseph confirmed the company is keen on the Honda 0 Series range of EVs for Australia, they cautioned that the 0 Series (and the Prelude) won’t be volume-sellers.
Instead, the Honda Australia leadership team pointed to hybrid-powered mid-size SUVs, specifically the CR-V, as its biggest growth potential.
“We know that the CR-V is the best vehicle in this segment – the CR-V hybrid is the absolute best vehicle in the segment in terms of driving performance and versatility, and the overall value proposition,” Mr Joseph said.
“When we look at how we take care of the customer after the sale – low-cost servicing, resale value – when you look at all of that together, aside from the fact it’s the best driving vehicle in its segment… if it’s the best vehicle in its segment, why wouldn’t it be the best-selling vehicle in that segment?
“I think that’s the starting point. We look at those things and then if we can make the adjustments that can be the best-selling vehicle in the segment.
“That’s our potential. That’s how we look at that – and that’s what we should achieve.”
To July this year the CR-V has notched up 3592 sales (down 11.2 per cent year-on-year), while the RAV4 – Toyota Australia’s top-selling model and the nation’s favourite SUV in 2024 – found 28,449 new homes (down 9.2 per cent).
Prime Minister Narendra Modi says the reform in GST would benefit poor and middle-class people, as well as small and big businesses.
Prime Minister Narendra Modi in Delhi. (PMO)
Prime Minister Narendra Modi on Sunday said the Centre has circulated the draft of the next-generation GST reforms among states and sought their cooperation to implement the proposal before Diwali.
He said the reform in GST would benefit poor and middle-class people, as well as small and big businesses.
Addressing an event here after the inauguration of two expressways, the Prime Minister said the Centre intends to make the GST law simpler and revise tax rates.
Modi had announced the proposal to reform the GST law in his Independence Day speech on August 15 from the ramparts of Red Fort.
“For us, reform means the expansion of good governance,” he said.
Therefore, Modi said the government is continuously focusing on bringing reforms.
In the coming months, the Prime Minister said, “We are going to do many big reforms so that the lives of people and businesses become easier”.
The Centre is bringing the “next generation reform” in the GST.
“This Diwali, people will get a double bonus from GST reform,” he noted.
Modi said the Centre has sent the draft proposal of the GST reform to the states.
“I hope that all states will cooperate in the initiatives of the central government,” he said, urging them to complete the process at the earliest so that the Diwali festival becomes more fabulous.
The objective of this reform is to make GST simpler and revise rates, he added.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
view comments
News business » tax PM Modi Urges States To Cooperate In Implementing Proposed GST Reforms
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
The Pi Network community has been excited with rumors about a Binance listing, with many speculating that the token would go live on the exchange on August 15. However, the date has come and gone without any official listing, confirming what some analysts had already suggested.
Dr. Altcoin had earlier warned that both Binance and the Pi Core Team (PCT) are not yet ready to move forward. According to him, Binance is watching closely but waiting for more clarity, while the PCT is carefully taking its time to finalize the Open Mainnet roadmap and tokenomics before making any major announcements.
Why Binance Listing Did Not Happen
“Binance knows Pi has a solid foundation, strong potential, and one of the most dedicated communities in crypto,” Dr. Altcoin explained. “At the same time, the Pi Core Team is focused on perfecting its blockchain, running stress tests, and fine-tuning every detail before going fully transparent with the roadmap.”
The rumours of a Binance listing on 15 August must be over by now. In my last Q&A post, I mentioned that it was unlikely for Binance to list Pi this month. I have also been asked about the price of Pi, and as I have been saying for a long time, it is very likely that Pi’s price… https://t.co/YllLoClXDb
The analyst says that patience is key here. Instead of rushing into a listing, Pi is building long-term trust and stability by ensuring its ecosystem is strong and reliable.
Why Pi’s Price Could Rise From End of August
Despite the missed listing date, Dr. Altcoin remains optimistic about Pi’s future. He explained that Pi’s price is likely to begin rising towards the end of August, and here’s why:
Monthly unlocking will slow down – The supply of Pi entering circulation each month will decrease by at least 30%, reducing selling pressure.
Strong ecosystem development – Investments in OpenMind and other future startups are adding long-term value and building confidence in the project.
AI App Studio growth – The maturity of Pi’s AI-powered App Studio is creating more real-world use cases for Pi.
Soroban protocol update – Once Pi upgrades its blockchain to include Soroban, a smart contract platform on Stellar, the network will have even more technical strength and flexibility.
While many Pioneers hoped for a quick listing and fast price action, analysts say that Pi’s real value will come from patience and steady ecosystem growth. The project is prioritizing inclusivity, accessibility, and sustainability rather than rushing into short-term hype.
Tamil Nadu Chief Minister MK Stalin
| Photo Credit:
Vikraman Maniraj _12222@Chennai
Tamil Nadu Chief Minister MK Stalin will release the State Education Policy (SEP) on Friday at the Anna Centenary Library Auditorium in Kotturpuram, Chennai. The SEP was drafted by a committee set up by the state government and chaired by retired High Court Judge Justice D Murugesan, who submitted the report in 2024. The policy has since been awaiting release and implementation.
The move comes after months of protests against the National Education Policy (NEP) promoted by the Centre. The DMK-led Tamil Nadu government has consistently opposed the NEP, calling it “against social justice” and an attempt to impose Hindi on the State. Tamil Nadu has refused to implement the NEP. In May, the state government filed a plea in the Supreme Court over the alleged withholding of about ₹2,200 crore in central funds, which it linked to its refusal to adopt the NEP.
The plea asks the court to declare that the NEP 2020 and the PM SHRI Schools Scheme are not binding on the State unless it formally agrees to them. The government argued that its funds under the Samagra Shiksha Scheme have been unlawfully tied to these central schemes, calling the move “unconstitutional, arbitrary, and illegal.” “The glaring reason for such non-disbursement is that the Defendant has linked the release of Samagra Shiksha Scheme funds with the implementation of ‘National Education Policy’ and ‘NEP exemplary PM SHRI Schools’ Scheme, despite the fact that this policy / scheme are separate schemes.
That the reason of such apparent linkage is the fact that the MoU pertaining to the PM SHRI Schools Scheme dictates for implementation of the NEP-2020 in the Plaintiff State (Tamil Nadu) in its entirety which is not agreeable to the Plaintiff State due to the vociferous opposition to the Clause 4.13 of the NEP-2020 which envisages three-language formula,” the plea stated.
Tamil Nadu is seeking the release of ₹2,291.30 crore from the Centre, plus 6 per cent annual interest on ₹2,151.59 crore from May 1 until full payment. The State also wants the court to direct the Centre to meet its obligations under the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act, 2009, by releasing its 60 per cent share of grants-in-aid on time before each academic year.
Watch every Premier League match live in Australia from AU$32 a month
Stan Sport
Two sides that enjoyed top ten finishes last season go head-to-head on Sunday as Nottingham Forest host Brentford on Sunday.
Below, we’ll outline the best live TV streaming services for watching Premier League games as they happen, wherever you are in the world, and how to use a VPN if it’s not available where you are.
Forest were last season’s surprise package, booking a long-overdue return to European football by finishing in seventh.
While Nuno Espirito Santo’s team has lost key forward Anthony Elanga to Newcastle, the Tricky Trees have managed to retain the services of key midfielder Morgan Gibbs-White, despite concrete interest from Spurs. New recruits Igor Jesus, Dan Ndoye, Omari Hutchinson and James McAtee should meanwhile bolster what already looks like one of the stronger squads outside of the established “big four”.
Sunday’s game meanwhile sees Keith Andrews’ first competitive game in charge of Brentford, with the former Blackburn Rovers midfielder taking charge following Thomas Frank’s departed for London rivals Spurs.
With club captain Christian Nørgaard and key forward Bryan Mbeumo having also left the club in the summer, and Yoane Wissa looking set to join them out the exit door amid interest from Newcastle, Andrews appears to have a tough task ahead in matching last season’s top-half finish.
Nottingham Forest takes on Brentford on Sunday, Aug. 17, at the City Ground, with kickoff set for 2p.m. BST. That makes it a 9 a.m. ET or 6 a.m. PT start in the US and Canada, and an 11 p.m. AEST kickoff in Australia.
Igor Jesus has impressed in preseason for Nottingham Forest following his $13million summer move from Brazilian club Botafogo.
Ritchie Sumpter/Nottingham Forest FC via Getty Images
How to watch Nottingham Forest vs. Brentford in the US without cable
This match at the City Ground will be broadcast on NBC and streaming service Peacock. To stream the game live, you’ll need a Peacock Premium or Premium Plus account.
Peacock offers two Premium plans, and after recent price increases, the ad-supported Premium plan costs $11 a month, and the ad-free Premium Plus plan costs $17 a month.
How to watch the English Premier League 2025-26 season from anywhere with a VPN
If you’re traveling abroad and want to keep up with all the EPL action while away from home, a VPN can help enhance your privacy and security when streaming.
It encrypts your traffic and prevents your internet service provider from throttling your speeds, and can also be helpful when connecting to public Wi-Fi networks while traveling, adding an extra layer of protection for your devices and logins. VPNs are legal in many countries, including the US and Canada, and can be used for legitimate purposes such as improving online privacy and security.
However, some streaming services may have policies restricting VPN use to access region-specific content. If you’re considering a VPN for streaming, check the platform’s terms of service to ensure compliance.
If you choose to use a VPN, follow the provider’s installation instructions, ensuring you’re connected securely and in compliance with applicable laws and service agreements. Some streaming platforms may block access when a VPN is detected, so verifying if your streaming subscription allows VPN usage is crucial.
James Martin/CNET
Price $13 per month, $100 for the first 15 months (then $117 per year) or $140 for the first 28 months (then $150 per year)Latest Tests No DNS leaks detected, 18% speed loss in 2025 testsNetwork 3,000 plus servers in 105 countriesJurisdiction British Virgin Islands
ExpressVPN is our current best VPN pick for people who want a reliable and safe VPN, and it works on a variety of devices. It’s normally $13 a month but if you sign up for an annual subscription for $100 you’ll get three months free and save 49%. That’s the equivalent of $6.67 a month.
Note that ExpressVPN offers a 30-day money-back guarantee.
61% off with 2yr plan (+4 free months)
Livestream Nottingham Forest vs. Brentford in the UK
This opening weekend clash at the City Ground is exclusive to Sky Sports and will be shown on its Sky Sports Plus service. If you already have Sky Sports as part of your TV package, you can stream the game via its Sky Go app. Cord-cutters will want to set up a Now account and a Now Sports membership to stream the game.
Now TV
Sky’s standalone streaming service Now offers access to Sky Sports channels with a Now Sports membership. You can get a day of access for £15 or sign up to a monthly plan from £35 a month right now.
Livestream Nottingham Forest vs. Brentford in Canada
If you want to livestream EPL games in Canada this season, you’ll need to subscribe to Fubo. The service has exclusive rights to the Premier League once again and will be broadcasting all 380 matches live.
Fubo
Fubo is the go-to destination for Canadians looking to watch the EPL, with exclusive streaming rights to every match. It currently costs CA$27 for the first month, then CA$31.50 a month from then on.
Livestream Nottingham Forest vs. Brentford in Australia
Livestreaming rights for the EPL are now with Stan Sport, which will be showing all 380 fixtures live, including this match.
Stan
Stan Sport will set you back AU$20 a month (on top of a Stan subscription, which starts at AU$12). It’s also worth noting that the streaming service is currently offering a seven-day free trial.
A subscription will also give you access to Premier League, Champions League and Europa League action, as well as international rugby and Formula E.
Quick tips for streaming the Premier League using a VPN
With four variables at play — your ISP, browser, video streaming provider and VPN — your experience and success when streaming EPL matches may vary.
If you don’t see your desired location as a default option for ExpressVPN, try using the “search for city or country” option.
If you’re having trouble getting the game after you’ve turned on your VPN and set it to the correct viewing area, there are two things you can try for a quick fix. First, log in to your streaming service subscription account and make sure the address registered for the account is an address in the correct viewing area. If not, you may need to change the physical address on file with your account. Second, some smart TVs — like Roku — don’t have VPN apps you can install directly on the device itself. Instead, you’ll have to install the VPN on your router or the mobile hotspot you’re using (like your phone) so that any device on its Wi-Fi network now appears in the correct viewing location.
All of the VPN providers we recommend have helpful instructions on their main site for quickly installing the VPN on your router. In some cases with smart TV services, after you install a cable network’s sports app, you’ll be asked to verify a numeric code or click a link sent to your email address on file for your smart TV. This is where having a VPN on your router will also help, since both devices will appear to be in the correct location.
And remember, browsers can often give away a location despite using a VPN, so be sure you’re using a privacy-first browser to log into your services. We normally recommend Brave.
People with multiple sclerosis (MS) may show warning signs long before classic symptoms appear — and mental health concerns could be among the first red flags, according to new research.
A University of British Columbia (UBC) study, published last week in JAMA Network Open, examined the medical records of 2,038 patients with the autoimmune disease and compared them to 10,182 patients without it.
The researchers found that future MS patients had elevated rates of mental health-related issues, psychiatrist and general practice visits, and complaints of vague symptoms such as fatigue and pain — all as early as 15 years before the onset of clear symptoms.
MAKING THESE 11 LIFESTYLE CHANGES COULD WARD OFF ALZHEIMER’S, EXPERT SAYS
“These findings suggest that MS may begin much earlier than previously recognized, with mental health–related issues as early indicators,” the researchers wrote.
MS, which attacks the protective myelin coating around nerve cells in the brain and spinal cord, affects about one million adults in the U.S., according to Cleveland Clinic.
Mental health-related issues can be early indicators of multiple sclerosis, the researchers found.(iStock)
While there is no known cause or cure, treatment can help manage symptoms and slow the progression of the disease, which can cause muscle weakness, vision changes, numbness and memory issues.
Previous research has shown that in the five to 10 years leading up to an MS diagnosis, people typically seek medical attention more frequently for headaches, fatigue, sleep disorders, pain, gastrointestinal issues and psychiatric concerns, the researchers wrote.
ALWAYS RUNNING LATE? A MENTAL HEALTH CONDITION COULD BE TO BLAME, EXPERTS SAY
The UBC study, however, tracked physician visits in the 25 years leading up to the onset of symptoms in MS patients in British Columbia.
They found a steady uptick in general practice visits starting 15 years out, followed by more frequent trips to psychiatrists beginning 12 years before symptoms.
Neurology and ophthalmology visits increased eight to nine years prior, likely due to blurred vision or eye pain, two common early symptoms of MS.
An early increase in psychiatric visits may indicate the earliest stages of MS-related immune dysregulation, the study suggests.(iStock)
Three to five years before onset, emergency room and radiology visits rose sharply. Across nearly every specialty, physician visits peaked in the year before symptoms began.
Psychiatrist consultations, in particular, skyrocketed 159% before MS onset, and mental health visits increased 76%, according to the research.
The increase in psychiatric visits may correlate to the earliest stages of MS-related immune dysregulation, as higher levels of certain inflammation-related chemicals and problems with the blood-brain barrier can affect mood, the researchers noted.
Improving outcomes
While most people who experience mental health issues, fatigue and headaches do not develop MS, the researchers said that recognizing and characterizing the “prodromal phase” — the early period marked by subtle symptoms — could speed up diagnosis and improve outcomes.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“Mental health and psychiatric-related issues may be among the earliest features of the prodromal phase of MS, preceding nervous system-related symptoms and neurologist visits by several years,” senior author Dr. Helen Tremlett, professor of neurology at UBC, told Fox News Digital.
“This suggests that in the future, there may be an opportunity to recognize and manage MS early, maximizing mental health and brain reserve,” she said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The findings also open “new avenues for research into early biomarkers, lifestyle factors and other potential triggers that may be at play during this previously overlooked phase of the disease,” the researcher added.
Early warning signs of MS may emerge more than a decade before classic neurological symptoms, according to experts.(iStock)
Monitoring for early warning signs could also potentially help to detect other brain diseases, like Alzheimer’s or ALS, and ensure early intervention, Tremlett noted.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Between 2016 and 2021, MS cases increased globally from about 2.2 million to as many as 2.9 million, according to research published in July in the journal Frontiers in Neurology.
The disease has gained public attention in recent years as celebrities like Selma Blair, Christina Applegate and Montel Williams have shared their experiences of living with MS.
Deirdre Bardolf is a lifestyle writer with Fox News Digital.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/food-drinks/what-bengal-eats-when-it-rains-7-seasonal-favourites-you-must-try-9061384” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-16/European-leaders-ready-to-push-for-Zelenskyy-Trump-Putin-meet-1FTf782D3RS/img/decceac0e8114cf9a6d175c79537c079/decceac0e8114cf9a6d175c79537c079.png' alt='EU flags against the backdrop of the Berlaymont building, the main headquarters of the European Commission. /VCG'
European leaders said in a joint statement on Saturday that they are ready to push for a trilateral summit between Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy, U.S. President Donald Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin.
The joint statement was issued by European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen, French President Emmanuel Macron, Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni, German Chancellor Friedrich Merz, British Prime Minister Keir Starmer, Finnish President Alexander Stubb, Polish Prime Minister Donald Tusk and European Council President Antonio Costa.
They said Trump had briefed them and Zelenskyy earlier in the day on a summit between the U.S. president and his Russian counterpart, which was held in Alaska on Friday.
The leaders urged further negotiations involving Zelenskyy, whom Trump is set to meet in Washington on Monday.
In the statement, the leaders underlined that Ukraine must receive “ironclad security guarantees” to defend its sovereignty and territorial integrity. They welcomed Trump’s declaration that Washington was prepared to provide such guarantees, expressing readiness to work with Trump and Zelenskyy toward a trilateral summit “with European support.”
“No limitations should be placed on Ukraine’s armed forces or on its cooperation with third countries. Russia cannot have a veto against Ukraine’s pathway to the EU and NATO,” the statement said.
Reaffirming their support for Kyiv, the leaders stressed that Ukraine alone must decide on its territory and that international borders “must not be changed by force.”
The statement pledged continued support for Ukraine. As long as fighting continues, the leaders said, Europe will maintain pressure on Russia through strengthened sanctions and broader economic measures targeting its war economy.
Trump said Friday he had a “very productive meeting” with Putin in Alaska, noting that the two sides agreed on “many points” and made some progress, though no deal was reached.
Godrej Properties acquired five land parcels in the April-June quarter to build housing projects with revenue potential of ₹11,400 crore and will continue to pursue attractive land-buying opportunities, according to a top company official.
In an interview with PTI, Godrej Properties Executive Chairperson Pirojsha Godrej said, “We are quite active on the land front. I think anytime there is a good opportunity, of course, we want to pursue it.” He highlighted that the company’s balance sheet is very strong because of robust operational cash flows and funds raised in December last year through Qualified Institutional Placement (QIP).
“I think good thing is, with the QIP we did in December last year, company’s balance sheet is very, very strong. So if there are good opportunities, we will go after them,” Pirojsha said.
During the first quarter of this fiscal year, the company acquired five new land parcels in Mumbai, Pune, Bengaluru and Panipat. These acquisitions were through outright purchase and joint development agreements with land owners.
On these five new land parcels, the company will build housing projects, which carry a total revenue potential of ₹11,400 crore.
Pirojsha said the company will hopefully achieve the annual target of adding projects worth ₹20,000 crore in the second or third quarter of 2025-26 fiscal itself.
For group housing projects, Godrej Properties is buying land primarily in Delhi-NCR, Mumbai Metropolitan Region (MMR), Pune, Bengaluru and Hyderabad. However, the company is acquiring land in tier II cities for the development of residential plots.
On sales, Pirojsha Godrej said the company is on track to meet or even exceed the ₹32,500 crore sales bookings target for this fiscal as housing demand continues to be strong.
During the 2024-25 fiscal year, the company’s sales booking rose 31 per cent to a record ₹29,444 crore from ₹22,527 crore in the preceding year.
In the first quarter of this fiscal, Godrej Properties reported an 18 per cent decline in its pre-sales or sales bookings to ₹7,082 crore. Pirojsha attributed the decline in pre-sales to the high base effect and slight delay in the launch of a couple of projects.
During the last two financial years, Godrej Properties was the country’s largest real estate firm in terms of sales bookings.
The company is likely to retain its top rank for the third consecutive fiscal year if it achieves the sales bookings target of ₹32,500 crore.
On the financial front, Godrej Properties recently reported a 15 per cent increase in its consolidated net profit to ₹598.40 crore for the first quarter of this fiscal against ₹518.8 crore in the year-ago period.
Total income, however, fell to ₹1,620.34 crore in the April-June period of 2025-26 fiscal against ₹1,699.48 crore in the corresponding period of the preceding year. The Mumbai-based firm posted a net profit of ₹1,389.23 crore on a total income of ₹6,967.05 crore during the last financial year.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
IAKO ga se uobičajeno smatra hrabrim i buntovnim, leopard uzorak može biti vrlo profinjen, što je pokazala Lejla Filipović. Na svojem je Instagramu objavila fotografiju s plaže na kojoj je pokazala kako ovaj uzorak zaista može izgledati nevjerojatno šik.
Jednostavno i trendi
Na fotografiji Lejla nosi jednodijelni kupaći kostim u leopard uzorku koji kombinira smeđe i crne tonove, stvarajući atraktivan i upečatljiv izgled. Krojen je tako da naglašava figuru. Ima duboki izrez s vezanjem oko vrata, što ga čini vrlo elegantnim odabirom.
Na očima ima tamne sunčane naočale s velikim okvirima koje dodatno pojačavaju glamurozni dojam, a na nozi se vidi i diskretan srebrni lančić za gležanj čime je pokazala da prati trendove. Od sunca se zaštitila i malim šeširićem.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ako vam se sviđaju kupaći kostimi s leopard uzorkom, u nastavku smo izdvojili nekoliko komada uz koje ćete zablistati na plaži.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
It was football media day for six West Valley League teams on Saturday at Granada Hills, and as a unit, the coaches and players are convinced they have a chance to be the best league in the City Section in terms of competition.
While defending league champion Birmingham has an overall 49-game winning streak against City Section opponents, Cleveland, Granada Hills, Chatsworth, Taft and El Camino Real hope to be factors in the playoffs.
Cleveland is making strides to challenge for second place with a group of talented juniors, including two Nigerian-born players, running back Moyosoreoluwa Odebunmi and linebacker Oluwafemi Okeola.
Odebunmi, in his first varsity carry in a scrimmage against Van Nuys on Thursday, ran for a touchdown.
“When I scored, I was like, ‘Oh wow,’” he said. “But I know it’s not going to be easy.”
Birmingham has an offensive line filled with 300 pounders, and when 6-foot-5, 260-pound quarterback Kevin Hawkins plays tight end, the Patriots are truly giants up front. Coach Jim Rose said of Hawkins running the ball: “It’s like tackling a lineman. He’s a huge guy out there.”
Birmingham held a pizza eating contest this past week, and the winner was lineman Pablo Granados, who ate 10 slices in seven minutes. Hawkins was runner-up with seven.
Chatsworth offensive lineman Pablo Escobedo is known for riding his horse in his Chatsworth neighborhood. “It’s pretty cool,” he said.
Chatsworth should have one of the league’s best running backs in junior Devin Del Toro, who has been playing running back and linebacker since his freshman season. Coach Shawn Johnson said he has made “a huge jump.”
There are two players in the league who are outstanding two-sport athletes in football and baseball. That’s Taft quarterback/catcher Nathan Swinson and El Camino Real defensive back/center fielder Shane Bogacz.
Both try to find time to hit the batting cages to stay sharp during football season.
Granada Hills will continue to run the double-wing attack, focusing on running the ball, but the midseason availability of transfer quarterback Taiyo Dorio from Crescenta Valley could cause coach Bucky Brooks to try a pass or two.
Wingback Myles Cross drew laughter when he said, “I caught a pass.”
Brooks offered praise to all coaches and players in the City Section.
“I applaud all those who opted to stay in the neighborhood and play for neighborhood schools,” he said. “I want to salute everyone. I love the competitiveness.”
If you want your trip to be a breeze, then consider these factors so you can slash sneaky trip costs and stay within your budget.
Travel is all fun and games until the unanticipated fees add up and you are left scrambling to cover all the costs, from surprise baggage charges to overpriced tourist snacks, sharply taking a detour from the otherwise carefree adventure you planned after budgeting every detail. There’s a drastic difference between doing something in theory and actually experiencing it in person.
Make your travel a breeze from start to finish by factoring in hidden costs to keep your budget in check(Shutterstock)
ALSO READ: Last-minute trip? 13 secret light packing hacks that can save your day
So if you don’t want to end up scratching your head after the trip, trying to figure out where your budget went wrong instead of enjoying the moments from the photos or putting souvenirs on display, consider adding hidden charges in budget tracking as well. The travel experience fundamentally depends on your budget. When last-minute costs blow up in your face, your trip becomes more about wiping sweat than feeling the wind on your face.
Aviral Gupta, CEO at ZoWorld, shared with HT Lifestyle insights on the common problem of overlooking hidden travel costs. He said, “Every seasoned traveller eventually learns smart travel isn’t just about finding the best view or the most authentic local meal. Not just ticket fares or hotel bookings, but those unexpected, often invisible expenses that add up silently. It’s about knowing how to navigate the system. It’s about spending mindfully so that your journey feels lighter, not just in luggage, but in financial strain.”
To avoid the stress of your trip burning a hole in your pocket, Aviral Gupta shared a guide covering 11 smart travel hacks that reduce unexpected expenses:
1. The illusion of low hotel prices
Make sure you check the final price before hitting book now.(Shutterstock)
Often, what looks like a great hotel deal is just the base price.
Service taxes, GST, city surcharges—these show up right before checkout or sometimes even at the front desk.
To avoid last-minute price jumps, always check the final payable amount before booking.
Use platforms that are transparent about total costs and filter for “all-inclusive” results.
2. Laundry bills
It might seem like a small expense, but hotel laundry services can feel like you’re being charged per thread.
To avoid laundry bills, pack light and smart, a few versatile pieces, and a laundry bar or detergent strips.
For longer trips, ask around for local laundromats or affordable wash-and-fold services nearby.
3. Unseen price of getting around
While the destination might be planned, the local travel often isn’t and that’s where the hidden tolls, parking charges, and sudden cab bookings sneak in.
Whether it’s reaching a viewpoint or catching an early morning train, these small, frequent costs build up fast.
Use public transport when you can, rent a two-wheeler for short local rides, or opt for day passes on local buses and metros.
4. Convenience costs
Eating at eateries near tourist spots may shock you with a hefty bill.(Shutterstock)
Airport snacks, water bottles near monuments, and meals at the touristy cafe are classic traps.
Carry a reusable water bottle.
Eat before you arrive at transit hubs.
Stock up on dry snacks. Small steps, big savings.
5. Camera charges and entry add-ons
Sometimes there’s an extra charge for carrying a DSLR, a tripod, or even just a video camera at landmarks.
While it may seem negligible, these charges can double the cost of your day if you’re visiting multiple sites.
Look up entry details in advance. Better still, city passes often include bundled access to multiple attractions, with some even waiving photography fees.
6. Tourist pricing problem
Auto-rickshaws are charging ‘special’ rates. Taxis with mysteriously inflated meters. In every tourist-heavy area, this is a recurring theme.
To steer clear, rely on ride-booking apps or prepaid taxi counters. If you’re unsure, ask a local, your hostel host, café owner, or even the chai vendor, what the actual fare should be. Or take control entirely by renting a bike and riding through the city on your own terms.
7. Booking platforms and the invisible fee trap
Many experiences, sunrise treks, walking tours, and cooking classes, are best when booked directly with locals.
While booking platforms are convenient, they often come with hidden convenience charges.
If you’re already on the ground, check with your hostel or local guides. You might get a better price, more flexibility, and the joy of supporting someone directly.
8. Souvenirs and meals in tourist zones
Don’t buy souvenirs close to the tourist hotspots.(Shutterstock)
The closer you are to the attraction, the higher the price. That applies to everything from souvenirs and snacks to simple meals.
Step a few streets away, and you’ll likely find more authentic experiences at half the price.
Ask locals where they eat or shop. Browse travel forums, read blogs, or simply follow where the locals go.
9. Currency conversion and ATM charges
When travelling internationally, currency-related fees can pile up fast especially if you rely on frequent ATM withdrawals or cards with international transaction markups.
Opt for travel-friendly cards that minimise conversion charges. Withdraw cash in larger sums to reduce the number of transactions.
Always keep an eye on exchange rates—a good conversion can make a surprising difference over the course of a trip.
10. Staying connected, without overpaying
International roaming is rarely worth the price. A local SIM card or eSIM can offer more data, better service, and at a fraction of the cost.
Before you travel, check if your phone is compatible, and research telecom options at your destination.
Download offline maps and translation tools. Wi-Fi in your hostel, café, or co-working space will do the rest.
11. Hidden cost of extra baggage
A deceptively cheap flight can become expensive the moment you add baggage.
Most budget airlines have strict weight limits, and exceeding them even slightly leads to hefty charges. Know your allowance.
Travel with just a carry-on if possible. Use packing cubes, rewear essentials, and leave space for souvenirs.
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
George RR Martin, one of the most renowned authors for writing fantasy novels has shared the 10 books he recommends and a classic British fantasy has made it to the top of his list. Writing the recommendations for Goodreads, the popular author placed Lord of the Rings on the top position.
The book is a sweeping tale of friendship, sacrifice, and the struggle between good and evil. Martin, born on September 20, 1948, in Bayonne, New Jersey, began his writing journey in the 1970s and has built a diverse career encompassing novels, short fiction, and television screenplays.
Sharing his recommendation, he wrote: “If you have enjoyed my own fantasy novels, you owe it to yourself to read J.R.R. Tolkien (Lord of the Rings), Robert E. Howard (Conan the Cimmerian, Kull of Atlantis, Solomon Kane), C.L. Moore (Jirel of Joiry), Jack Vance (The Dying Earth, Lyonesse, Cugel the Clever, and so much more), Fritz Leiber (Fafhrd and the Grey Mouser), Richard Adams (Watership Down, Shardik, Maia), Ursula K. Le Guin (Earthsea, the original trilogy), Mervyn Peake (Gormenghast), T.H. White (The Once and Future King), Rosemary Sutcliffe, Alan Garner, H.P. Lovecraft (more horror than fantasy, admittedly), Clark Ashton Smith, and… well, the list is long
“Maybe you’ve read all the fantasy classics, however. I have lots of readers for whom that is true as well. Those I like to point at some of my contemporaries. As great as Tolkien, Leiber, Vance, REH, and those others were, THIS is the golden age of epic fantasy.”
In the Lord of the Rings trilogy, the story takes place in the fantasy world of Middle-earth, where a group of heroes sets out to destroy the One Ring—a dangerous object made by the evil Sauron to control other magical rings and take over the world.
Mr Martin is the author of the popular fantasy series A Games of Thrones. Over the past decades, he released five out of the expected seven books to complete the series, which in the 2010s became an HBO epic show. Over the past years, he has been criticised for taking a long time to finish The Winds of Winter, the sixth book in his fantasy series. He admits it’s 13 years overdue but says it’s still his main focus. Meanwhile, he stays busy with TV projects, writing blog posts, and meeting fans at conventions.
The Lord of the Rings
The Name of the Wind (The Kingkiller Chronicle, #1)
Watership Down (Watership Down, #1)
The Lies of Locke Lamora (Gentleman Bastard, #1)
A Wizard of Earthsea (Earthsea Cycle, #1)
The Wise Man’s Fear (The Kingkiller Chronicle, #2)
The Coming of Conan the Cimmerian (Conan the Cimmerian, #1)
The boss of Suzuki Motor Corporation’s distributor in Queensland and northern New South Wales predicts some automotive brands will withdraw from the Australian market, including some of the newer Chinese entrants.
“I think there’ll definitely be brands that don’t make it [in Australia]. I think there’ll be brands in China that won’t last – they’re cutting each other’s throats over there at the moment already,” the general manager of Suzuki Auto Co, Paul Dillon, told CarExpert.
“If you talk to [Pitcher Partners automotive analyst] Steve Bragg, somebody like that in that part of the industry, their advice to dealers is just to be very careful about which Chinese brands they take on and spend money developing their dealership for. Are they going to be there in the future?
“We’ve already seen Chinese brands come in and go previously.”
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
Indeed, the first wave of Chinese brands from 2009 into the 2010s saw various brands come but eventually go, including JMC and ZX Auto.
That wave also included the first attempts in the Australian market by Chery and Geely, both of which left but have re-entered this decade with factory-backed operations.
And as Mr Dillon notes, some Chinese brands have even failed or appear close to death in their own market, including HiPhi, Hycan and Weltmeister, and the Evergrande Group-owned Hengchi.
The latest deluge of Chinese brands into Australia has far surpassed that of this earlier era in our market’s, however.
In 2023, Chery returned to the Australian market to join existing existing players BYD, GWM and MG.
Leapmotor, Deepal, JAC, Xpeng and Zeekr followed in 2024, with Geely and Omoda Jaecoo commencing deliveries this year, and Foton soon to give it another crack after having previously exited our market.
GAC is also set to enter the Australian market this year, and even more brands are expected to come. That will see well over 60 brands competing for a market that, compared to more populous nations like the US, is small fry – around 1.2 million vehicles were sold here last year.
Almost all of the new brands entering our market come from China, with automakers from that nation eager to enter the fray here.
They’re doing so in many cases not only to eke out a share of the Australian market, but also to use our market as a test bed for other markets (as Chery has confirmed) and to help bolster their global presence – something particularly crucial as competition among Chinese brands in their home market becomes ever more brutal.
They’re also typically coming here with sharp pricing that undercuts established brands from Japan, South Korea and other countries.
Many of those Chinese brands “undoubtedly” pose a threat to legacy brands like Suzuki, said Mr Dillon.
“The legislation’s almost leaning towards them, isn’t it?” he added, referring to the federal government’s New Vehicle Efficiency Standard (NVES) emissions scheme, which he argued was poorly thought-out.
“When you see if the NVES has the impact that it probably will have, does that mean everything else other than the Chinese stuff starts getting more expensive?
“It doesn’t mean that over the next two years there’s going to be a dip in the national sales of cars. Do we go from 1.1 million to a number less than that, once the shock of price increases?
“That said, looking at the recent VFACTS, some of their brands are certainly rapidly increasing in volume but the overall Chinese share of the national market isn’t increasing that quickly I don’t think.
“There are still some people that prefer to stay with a legacy brand.”
Sales of vehicles built in China were up by 8.6 per cent in 2024, after having overtaken sales of Korean-built cars in 2022.
But while brands like BYD and Chery have soared, overall sales growth for Chinese-built cars isn’t as impressive as it was in 2023, when their sales increased by 57.5 per cent, or in 2022 when they rose by 61 per cent.
And since 2021, Suzuki has managed to maintain a total share of our market of between 1.4 and 2.0 per cent, though this year it may struggle thanks to interrupted supply of key vehicles like the Jimny.
Suzuki finished 16th overall in our market in 2024 with 21,278 deliveries, finishing behind Chinese brands MG (seventh place, 50,592 deliveries) and GWM (10th, 42,782 deliveries) and just ahead of BYD (17th, 20,458 deliveries).
So far this year, Suzuki is behind all three of those brands, plus Chery. It’s sitting at 9653 deliveries, down 21 per cent year-to-date, while Chery has overtaken it with 17,272 deliveries, up 235.2 per cent.
Moving forward, Suzuki will also need to keep an eye on rapid risers like Geely in its rear-view mirror, while new entrants like GAC will be competing in some of the same segments as the Japanese brand.
Suzuki Australia, which manages the sale and distribution of Suzuki vehicles everywhere in Australia bar Queensland and the Northern Rivers region of NSW, says it won’t start a price war with purveyors of affordable Chinese vehicles.
“We offer products that are good value for money that can be applicable to most buyer types around the world. And that’s part of Suzuki’s philosophy: to produce a car for everybody,” Suzuki Australia general manager Michael Pachota told CarExpert.
“With that said, there’s no compromise ever on quality, so you get what you pay for.
“With respect to that, I don’t think it’s a race to the lowest price if a competitor is down there. It’s based on producing a vehicle that’s right for the consumer, and it’s a quality product without any compromise.
“We own our lane. We’re good in it. We’re the small-car specialists, and we deliver – and I keep saying it – undeniably reliable, quality product.”
MORE: Australia’s new emissions regulations are poorly thought out, says local car brand boss
MORE: Suzuki Australia won’t start price war with Chinese rivals
In the early 2000s, he purchased Titan Company shares at Rs 30-Rs 40 apiece and the investment eventually delivered returns of over Rs 15,000 crore
Rakesh Jhunjhunwala was born on July 5, 1960, in Mumbai to a middle-class Marwari family. (PTI Photo)
Rakesh Jhunjhunwala, fondly called the ‘Big Bull’ of Dalal Street, transformed a modest investment of just Rs 5,000 into a fortune exceeding Rs 40,000 crore, leaving behind one of the most inspiring legacies in the stock market history.
Born on July 5, 1960, in Mumbai to a middle-class Marwari family, Jhunjhunwala grew up watching his father, an Income Tax Department officer, discuss the stock market with friends. Those conversations ignited his curiosity about equities. On his father’s advice, he began reading newspapers daily to sharpen his understanding of business and market trends.
Although he qualified as a chartered accountant after studying at Sydenham College, Jhunjhunwala shunned the security of a stable job. Instead, he plunged into the volatile world of stocks. His first investment, funded by borrowing Rs 5,000 from his brother, marked the beginning of a remarkable journey.
In 1986, he took a bold gamble, raising additional capital from market experts at steep interest rates. His maiden big win came with Tata Tea, bought at Rs 43 a share, it surged to Rs 143 within three months, netting him about Rs 5 lakh. He followed this with smart bets on Tata Power and Sesa Goa.
But his most iconic move came in the early 2000s, when Titan Company was struggling. Trusting the brand’s long-term potential, he purchased shares at Rs 30-Rs 40 apiece, an investment that eventually delivered returns of over Rs 15,000 crore.
“Always go against the crowd. Buy when everyone is selling and sell when everyone is buying,” Jhunjhunwala’s simple yet powerful mantra became synonymous with his investing style.
Through his firm RARE Enterprises, named after himself and his wife Rekha, he invested in several market leaders, including Star Health, Metro Brands, Tata Motors and CRISIL. From the 1992 securities scam to the 2008 global financial crisis, Jhunjhunwala demonstrated an uncanny ability to identify resilient companies during turbulent times.
In 2021, he ventured into aviation with Akasa Air, which became the world’s fastest-growing airline within a year. By the time of his passing in 2022, the Sensex had crossed the 59,000 mark, up by 150 points. In 2023, he was posthumously awarded the Padma Shri.
Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
view comments
News business From Rs 5,000 To Rs 40,000 Crore: Why Rakesh Jhunjhunwala Is Called The ‘Big Bull’ Of Dalal Street
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
XRP price prediction is one of the most discussed issues with the coin staying above $3 in the wake of the U.S. inflation concerns, whereas the Pi Coin news indicates the ongoing struggle of its holders as the sentiment declines.
Against this backdrop, an altcoin with a price of 0.0944, Remittix (RTX), is quickly gaining the interest of both whales and retail traders due to the upcoming catalysts that have the potential to propel adoption and lead to parabolic growth.
XRP Holds Support as Analysts Eye Key Reversal
The XRP price prediction scenario remains cautiously bullish. According to analysts, a continued drive above the price of $3.40 can open the door to a higher breakout to new targets, and the future market is very active, indicating interest at the price point.
Recent developments like the launch of Ripple USD (RLUSD) are expected to increase on-chain demand, supporting future XRP price predictions. As a low-cost and efficient settlement network, Ripple can attract cross-border payments, potentially raising network activity and token demand. Coupled with the resolution of the XRP lawsuit, these catalysts improve confidence in the token’s growth trajectory.
Pi Coin News Signals Mixed Momentum Amid Investor Exits
Meanwhile, Pi Coin news reveals a cryptocurrency struggling to find a bullish direction. Trading at $0.40, Pi Coin has extended weekly gains to 19% but remains far from its all-time high of $2.98. Investor exits have intensified as the price approaches prior lows, with declining trading volume showing weak market participation.
Pi Coin news continues to emphasize the risk of further downside if $0.40 support fails. Analysts observe that a rebound at the $0.40 would seek a target at $0.44, although there will need to be continued buying to sustain the impulse. Low correlation with recent Bitcoin highs is also a sign that the Pi Coin might fail to keep up with the overall market rallies.
Remittix Emerges as the $0.09 Altcoin Driving FOMO
While XRP price prediction and Pi Coin news dominate market chatter, Remittix (RTX) is quietly generating major investor interest. Currently priced at $0.0944, the project has raised over $19.7 million and sold over 602 million tokens, positioning it as a standout altcoin with utility in cross-border payments, crypto-to-fiat transfers, and DeFi applications.
Why Investors Are Watching Remittix Closely
Real-world utility in cross-border payments and DeFi.
Wallet beta launch scheduled for Q3 2025.
40% token bonus for early investors.
Upcoming CEX listing to expand liquidity and visibility.
Growing community supporting long-term adoption.
As traders weigh XRP price prediction and analyze Pi Coin news, Remittix is steadily becoming the altcoin driving FOMO and shaping the narrative for high-growth crypto opportunities in 2025.
Discover the future of PayFi with Remittix by checking out their project here:
The content featured on Coinpedia’s press release page is provided for informational purposes only. Coinpedia does not endorse, verify, or take responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any press releases or associated materials. Any views, opinions, or statements expressed in these press releases are those of the respective issuers and do not reflect the opinions or positions of Coinpedia. Coinpedia is not liable for any content, products, services, or actions mentioned in the press releases. Readers should independently verify the information before taking any actions related to the subject matter of the releases.
Tamil Nadu Chief Minister MK Stalin on Thursday said that the State Education Policy (SEP) has been curated while keeping in mind the “unique character” of the state and announced that the state will only follow a two-language policy.
“Through this education policy, we don’t want students just to mug up, but think and get educated. Physical education will be taught along with studies. Importantly, I want to say firmly that we will follow two two-language policy and it is our firm policy,” Stalin said while addressing the gathering at Anna Centenary Library Auditorium.
The Chief Minister informed that smart classes will be introduced under the newly released SEP. “We are going to make a change in education, our aim is to educate all. Nobody should be left out,” Stalin said while emphasising the need to teach rational thought in education.
“We will never allow anyone to stop education. We will not allow pirooku (reactionary thinking) in our education. Our state education policy aims to create samathuva kalvi (equality) and will be a pagutharivu kalvi (one with a rational thought). This will serve as a platform to compete with international standards of education,” Stalin asserted.
He said that his government aims for a 100 per cent admission of school students in higher education, which now stands at 75 per cent. “The government, based on the Dravidian model, needs all school students to join higher education. Mother feels happy to see her children study well. 75 per cent of school students joined higher education, and we target 100 per cent to join higher education,” the CM said.
“When you finish school and join college life, it will give a new experience. This will be a way for your career. This year, 901 students joined premier institutions,” Stalin added.This move comes after months of protests by the DMK led government against the National Education Policy (NEP) promoted by the Centre.
The DMK-led Tamil Nadu government has consistently opposed the NEP, calling it “against social justice” and an attempt to impose Hindi on the state. Tamil Nadu has refused to implement the NEP.
In May, the state government filed a plea in the Supreme Court over the alleged withholding of about ₹2,200 crore in central funds, which it linked to its refusal to adopt the NEP. The plea asks the court to declare that the NEP 2020 and the PM SHRI Schools Scheme are not binding on the state unless it formally agrees to them.
The unfortunate reality of owning a refrigerator with an ice maker is that it can fail, which is not ideal during warmer weather. On the bright side, ice makers are also relatively simple machines that, for the most part, all operate the same way. Whether you need that iced coffee hit in the morning or are hosting a cookout at night, you may be able to diagnose and repair a faulty ice maker yourself without forking over cash for an expensive service call.
It can take a lot of trial and error to find the right fix for your ice maker, as a recent Reddit thread illustrates. Here’s how to fix some common ice maker problems.
When ice is not ejecting
If you find ice inside the ice mold, it means your ice maker is receiving water and the problem likely isn’t with the water supply. Instead, it’s most likely a mechanical or electrical problem.
Cause: When moving things around in the freezer, it’s not uncommon to accidentally nudge the control arm into the off position, which halts production of ice.
Fix: This is an easy fix. Locate the metal control arm and move it to the down or on position.
Cause: If the control arm is in the on (down) position and the mold is filled with ice, the problem likely lies with the motor, gearbox or electrical connection.
Fix: Start by making sure all electrical connections are properly seated. Slide the refrigerator out from the wall, turn off the water supply valve and disconnect it from power. Locate the quick release plug on the back wall inside the freezer. Unplug the connection and reconnect it to ensure it’s fully connected.
Manually remove any remaining ice from the mold by adding some water and letting it sit for a minute. The ice will begin to melt and should be easier to remove.
Restore power to the refrigerator and lift the control arm to the off position. Lower the control arm back down and wait for approximately 10 seconds for the solenoid to engage and fill the mold with water.
Wait three to four hours for the ice to freeze and see if the ice now ejects. If not, it’s likely that you will need to replace the motor or gearbox.
When it’s not making ice at all
If your ice maker isn’t producing ice at all or is producing crescents or cubes that are smaller than usual, it’s typically indicative of a clog somewhere along the supply line.
Cause: A common cause for a clog is frozen water in the line.
Fix: To repair a frozen line, slide the refrigerator and unplug it. Locate the shut-off valve, typically underneath the sink or behind the refrigerator. Turn the valve to the closed or off position. Fill a turkey baster with warm water and pour the water over the water line. Alternatively, you can defrost the water line with a hair dryer or by letting the refrigerator sit unplugged for upward of two hours.
Restore power to the refrigerator and listen for the water supply to fill the ice mold.
If the clog is anything but translucent, consult with a professional for help removing the clog.
Cause: There is also a possibility that the water filter for the ice maker is clogged.
Fix: Locate and replace the water filter. Filters for ice makers are typically located inside the refrigerator (to keep them from freezing).
When cubes are too big or small
Cause: If the ice crescents are too big or there is no clog and they’re still too small, chances are, the ice maker just needs a little adjustment.
Fix: To adjust how much water the ice mold is filled with each cycle, first remove the cover from the ice maker. It’s the white plate on the frontmost part of the ice maker assembly and it should pull off rather easily. If you’re having difficulty removing it, use a flat head screwdriver to gently pry it away from the housing.
Under the cover, you should see a screw and spring assembly, along with a plus and minus indicator. This controls the dosing for water. Screw in (toward the minus symbol) to decrease the amount of water per dose and out (toward the plus) to increase the amount of water per dose.
An experimental cancer vaccine has shown promise in keeping certain cancers from coming back.
In a phase 1 clinical trial led in part by the UCLA Health Jonsson Comprehensive Cancer Center, researchers tested the vaccine (ELI-002 2P) with 25 patients who had been treated for pancreatic and colorectal cancer.
The patients had all undergone surgery to remove tumors and showed “signs of minimal residual disease” or traces of DNA, putting them at a high risk of recurrence, according to a UCLA press release.
WOMAN BEATS DEADLY BRAIN CANCER WITH INVESTIGATIONAL CELL THERAPY: ‘TRULY AMAZING’
More than 80% of pancreatic cancer patients experience recurrence of the disease after surgery, research shows — and for 40% to 50%, this happens within the first year.
For colorectal cancer, the recurrence rate is between 30% and 50% and is most likely to occur within the first two years after surgery.
In a phase 1 clinical trial led in part by the UCLA Health Jonsson Comprehensive Cancer Center, researchers tested the vaccine with 25 patients who had been treated for pancreatic and colorectal cancer.(iStock)
Mutations in the KRAS gene are responsible for half of colorectal cancers and more than 90% of pancreatic cancers. The vaccine, which targets those mutations, was given via a series of injections to activate an immune response in the lymph nodes.
A majority (21 out of 25) of the patients generated “KRAS-specific T cells,” which indicates a stronger immune response. The ones with higher T-cell responses showed a longer relapse-free survival compared to those with lower responses, the researchers found.
MAN’S DEADLY BRAIN CANCER TUMOR DISAPPEARS AFTER EXPERIMENTAL DRUG TRIAL
For three colorectal cancer patients and three pancreatic cancer patients, the vaccine appeared to remove all disease biomarkers.
Among the patients who showed the strongest immune response, a majority were still cancer-free nearly 20 months after receiving the vaccine.
The findings were published in Nature Medicine.
A majority (21 out of 25) of the patients generated “KRAS-specific T cells,” which indicates a stronger immune response. (iStock)
“This is an exciting advance for patients with KRAS-driven cancers, particularly pancreatic cancer, where recurrence after standard treatment is almost a given and effective therapies are limited,” said first author of the study, Zev Wainberg, M.D., professor of medicine at the David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA and researcher in the UCLA Health Jonsson Comprehensive Cancer Center, in the release.
“We observed that patients who developed strong immune responses to the vaccine remained disease-free and survived for much longer than expected.”
“The new cancer vaccine from UCLA is very promising as a major tool against these cancers.”
In another finding, 67% of the patients in the trial showed immune responses to “additional tumor-associated mutations,” indicating that the vaccine could be used to suppress “broader anti-tumor activity.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
One of the benefits of ELI-002 2P, according to the researchers, is that it’s considered “off-the-shelf,” which means it’s a mass-produced, standardized vaccine that doesn’t have to be personalized for each individual patient.
“This study shows that the ELI-002 2P vaccine can safely and effectively train the immune system to recognize and fight cancer-driving mutations,” Wainberg said.
For colorectal cancer, the recurrence rate is between 30% and 50% and is most likely to occur within the first two years after surgery.(iStock)
“It offers a promising approach to generating precise and durable immune responses without the complexity or cost of fully personalized vaccines.”
The team has already finished enrolling participants for a phase 2 study that will test ELI-002 7P, the next iteration of the vaccine that will target a “broader set” of KRAS mutations, the release stated.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
The study was sponsored and funded by Elicio Therapeutics, the Massachusetts company that developed the vaccine.
It was conducted in conjunction with the MD Anderson Cancer Center and the Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center.
More than 80% of pancreatic cancer patients experience recurrence of the disease after surgery, research shows — and for 40% to 50%, this happens within the first year.(iStock)
Dr. Marc Siegel, Fox News senior medical analyst, was not involved in the study but commented that targeted therapies are becoming increasingly important tools in the fight against cancer.
“Solid tumors, especially pancreatic, can be difficult to treat because they are not as mutagenic (capable of inducing or causing mutations) as hematological malignancies (blood cancers) or melanoma, for example, so they don’t have as many ready targets for immunotherapy,” he told Fox News Digital.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“The new cancer vaccine from UCLA is very promising as a major tool against these cancers, as it ‘programs’ the immune system to target these mutations and has been shown in the NATURE study to elicit a strong clinical response.”
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/news/gurinder-chadha-enjoyed-a-delicious-indian-feast-courtesy-of-chef-vikas-khanna-9097537” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-15/Premier-Li-urges-efforts-to-build-ecological-civilization-in-new-era-1FRuKYgSe64/img/bc4f1a00231441868a772f686c8f0694/bc4f1a00231441868a772f686c8f0694.png' alt='A view of a modern agricultural park in Guang'an City, southwest China's Sichuan Province, August 14, 2025. /VCG'
Chinese Premier Li Qiang on Friday stressed the need to firmly establish and implement the concept that “lucid waters and lush mountains are invaluable assets” and urged efforts to write a new chapter in the building of ecological civilization in the new era.
Li, also a member of the Standing Committee of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee, made the remarks at the opening ceremony of the National Ecology Day main event and at a symposium on putting this concept into practice.
Realtors apex body CREDAI’s Maharashtra chapter has appointed Sukhraj Nahar as its new president.
In a statement, CREDAI-MCHI, which represents real estate developers in the Mumbai Metropolitan Region (MMR), said it has appointed Nahar Group Chairman Sukhraj Nahar as its 18th President for the 2025-2027 term.
CREDAI-MCHI also announced the new management committee comprising Bandish Ajmera – President Elect, Rushi Mehta – Secretary, and Nikunj Sanghavi as Treasurer.
The association has more than 2,200 developers as members.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
MONCLER je francuski modni brend osnovan 1952., a najpoznatiji je po vrhunskoj odjeći i opremi inspiriranoj alpinističkom tradicijom, uključujući pernate jakne i funkcionalnu obuću. Brend je sada predstavio dva nova modela obuće koji spajaju brendovu planinarsku tradiciju s modernim dizajnom za gradski život.
Udobnost na prvom mjestu
Prvi model, Trailgrip Apex2 GTX, nadogradnja je prepoznatljive Monclerove tenisice Trailgrip. Donosi tehničke značajke poput vodootporne GORE-TEX membrane, Ortholite uloška, karbonske potplate i Vibram Megagrip potplata, a sve je upotpunjeno luksuznim detaljima poput bočnih panela od nubuka, teksturirane kože i jednobojnih metalnih rupa za vezice.
Tenisice su elegantnog izgleda, a dolaze u četiri boje savršene za jesen – bijeloj, prljavo biijeloj, bordo i smeđoj.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Drugi model, Moncler Altive Mid, zimske su čizme nadahnute brendovim čizmama za snijeg. Dizajnirana za svakodnevno nošenje u hladnijim mjesecima, spaja praktičnu izvedbu i vrhunske materijale. Ističu se debelim potplatom, gornjim dijelom od podstavljenog najlona i podesivim sustavom vezanja.
Također dolaze u četiri boje – bež, ružičastoj, kaki i crnoj.
Trailgrip Apex2 GTX već je dostupan u odabranim Moncler trgovinama i na službenoj web-stranici, dok će Altive Mid u prodaju stići krajem rujna.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
When the Dodgers are reeling and roiling and losing their grip on a long hot summer, who is the one player who can stop the fall and calm the nerves and, oh yeah, kick some San Diego Padre butt?
Still, still, still, Clayton Kershaw.
He’s 37 with a battered 18-season body and a fastball the speed of a Zamboni and yet there he was Friday night, carrying an entire worried Dodger nation on his weary shoulders into the opener of a three-game series against the cocky rivals who had just stolen first place.
Final score: Dodgers 3, Padres 2
Final line: Six innings, two hits, one run.
Final verdict: He’s still All That.
“We had the right guy on the mound tonight, I think we all know that,” said manager Dave Roberts, smiling for what seemed like the first time in a week. “What he did for us tonight, not only just the compete, but the stuff … getting us through six innings was huge, setting us up for the rest of the series … Clayton set the tone … big, big outing by him.”
It was a blast from the past, only it’s been happening in the present, Kershaw behaving like the staff’s second-best starter, improving his record to 7-2 while lowering his ERA to 3.01 and, as crazy as this once sounded, making an early case for inclusion in the postseason rotation.
“It was a good night,” Kershaw said.
Understated as usual. For all this game meant, it was a great night.
Since July 4 the Dodgers had been worse than even the Colorado Rockies, with a 12-21 record while losing 10 games in the standings to the Padres in a span of 40 days, surrendering first place just two days ago, and set to play the Padres six times in the next two weeks.
They desperately needed somebody to stop the bleeding. And before the game, Roberts claimed that Kershaw was “the perfect guy” to do it.
Perfect prediction. Almost perfect performance.
There was Kershaw, spinning and steering and surfing the ball past the Padre bats with apparent ease, his only mistake a hanging curve that Ramón Laureano hit 400 feet.
There was Kershaw, deftly making plays from the mound, demonstrably pleading for every close strike call, proudly stalking from the mound into a dugout filled with hugs and high-fives.
And there was Kershaw, after his maligned bullpen danced through danger and barely survived, admitting that maybe this game meant a little more.
“When you play everyday, things can spiral pretty quick,” he said. “So maybe just coming home, having an off day to reset, and playing good games … it just takes one to get going. Hopefully this was it tonight for us.”
Before the game, Roberts acknowledged that the Dodgers just play harder, and with more urgency, when Kershaw is pitching.
“He had a way of elevating people’s focus and play,” Roberts said.
Dodgers pitcher Clayton Kershaw turns to walk back to the dugout after the Dodgers completed a double play against the Padres in the sixth inning Friday.
(Gina Ferazzi / Los Angeles Times)
Sure enough, a team that had seemingly forgotten to do the little things did every little thing, from great defensive plays at the corners from Alex Freeland and Freddie Freeman to the eighth-inning sweeper from Blake Treinen that fooled Manny Machado into stranding two runners with a popout.
This is a team that devoutly follows Kershaw … when they’re not sitting back and admiring him.
“He’s built for these big moments,” said Teoscar Hernández, whose seventh inning homer eventually proved to be the difference. “He is a legend.”
Kershaw was at his best when the Dodgers’ best was needed, and in doing so he brought sanity back to the National League West and old-fashioned hardball back to a series that had become cheap and unseemly.
In these two teams’ seven previous meetings this season, the Padres Fernando Tatis Jr. was hit three times, Shohei Ohtani was hit twice, and Roberts and Padres manager Mike Shildt engaged in a brief shoving and shouting match.
The stage was set for more bad blood, but Kershaw, who entered with a career 23-11 record and 2.19 ERA against the Padres, quickly put an end to that. He retired the Padres on a three-up-three-down first inning and efficiently dominated them from there.
“It’s a game in August, obviously, it’s not that huge a deal,” Kershaw said. “But the way we were going, it felt like a big game for us and, thankful that we got a win.”
The only possible controversy emerged when Kershaw was removed from the game after just 76 pitches, surprising fans who didn’t have time to give him the proper standing ovation while leaving the game in the shaky hands of the bullpen.
Get used to it. The Dodgers are smartly going to protect the midseason Kershaw in hopes of maximizing the October Kershaw.
“I just think we’ve got to take care of him,” Roberts said. “For Clayton to give us six strong innings of one-run baseball, he did his job, there was no reason to push him more.”
Before the game, Roberts was asked if his struggling team held a players-only meeting. He said that, no, the transparent results of the next week would be the equivalent of any meeting.
“I don’t like to be embarrassed, I don’t think our players do, so this series I’m expecting high intensity and high performance,” Roberts said. “I think in itself, the schedule over the next week, will suffice in lieu of a meeting.”
In an opener that pulled the two teams into a first-place tie, the early results were clear.
Amazon Prime viewers will be pleased to learn this gangster epic has been hailed by fans as a “10/10” and it is available on the streaming platform now. Eastern Promises is a 2007 gangster film directed by David Cronenberg, adapted from a screenplay by Steven Knight. The film stars Viggo Mortensen, Naomi Watts, Vincent Cassel and Armin Mueller-Stahl.
The film’s synopsis reads: “Nikolai (Mortensen), who is both ruthless and mysterious, has ties to one of the most dangerous crime families in London. He crosses paths with Anna (Watts), a midwife who has come across potentially damaging evidence against the family, which forces him to set in motion a plan of deceit, death and retribution.
Eastern Promises received critical acclaim upon its release, appearing on several critics’ “top 10 films” lists for 2007 and since then it has become somewhat of a cult film. It has won several awards, including the Audience Prize for best film at the Toronto International Film Festival and the Best Actor award for Mortensen at the British Independent Film Awards. The film also received twelve Genie Award nominations and three Golden Globe Award nominations, alongside Mortensen securing a nomination for the Academy Award for Best Actor.
Eastern Promises has received an impressive 89% rating from the critics of Rotten Tomatoes. Their consensus states: “David Cronenberg triumphs again, showcasing Viggo Mortensen’s onscreen prowess in a daring performance. Bearing the trademarks of psychological drama and gritty violence, Eastern Promises is a very compelling crime story.”
One critic said: “The dark and brooding world of the Russian Mafia makes for thrilling movie material – and the jumping point for a contemporary gangster epic.”
Another added: “An intricate and mesmerising thriller, featuring stellar performances (especially by Mortensen, who gives the bravest performance of his career) and an excellent script by Steven Knight.”
A fan awarded the film with 10/10 and said: “Russian mobsters, a rainy, murky London, a midwife and Viggo Mortensen make this David Cronenberg film a perfect companion piece to his A History of Violence. My two favourite films of this idiosyncratic and fascinating director. This is not a film to like but to love, and I loved it.”
Eastern Promises is available to stream on Amazon Prime.
Honda Australiasays it has what it takes to compete with the growing number of Chinese brands in our market, as it looks to rebuild after several tough sales years.
While Honda is pitched – and priced – as a more premium brand than many Japanese rivals, it’s facing increased competition from new brands from China.
Chinese automakers are aiming ever higher, expanding beyond the cheap and cheerful offerings they’re known for to more premium products – witness the introduction of Geely’s Zeekr marque, MG offering products from the IM Motors premium brand, GWM offering pricier Tank SUVs, and BYD readying its more luxurious Denza offshoot for Australia.
But while Chinese brands are aiming upmarket, Honda Australia says it will focus on its plan regardless of who enters the local scene, with managing director Rob Thorp confident the automaker is on track for growth in Australia.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
“It’s a competitive landscape – so whether it is the Chinese competitors, or the Koreans or the Germans – or whatever it may be, that just becomes the competitive landscape we have to deal with,” Mr Thorp told CarExpert.
“It’s a free market, they’ve got the right opportunity to compete here, it is what it is.
“I think for us, we’re very clear on our proposition in the markets and what our competitive strengths are. I think the challenge we have is to ensure that enough consumers know that.”
What are those strengths the Honda boss believes will hold the brand in good shape in Australia over the next decade?
“I think of it from the quality of the product that you see, the quality of the customer care and service you receive, the longevity of the models and the relationship we have with you during the ownership period,” he explained.
“So we’re very comfortable we’ve got the ingredients to be successful in this market – but they’re competitors, whatever and wherever they come from – that’s just the environment we have to work in.”
The Japanese brand is expanding its hybrid lineup, which will include the introduction of the hybrid-powered Prelude sports car here next year, and plans to launch its first electric vehicle (EV) before the end of 2026, too.
It has, however, ruled out bringing its luxury brand sold overseas, Acura, to local showrooms.
Honda posted its lowest sales on record in this country in 2022 and 2023, following the move to a fixed-price agency model, a reduction in the number of dealers in its network, and the discontinuation of more affordable products like the Jazz.
The number of brands in Australia has continue to increase, making our market – already saturated given the number of brands competing for sales of only 1.2 million vehicles each year – even more cut-throat.
It led chief operating officer of Chery-owned Omoda Jaecoo, Roy Muñoz, to recently declare more brands benefited new-car buyers and only improved showroom offerings through an ultra-competitive climate.
MORE: Honda Australia’s first EV to launch in 2026, but what will it be?
MORE: Australia doesn’t have too many car brands, says one of its newest arrivals
Knowing alimony, spousal, and child support rules in India is vital. Both parties should assess assets, liabilities, joint property, accounts, investments, and loans
Hiring a divorce lawyer to protect financial interests and a financial planner for post-divorce financial planning is recommended. (Representative/News18 Bangla)
Amid the emotional turmoil of divorce, many individuals face the added concern of alimony, which can bring significant financial implications. Courts step in to provide this support, aiming to ease the financial strain and ensure stability for the affected spouse.
In India, alimony is governed by various personal laws and the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (CrPC), ensuring that financially weaker spouses can maintain a life of minimum dignity post-separation. The form of alimony can vary based on case specifics.
Types Of Alimony:
Permanent Alimony: This is extended to spouses who require ongoing financial support post-divorce, ceasing only upon the recipient’s remarriage or death, as stipulated under Section 25 of the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, and other personal laws.
Temporary Alimony/Interim Maintenance: Provided during divorce proceedings, it covers legal fees, living expenses, and other related costs, according to Section 24 of the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, and Section 125 of the CrPC.
Rehabilitative Alimony: Offered for a limited period, it aims to help the financially weaker spouse become self-sufficient, often through education or employment opportunities.
Reimbursement/Compensatory Alimony: This compensates a spouse who sacrificed career opportunities for family obligations. Equitable principles guide its provision.
Lump Sum Alimony: A one-time payment that spares the recipient from monthly legal battles, allowing them to settle debts, purchase property, or fulfil other needs.
Nominal Alimony: A minimal amount set to preserve the legal right to claim more significant support in the future, used when immediate financial need is absent but anticipated.
Alimony Under Various Personal Laws
Hindu Law: The Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 (Sections 24 and 25) covers interim and permanent alimony.
Muslim Law: Alimony is paid during the iddat period post-divorce as per Sharia law and the Muslim Women (Protection of Right to Divorce) Act.
Christian Law: The Indian Divorce Act, 1869 (Sections 36 and 37) governs alimony for Christian spouses.
Parsi Law: The Parsi Marriage and Divorce Act, 1936 provides for maintenance both during and post-divorce.
Special Marriage Act, 1954: Applicable to inter-religious marriages, it permits maintenance under Sections 36 and 37.
Future Earning Capacity
The ability to earn in the future, even if currently unemployed, affects alimony amounts. Courts encourage self-reliance, as seen in Kalyan De Chowdhury v. Rita De Chowdhury, (2017) 14 SCC 200.
Income Disclosure And Special Needs
In a notable case, the Jharkhand High Court increased a wife’s monthly maintenance to Rs. 90,000 after RTI findings revealed the husband’s income. The court also acknowledged the special needs of the couple’s autistic child, factoring in the mother’s full-time caregiving role.
Understanding alimony, spousal support, and child support under Indian law is crucial. Both parties must evaluate their assets and liabilities, including jointly owned property, bank accounts, investments, jewellery, and vehicles, as well as joint liabilities like loans. Removing one’s name from joint loans or credit cards is advisable to avoid future liabilities.
For financially dependent individuals, budgeting for post-divorce living expenses is essential. Opening a separate bank account, updating nominees on insurance and investment portfolios, and planning finances to manage alimony payments are important steps. Alimony received in lump sums is tax-free, whereas monthly payments are taxable. Understanding capital gains tax on donated property is also necessary.
Child support for education, health, and daily expenses must be decided, considering the custodial parent’s role. Updating wills, insurance policies, bank nominations, and property documents to exclude the ex-spouse might be necessary. Ensuring all financial settlements are documented in the divorce decree is critical.
Hiring a divorce lawyer to protect financial interests and a financial planner for post-divorce financial planning is recommended. Saving and investing for long-term security, acquiring new skills, and seeking employment or business opportunities can help rebuild a financially independent life post-divorce.
view comments
News india How Much Alimony Can Your Partner Legally Claim After A Divorce? Know Your Rights
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
The Fed is lately softening its stance on digital assets, changing how banks can work with crypto and new tech.
On Friday, the Federal Reserve announced that it is ending its special supervision program for “novel activities” such as crypto and fintech services offered by banks.
Fed Moves Banks’ Crypto Review Back to Normal Oversight
Launched in 2023, the program was designed to help the Fed better understand emerging financial technologies, their risks, and how banks manage those risks.
After two years, the Fed says that it has gained the insights it needs, and it will now handle these activities through its regular bank supervision. It will also rescind its 2023 supervisory letter that launched the program.
Crypto Backers Praise Fed’s Move
Senator Cynthia Lummis called the Fed’s decision a major win against “Operation Chokepoint 2.0.”
Operation Chokepoint 2.0 refers to the efforts made by regulators to restrict crypto firms’ access to banking services, effectively debanking them. Critics argue that it is unfair and hurts innovation, while others call for investigations to ensure fair treatment for digital asset businesses.
“There’s still more to do, but this is real progress toward a level playing field for crypto,” she said
Big win for putting an end to Operation Chokepoint 2.0.
The Fed announced it’s killing the targeted supervision of digital asset banking activities. There’s still more to do, but this is real progress toward a level playing field for crypto. https://t.co/1eQA4xlg0f
Michael Saylor also jumped in to comment and said that the path is now clear for Bitcoin and banking. Journalist Eleanor Terrett notes that the Fed’s program had fueled Operation Chokepoint 2.0. While some anti-crypto guidance from the Biden era remains, she said this is another key step forward.
The novel activities supervision program was a major catalyst for Operation Chokepoint 2.0, one banking lawyer told me. While the Fed has yet to rescind all of its anti-crypto guidance from the Biden era, this is another piece of the puzzle. https://t.co/LGmddrQylQ
This move is part of a broader policy shift under the Trump administration, where federal agencies are adopting a more open stance toward digital assets.
In April, the Federal Reserve, along with other U.S. banking regulators, dropped its previous crypto and dollar token guidance for banks. Banks no longer need to notify the Fed before engaging in these activities, and the Fed will monitor them through normal supervision.
Further in June, the Federal Reserve moved to remove “reputational risk” from bank oversight, which the crypto industry had long argued was used to unfairly target and shut out crypto firms.
President Trump has also signed an order to stop debanking, making it clear that banks cannot cut off customers because of their politics, religion, or legal business activities.
These moves show that the U.S. is clearly embracing crypto, with the Fed easing bank rules and initiatives like the Genius Act and Project Crypto helping bring digital assets into the mainstream.
Tamil Nadu Deputy Chief Minister Udhayanidhi Stalin on Friday lauded the move by his DMK-led government to release the State Education Policy (SEP) amid opposition to the National Education Policy (NEP), demanding that education must be brought back to the State list. “Education was once in the state list, then changed to the concurrent list. It should be brought back to the state list again,” Stalin said while addressing the gathering at the Anna Centenary Library Auditorium.
Targeting the central government, the Deputy CM claimed that efforts were being made to “destroy” education in the state. “I feel proud today when our CM released the state education policy. This is an educational and knowledge festival today. TN is creating history now. Our Tamils were given education in the Sangam era, but it was denied in the middle. Not only then, but now too, efforts are made to destroy our education,” Stalin said.
Recalling Periyar’s opposition to the Kula Kalvi scheme (Modified Scheme of Elementary Education), the Deputy CM stated that the centre was attempting to implement the same allegedly controversial scheme that had faced protests under NEP. “Kuka Kalvi scheme (Modified Scheme of Elementary Education) was opposed by our leader Periyar, and protests were done, and then that scheme was dropped. Now, the Union government is trying to impose the Kuka Kalvi scheme through the NEP. It’s our CM who said firmly and boldly that we will not accept NEP and we will have our own SEP,” Stalin stated.
He praised CM MK Stalin for taking a firm stand against implementing the NEP and the three-language policy in Tamil Nadu. “The Union minister said you should implement a new education policy and triple language in our education, or else no funds will be released to the state. But our CM opposed it and stood firm on double language,” Udhayanidhi added. This move comes after months of protests against the National Education Policy (NEP) promoted by the Centre.
The DMK-led Tamil Nadu government has consistently opposed the NEP, calling it “against social justice” and an attempt to impose Hindi on the state. Tamil Nadu has refused to implement the NEP.
In May, the state government filed a plea in the Supreme Court over the alleged withholding of about ₹2,200 crore in central funds, which it linked to its refusal to adopt the NEP. The plea asks the court to declare that the NEP 2020 and the PM SHRI Schools Scheme are not binding on the state unless it formally agrees to them.The government argued that its funds under the Samagra Shiksha Scheme have been unlawfully tied to these central schemes, calling the move “unconstitutional, arbitrary, and illegal”.
Nobody likes dealing with slow internet. It makes streaming frustrating, gaming with friends nearly impossible, and those Zoom meetings you can’t skip even harder to get through. If you’ve already run a speed test to check your upload and download numbers, the next step is to try a few quick fixes that might solve the problem.
Sometimes the issue isn’t your router or your devices. Your internet service provider can intentionally slow down your connection. While throttling is technically against the rules, it still happens.
If you suspect your ISP is limiting your speed, one of the easiest solutions is to use a reliable VPN. But before you sign up, it helps to understand what internet throttling looks like and how to spot the signs that it’s happening to you.
How can you tell if your ISP is actually throttling your speeds?
Before we discuss internet throttling and how to stop it, review this checklist of other factors that may be contributing to your slow speeds.
Start with these quick fixes:
If that doesn’t work, consider:
If your equipment is already in top shape and your Wi-Fi setup is optimized, the next best solution may be upgrading to a faster speed tier, depending on how many heavy internet users are in the house. But if you’ve already run down the list of solutions and nothing is working, then the issue might be something your internet service provider is intentionally doing: bandwidth throttling.
Wait, isn’t internet throttling illegal?
While technically considered an illegal practice, your ISP can still find ways to throttle your internet connection.
The FCC’s ruling on net neutrality was thrown out in the 6th Circuit Court of Appeals, along with other rules about regulating the internet as a utility. That means, in some states, the practice might still technically be illegal. That said, ISPs can still get around that legal ruling pretty easily. For instance, throttling is technically still allowed if your internet plan has a data cap or your ISP’s network is overloaded. Additionally, if your ISP gives notice about slowing your internet speeds, it can legally do so.
A proven way to avoid internet throttling is to use a virtual private network. Providers need to see your IP address to slow down your internet and a good VPN shields that identity. This comes with some limitations and downsides, which we’ll discuss below.
Viva Tung, CNET / Getty Images
Troubleshoot your slow internet connection
So your Wi-Fi is slow, and you think your service provider is throttling your connection.
Let’s troubleshoot your internet connection first to absolutely rule out other possibilities: Restart your router properly, check that the router is centrally located in your home, reposition its antennas and double-check your network security. If your laggy internet is caused by your router being too weak to reach a particular room, you can spend as little as $15 on a Wi-Fi extender or invest in a high-functioning mesh network, which we recommend if you’re trying to optimize coverage to the whole house. If you can get past the steep price tag, you may also invest in a good quality network switch to increase the bandwidth in your home.
If you’ve run through the laundry list and your Wi-Fi is still chugging slowly, move on to the next step.
Screenshot/Ookla
Once you’ve ruled out any simple explanations for your Wi-Fi troubles, it’s time to get a more in-depth measurement of your internet’s health. There are several ways to do so.
By starting with a simple internet speed test through M-Lab or Ookla, you can check your connection and gauge whether your ISP provides consistent performance, no matter the content you’re accessing. (Disclosure: Ookla is owned by the same parent company as CNET, Ziff Davis)
This measurement isn’t perfect, but it’s a good starting place.
Make sure you run the speed test at different hours of the day — that’s a good way to gauge if your speeds are seriously affected during peak internet usage hours.
Additionally, try testing your internet connection while connected with an Ethernet cable. An Ethernet connection is almost always faster than Wi-Fi, so if your speeds are still pretty slow with an Ethernet connection, move on to the next step.
How fast is your internet connection? Here’s an easy way to find out.
Getty Images/Viva Tung/CNET
If you’ve researched your internet health and are still stumped, the next step is to start researching VPNs. CNET’s top pick for the best VPN on the market is ExpressVPN due to its excellent privacy transparency, usability and consistently fast speeds.
If your internet provider is actually throttling your internet speeds, a VPN is one of the only ways to get around it. While your ISP can still throttle VPN traffic, the VPN will encrypt that traffic using different protocols. You may have to try out different VPNs to find one that works effectively.
There are many reasons to get a VPN and just as many factors to consider when settling for one, like security, price and server locations. Keep in mind that using a VPN will still slightly slow your speeds, but you may experience less congestion and slowdown overall while using one.
Compare your speed with the VPN
Next, test your internet speed again using a service like Fast.com or Speedtest.net.
Compare the results with the same test when your VPN is active.
Using any VPN will slow your speed considerably, so the speed tests should show a discrepancy, with the VPN-active speed being notably slower than the VPN-inactive speed.
But a VPN also hides the IP address that providers use to identify you so if your speed test with the VPN is faster than without the VPN, that may mean your ISP is targeting your IP address for throttling.
OK, this is the hard part because knowing where to start could be tricky. Even if you find out your provider is throttling your internet, there may not be much you can do. Many people in the US live in regions with ISP monopolies or duopolies, making finding a better provider difficult. But here are a few hopefully useful suggestions:
If you do have options, consider switching to a better provider in your area. Not only will you potentially put speed throttling to rest but you may end up with faster speeds and a better deal. Check out our top picks for ISPs and high-speed ISPs in 2025.
Use your VPN to maintain more consistent speeds. A VPN can’t solve a bad connection or other reasons behind your slow service but it can mitigate throttling from unscrupulous ISPs.
Call your provider and threaten to switch providers if they don’t stop throttling your internet. This might seem old-fashioned and doesn’t guarantee lasting results but some providers have responded positively to such tactics and you may be able to negotiate your way out of the throttling.
What’s the bottom line on internet throttling?
It’s never a complete guarantee that your ISP won’t throttle your speeds down the line. If you’ve exhausted all the ways to improve your speeds and are still not noticing a significant change, we recommend switching to a different ISP available in your area. To learn more, check out our guide on the best internet providers near you.
Bandwidth throttling FAQs
What is bandwidth throttling and is it legal?
If you’re noticing a long buffering time when trying to stream your favorite television show, you might be experiencing bandwidth throttling.
This happens when your ISP purposely slows down your internet speeds by controlling your bandwidth.
The FCC’s ruling on net neutrality was thrown out in the 6th Circuit Court of Appeals recently, along with other rules about regulating the internet as a utility. That means that although in some states, the practice might still technically be illegal, it is legal in other states. Plus, ISPs can easily get around that legal ruling. For instance, throttling is technically still allowed if your internet plan has a data cap or your ISP’s network is overloaded. Additionally, if your ISP gives prior notice about slowing your internet speeds, they can legally do so.
Why do ISPs throttle bandwidth?
There’s no exact answer to why ISPs limit some people’s connections and not others.
If a network is congested and you’re using a lot of internet bandwidth, your provider might slow down your service to encourage you to pay for more data.
Or, if you have a data cap and notice a laggy connection, your ISP might be limiting your service when you’re near the end of the cap. DSL, cable and fixed wireless connections are more susceptible to network congestion. If available, we recommend going with a fiber connection. Read our top picks for the best fiber internet providers of 2025. In addition, check out our list of the best providers with no data caps.
How can I check if my ISP is throttling my bandwidth?
If you’ve checked your internet speed through an Ethernet connection and your results haven’t improved, you might want to check if your provider is to blame.
A simple connection speed test, like the one through Ookla or M-Lab, can show if your ISP is providing consistent performance no matter the content you’re accessing.
How do I stop my ISP from throttling my bandwidth?
A VPN, or virtual private network, is a good solution to help combat internet throttling.
Since VPNs can hide your identity, your provider can’t use your IP address to slow down your connection, helping you maintain more constant speeds.
Besides using a VPN, consider switching to a new provider for faster speeds and, possibly, a better deal. Read CNET’s top picks for the best VPNs of 2025.
Tennis champion Monica Seles is speaking publicly for the first time about her battle with a rare, incurable muscle-weakening disease.
Myasthenia gravis (MG) is a chronic neuromuscular disease that causes weakness in “voluntary muscles,” according to the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Strokes.
Voluntary muscles are the ones that connect to the bones, face, throat and diaphragm. They contract to move the arms and legs and are essential for breathing, swallowing and facial movements.
‘GREY’S ANATOMY’ STAR DIAGNOSED WITH AUTOIMMUNE DISEASE AFTER ALARMING SYMPTOMS
“My MG journey over the past five years has not been an easy one,” Seles said in a press release announcing her collaboration with the immunology company argenx.
“I felt isolated and defeated, as many of the activities I enjoyed were no longer physically possible for me.”
Seles’ partnership with argenx aims to raise awareness and understanding of MG, and to connect those affected with available tools and resources.
Monica Seles has recently spoken out about her diagnosis of myasthenia gravis.(argenx)
What to know about myasthenia gravis
Myasthenia gravis is classified as an autoimmune disease, according to Dr. Earnest Lee Murray, a board-certified neurologist at Jackson-Madison County General Hospital in Jackson, Tennessee.
This means the body’s own defense system attacks the connection between the nerves and muscles.
“I felt isolated and defeated, as many of the activities I enjoyed were no longer physically possible for me.”
“Myasthenia gravis is different from other neuromuscular diseases in that oftentimes, patients’ symptoms fluctuate throughout the day,” Murray told Fox News Digital.
Overall symptoms range from very mild double vision and droopiness of the eyelids to difficulty walking, breathing and swallowing.
“My MG journey over the past five years has not been an easy one,” Seles said in a press release.(argenx)
“Some patients who start with only mild eye symptoms can progress to more severe symptoms in the first few years of their diagnosis,” the doctor added.
However, some patients only experience eye issues.
MINI-STROKES MAY CAUSE SURPRISING LONG-TERM HEALTH ISSUE, EXPERTS WARN
Heat, such as from summer weather or hot showers, can make symptoms worse, according to experts. As physical exertion can also exacerbate symptoms, Murray noted that patients must pace themselves.
Certain health conditions — like COVID-19, the flu or urinary tract infections — can trigger a serious worsening of symptoms, called a “myasthenic crisis,” which often leads to hospitalization for closer respiratory monitoring.
Overall symptoms range from very mild double vision and droopiness of the eyelids to difficulty with walking, breathing and swallowing.(iStock)
It’s important for patients to let their physicians know they have myasthenia gravis before starting a new medication, Murray said, as some drugs, including antibiotics, can worsen symptoms.
“If there is a question, patients can always check with their neurologist,” he advised.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Doctors typically manage MG in two ways. First, they may prescribe a medication like pyridostigmine, which can temporarily reduce muscle weakness, according to Mayo Clinic.
They may also prescribe medications that calm the immune system to stop it from attacking the nerves and muscles.
Certain health conditions — like COVID-19, the flu or urinary tract infections — can trigger a serious worsening of symptoms.(iStock)
In the past, this immune suppression was done with steroids like prednisone. Now, there are newer medicines that target the disease more directly. These targeted treatments can work well and may cause fewer side effects, according to Murray.
While MG can be serious, the doctor stressed that it’s not the end of the road.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“Most patients live a fairly normal life, both personally and professionally,” he said. “With close management and a neurologist familiar with MG, treatments can be tailored to optimize patients’ quality of life.”
Anyone who experiences occasional double vision, eyelid drooping or weakness that gets worse with fatigue should talk to their doctor about getting tested, Murray recommends.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Diagnosis usually involves blood tests, nerve tests and a neurological evaluation.
Symptoms like trouble breathing, swallowing or holding the head up require immediate emergency care, Murray said.
Fox News Digital reached out to Monica Seles requesting comment.
Khloe Quill is a lifestyle production assistant with Fox News Digital. She and the lifestyle team cover a range of story topics including food and drink, travel, and health.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/news/dubai-student-shows-how-to-fry-an-egg-under-scorching-summer-sun-9070200” on this server.
The foreign ministers of China, Laos, Myanmar and Thailand held an informal meeting in Anning, southwest China’s Yunnan Province, on Friday, with all sides pledging to help maintain Myanmar’s stability and jointly combat cross-border crimes.
Since the first quadrilateral meeting last year, the situation in Myanmar has generally stabilized, and efforts are underway to advance post-earthquake reconstruction and safeguard its sovereignty, independence and national stability, said Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi, also a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee.
He called for adhering to a “Myanmar-led, Myanmar-owned” approach, supporting the choices of the Myanmar people, and resolving differences through dialogue.
Wang stressed the importance of mediation by the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and assistance from neighboring countries, with ASEAN serving as the main channel, while also giving full play to mechanisms like the Informal Foreign Ministers’ Meeting and the Myanmar Neighboring Countries’ Foreign Ministers’ Meeting.
He also urged prioritizing people’s livelihoods and development, supporting Myanmar in improving people’s well-being and post-quake reconstruction, and promoting cooperation in various fields for people’s benefits, while warning against external forces that could undermine regional stability.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-15/FMs-of-China-Laos-Myanmar-Thailand-hold-informal-meeting-1FRB7iRiUKY/img/63941e8607694ce3bfab587c1bb81289/63941e8607694ce3bfab587c1bb81289.png' alt='The foreign ministers of China, Laos, Myanmar and Thailand hold an informal meeting in Anning, southwest China's Yunnan Province, August 15, 2025. /Chinese Foreign Ministry'
Myanmar’s Union Minister for Foreign Affairs U Than Swe expressed gratitude for the support from China, Laos and Thailand in addressing challenges and reiterated Myanmar’s commitment to advancing domestic peace and reconciliation process through political dialogue. He said Myanmar is actively preparing for transparent elections by year-end to return power to the people.
Lao Minister of Foreign Affairs Thongsavanh Phomvihane expressed his country’s support for a “Myanmar-led, Myanmar-owned” political process and elections to achieve peace, stability and national reconciliation.
Thai Foreign Minister Maris Sangiampongsa said Thailand is willing to work with other ASEAN countries to provide support and assistance for Myanmar to hold elections on the basis of the principle of non-interference in internal affairs.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-15/FMs-of-China-Laos-Myanmar-Thailand-hold-informal-meeting-1FRB7iRiUKY/img/9a2d93ec868f499aabc1716e969aad50/9a2d93ec868f499aabc1716e969aad50.png' alt='The foreign ministers of China, Laos, Myanmar and Thailand hold an informal meeting in Anning, southwest China's Yunnan Province, August 15, 2025. /Chinese Foreign Ministry'
The four foreign ministers also exchanged views on joint efforts to combat cross-border crime.
Wang emphasized that combating such crimes is related to people’s well-being, represents a common concern of the four countries, and requires coordinated action.
He called for strengthening institutional building, strengthening joint operations and border control, strengthening capacity building and judicial coordination, and strengthening transformative development and social governance.
All parties agreed to deepen law enforcement cooperation, intensify efforts against cross-border crimes such as online gambling, telecom fraud, drug and arms trafficking and human trafficking, and jointly safeguard regional peace and stability.
Melinda Farina, known as the Beauty Broker, sends Hollywood actresses and everyday women to doctors around the globe. In her world, the knives are always out.
House real estate graph price investment mortgage
| Photo Credit:
anilakkus
Keystone Realtors Ltd has bagged three redevelopment projects in Mumbai during the latest June quarter with a revenue potential of more than ₹7,700 crore and is looking to acquire more land parcels for growth of its residential real estate business, a top company official said.
In an interview with PTI, the company’s CMD Boman Irani highlighted that the company performed exceedingly well in the first quarter of this fiscal on key metrics like sales bookings, launches and new business development (acquisition of land parcels to build projects).
Mumbai-based Keystone Realtors achieved the highest-ever quarterly pre-sales of ₹1,068 crore in April-June period of 2025-26 fiscal, a rise of 75 per cent from the same quarter last year.
On business development, he said, “We added 3 projects in the first quarter having an estimated GDV (gross development value) of ₹7,727 crore,” Irani said, adding that the company has already surpassed the target of adding projects worth ₹6,000 crore during the current fiscal.
He said the company is looking at acquiring more land parcels across Mumbai Metropolitan Region (MMR) to build housing projects.
Irani said the company would consider revising its annual guidance after the second quarter of this fiscal.
Keystone Realtors has become a major player in redevelopment of housing societies and cluster redevelopment.
As per the latest investors presentation, the company has bagged a ₹4,521 crore project for redevelopment of GTB Nagar Cluster at Sion in Mumbai. It secured a ₹2,956 crore project for redevelopment of Lokhandwala Cluster at Andheri (West) and a ₹251 crore redevelopment project at Goregaon (East).
In these three redevelopment projects, the company would get a total saleable area of 3.25 million (32.5 lakh) square feet.
Regarding fresh supply, Irani said the company launched three projects in the June quarter with an estimated GDV of nearly ₹4,000 crore, which is 57 per cent of the targeted launch of ₹7,000 crore for the current fiscal.
On the financial front, Keystone Realtors Ltd reported a 44 per cent decline in consolidated net profit to ₹14.51 crore for the quarter ended June on lower income.
Its net profit stood at ₹25.82 crore in the year-ago period.
Total income fell to ₹288.64 crore in the April-June period of this fiscal, from ₹437.20 crore in the corresponding period of the preceding year.
Irani said the company’s total income and profit declined as it was not able to recognise revenue because of the project completion method.
For new projects, he said the company is shifting to the percentage of completion method for recognising the revenue as this would “reflect a true picture” of the company’s financial performance.
Incorporated in 1995, Keystone Realtors Ltd, which sells under Rustomjee brand, is one of the leading real estate companies in the country.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
HALLE Berry neumorno dijeli fotografije s odmora na svojem Instagramu, a nedavno je podijelila i fotografije s proslave 59. rođendana s Van Huntom i svojim sinom Maceom.
Berry je na većini fotografija pozirala u zlatnom pletenom bikiniju koji nam je privukao pozornost. Njezini kupaći kostimi uobičajeno su jednostavni i bezvremenski, a ni ovaj nije bio izuzetak. Ipak, zlatna boja upečatljiva je, ali ne i napadna, a prekrasno laska tamnijem tenu.
Pronašli smo slične bikinije
Ostale fotografije uključivale su Berry koja se smije s kokosovim pićem u ruci, Berry koja drži čašu vina stopalom, Berry koja drži cvijet u ustima te minijaturnu čokoladnu rođendansku tortu za glumicu koja vidljivo uživa u životu.
“Nitko te neće stjerati u kut”, “Tako si graciozna”, “Najkul žena na svijetu”, “Fantastična”, “Prekrasna”, glase neki od komentara ispod objave.
U nastavku smo izdvojili slične bikinije.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Rams coach Sean McVay will evaluate roster hopefuls on Saturday when the Rams play the Chargers in a preseason game at SoFi Stadium.
But as was the case last week when the Rams played the Dallas Cowboys, the most important evaluation will occur hours before kickoff at the Rams’ Woodland Hills training facility.
Star quarterback Matthew Stafford, who has yet to practice because of a back issue, is scheduled to go through another workout.
And McVay and the Rams are hopeful that the aftermath of the session will be better than the last.
According to McVay, during Stafford’s first throwing session, the 17th-year pro looked “awesome.”
That’s not how Stafford — or the Rams — felt in the days that followed: Stafford did not begin practicing as scheduled.
There are still three weeks remaining before the Sept. 7 opener against the Houston Texans at SoFi Stadium. So there is still plenty of time for one of the NFL’s most experienced players to prepare for the opener and the 16 games that will follow.
A painless recovery from Saturday’s workout would be a start.
Here are five things to watch for when the Rams face the Chargers in a preseason game at SoFi Stadium on Saturday at 4 p.m. PDT (ABC, CBS).
Kochi, India should focus on promoting weddings and MICE as a niche tourism segment rather than grouping it under general tourism development, a senior Union Tourism Ministry official said here on Friday.
India should position weddings, MICE as niche tourism segment: Govt official
Delivering the keynote address at what was claimed to be the country’s first Wedding and MICE conclave, Additional Secretary and Director General of Tourism Suman Billa said Kerala had strong potential to emerge as a leading venue in this category, according to a government release.
He suggested that the wedding and MICE segment should ideally have separate microsites on the country’s leading tourism portals to bring its immense scope into sharper focus, the release said.
The three-day conclave, which began here on Thursday evening, is being organised by the Kerala Travel Mart Society in association with the state tourism department.
Billa said Kerala stood to benefit greatly from the sector’s growth due to its inherent advantages.
“The state has excellent ambience and infrastructure, and the need of the hour is convergence by linking the dots to usher in a synergy,” he was quoted as saying.
He claimed Kerala had a potential business opportunity worth ₹1 lakh crore in wedding and MICE tourism.
Billa also praised the state government’s decision to go beyond conventional tourism strategies and diversify into wedding and MICE.
Kerala’s green-friendly policies and its widely acclaimed Responsible Tourism model have helped the state renew its reputation as a global destination, he said.
He further said the recent US imposition of steeper tariffs on India was unlikely to affect its status as the world’s fastest-growing major economy.
The summit has attracted over 675 buyers, including 65 from abroad, representing countries such as the UAE, UK, USA, Germany, Australia, and Brazil.
Seventy-five exhibition stalls have been set up for sellers.
This article was generated from an automated news agency feed without modifications to text.
Fortnite developer Epic Games has launched its Supercharged XP event for the duration of the weekend.
One of the complaints about the current season is that levelling up has become much tougher, especially with fewer storyline quests.
Fortunately, players struggling to level up the Battle Pass can take advantage of this weekend’s Supercharged XP event in order to get a boost.
According to Epic Games, the Supercharged XP event runs from August 15 at 9am ET until August 18 at the same time.
For fans living in the UK, that’s 2pm BST on August 15 until 2pm BST on Monday afternoon.
As part of the event, players can earn up to five levels with the Supercharged XP boost applied.
This means you can quickly level up for five levels, which will help you chip away at that Battle Pass.
Epic explains more: “Log in to Fortnite between August 15 at 9am ET – August 18 at 9am ET for an opportunity to earn up to five levels with Supercharged XP before the Season ends!
“Unearned Supercharge cannot be banked from Season to Season, so join the fight and level up.”
Sadly, however, the Supercharged XP is only available for five levels and not just the entire weekend.
Titled ‘Shock ‘N’ Awesome’, Chapter 6, Season 4 runs until the beginning of November.
New Battle Pass skins include Yoo-mi, Agent Patch, Battle Gamer Mae, Lt. Ripp Slade and Onyx Winter.
That’s on top of another Halo skin, titled UNSC Spartan, which is instantly unlocked after purchasing the Battle Pass.
But arguably the main event is the addition of the Green Ranger from the Mighty Morphin Power Rangers. Fans can also unlock the Dino Megazord Outfit by completing challenges beginning on September 16.
The seven-seat KGM Rexton large SUV has finally received additional safety tech in Australia, years after these features were added in its home market.
The move to electrically assisted power steering means the Korean Ford Everest rival now has lane-keep assist, and it’s also picked up adaptive cruise control – something revealed for Korean-market models back in 2020.
The base ELX gains leatherette upholstery and new-look LED daytime running lights, as well as sequential indicators front and rear.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
The Advance (formerly Adventure) picks up rear-seat sun blinds, the Ultimate gains a wireless phone charger, and the Sport Pack gains leather/suede upholstery and some minor trim revisions.
Otherwise, the Rexton is unchanged, though prices have increased by upwards of $2500.
The Rexton is a cut-price alternative to the likes of the Everest, but also has to contend with other challenger-brand models like the Mahindra Scorpio and LDV D90.
Pricing
Model
Drive-away pricing
2026 KGM Rexton ELX
$52,000 (+$2000)
2026 KGM Rexton Advance
$57,500 (+$2500)
2026 KGM Rexton Ultimate
$61,500 (+$2500)
2026 KGM Rexton Sport Pack
$64,200 (+$2605)
Drivetrains and Efficiency
All Rextons feature a part-time four-wheel drive system with an automatic locking rear differential.
Specifications
KGM Rexton
Engine
2.2L turbo-diesel 4cyl
Power
148kW @ 3800rpm
Torque
441Nm @ 1600-2600rpm
Transmission
8-speed auto
Drive type
Four-wheel drive
Fuel economy (claimed)
8.7L/100km
Fuel tank
70L
Emissions standard
Euro 6
Braked towing capacity
3500kg
Dimensions
Dimensions
KGM Rexton
Length
4850mm
Width
1960mm
Height
1825mm
Wheelbase
2865mm
The Rexton has 236 litres of luggage space behind the third row, expanding to 641L with it dropped (measured to the seatbacks) and 1806L with both the second and third rows folded (measured to the roof).
Servicing and Warranty
The KGM Rexton is backed by a seven-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, with five years of roadside assistance.
Servicing is required every 12 months or 15,000km, whichever comes first.
KGM Australia hasn’t announced new capped-price servicing details for 2026. The outgoing 2025 Rexton has seven years of capped-price servicing, with prices as follows:
Service
12 months/15,000km
$418
24 months/30,000km
$522
36 months/45,000km
$418
48 months/60,000km
$522
60 months/75,000km
$418
72 months/90,000km
$522
84 months/105,000km
$418
Safety
The KGM Rexton has never been tested by ANCAP.
Standard safety equipment includes:
Adaptive cruise control (NEW)
Autonomous emergency braking
Blind-spot monitoring
Lane-keep assist (NEW)
Lane departure warning
Rear cross-traffic alert
Reversing camera
Front and rear parking sensors
The Ultimate adds a surround-view camera.
Standard Equipment
There are four members of the 2026 Rexton lineup.
The ELX comes standard with the following equipment:
18-inch diamond-cut alloy wheels
Automatic LED headlights
Automatic high-beam
LED front fog lights
Sequential indicators (NEW)
Hill descent control
Electric park brake
Leather-wrapped steering wheel
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel adjustment
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Leatherette upholstery (NEW)
Dual-zone climate control
Power windows with auto up/down up front
The Advance adds:
Power tailgate
Proximity entry with walk-away locking
8-way power-adjustable front seats
Power driver’s lumbar
Heated and ventilated front seats
Heated outboard second-row seats
Heated steering wheel
Rear door pull-up sun blinds (NEW)
The Ultimate adds:
Power sunroof
Privacy glass
Leather upholstery
Quilted door and dashboard trim
Wireless phone charger (NEW)
Third-row climate controls
Rear auto/up down power windows
Ambient lighting
Illuminated sill plates
The Sport Pack adds:
Shadow chrome 20-inch alloy wheels
Shadow chrome exterior trim
Black roof rails
Metallic paint
Leather and suede upholstery (NEW)
Suede door and dash trim (NEW)
Gloss black steering wheel bezel (NEW)
Colours
All KGM Rextons come with a black interior.
Grand White is the standard exterior finish, with the following metallic paint options available for an extra $700:
White Pearl
Space Black
Marble Grey
The Sport Pack is offered only in White Pearl or Space Black, with neither attracting an extra charge.
Atlantic Blue and Graphite finishes are no longer available.
The proposal also signals that some goods will become significantly costlier
The finance ministry has reportedly put forward a proposal to the GST Council to move from the existing four-slab system to a two-slab model, with rates of 5% and 18%. Representational image
India is on the brink of a major GST overhaul that promises to simplify the tax structure and significantly alter the cost of goods and services for millions of consumers. The finance ministry has reportedly put forward a proposal to the GST Council to move from the existing four-slab system to a two-slab model, with rates of 5% and 18%.
This strategic shift is designed to make the tax system more straightforward and, as promised by the Prime Minister, to provide a “Diwali bonanza” to citizens.
Cheaper: Processed food, phones
Under the new proposal, a vast majority of items used by the common person are slated to become cheaper. The plan outlines that 99% of commodities currently taxed at 12% would be shifted to the lower 5% bracket. This change is expected to bring down the prices of a wide range of goods, including processed food items like butter, ghee, and packaged fruit juices.
Other products, such as mobile phones, which are essential for students and the aspirational middle class, are also likely to see a rate reduction from 12% to 5%. This move would not only make these items more accessible but also boost consumption, which the government believes will fuel higher GDP growth.
Boost for rural livelihood, essential services
For sectors that are crucial to rural livelihoods, such as handicrafts and certain agricultural equipment, the new structure could mean much-needed financial relief. Essential services like medicines, health, and insurance premiums, which are currently taxed at higher rates, are also expected to see a reduction, making them more affordable for a wider population.
The simplified tax structure is also intended to streamline business operations for traders and MSMEs, with promises of benefits like quick refunds and easier calculations.
‘Sin tax’ items, luxury goods to get costlier
While many items are poised to get cheaper, the proposal also signals that some goods will become significantly costlier. The new plan introduces a “special rate” of 40% for a select few “sin items” and luxury goods, as an additional punitive tax. These products, which are considered injurious to health or are non-essential, include tobacco, cigarettes, and pan masala.
By moving these items to a much higher tax slab, the government aims to curb their consumption and generate higher revenue from them, thereby offsetting any potential revenue loss from the rate rationalisation on other goods.
News Desk
The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More
The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More
Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
view comments
News business GST Rejig Plan: Food Items, Medicines, Phones, Insurance—What Is Likely To Get Cheaper?
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
The United States spot Bitcoin (BTC) and Ethereum (ETH) exchange-traded funds (ETFs) have posted a record weekly traded volume. Following a renewed demand for Ether’s investment products by institutional investors, the U.S. spot BTC and ETH ETFs recorded the biggest weekly traded volume of about $40 billion in the past five days.
During the past week, the U.S. spot ETH ETFs reported a record traded volume of about $17 billion. If the demand for U.S. spot Ether ETFs maintains a similar momentum in the next two weeks, then last month’s total net inflow of about $5.43 billion will be outshined.
Meanwhile, the U.S. spot BTC ETFs recorded a gradual increase in weekly total net inflow of about $561 million compared to last week’s $246 million.
Spot Bitcoin + Ether ETFs did about $40b in volume this week, biggest week ever for them, thanks to Ether ETFs stepping up big. Massive number, equiv to a Top 5 ETF or Top 10 stock’s volume. pic.twitter.com/Z89uV63A3w
From a technical analysis perspective, the ETH/USD pair has signaled macro bullish sentiment. The large-cap altcoin, with a fully diluted valuation of about $534 billion, recently broke out of a multi-month bearish consolidation with a megaphone structure.
In the four-hour timeframe, the ETH/USD pair has respected a rising pattern characterized by higher highs and higher lows. With the ETH price approaching the four-hour 50 Moving Average Simple (SMA), a possible rebound over the weekend and early next week could push the asset towards $5k.
However, a consistent close below the 4-hour 50 SMA could slow down the midterm bullish sentiment, possibly resulting in further choppy consolidation.
Is BTC Price Primed for Bullish Rebound?
The rising cash inflow to U.S. spot Bitcoin ETFs has helped the BTC price maintain bullish sentiment. After hitting its all-time high (ATH) of about $124,128 earlier this week, the BTC price has cooled down in tandem with the leveraged market.
In the four-hour timeframe, the BTCUSD pair breached below the 50 SMA but found support above the 100 SMA on Friday, August 15. A potential rebound after filling the CME gap is highly likely in the coming days to mirror the 2017 crypto summer.
Satya Nadella, Microsoft Chief Executive Officer
| Photo Credit:
Max Cherney
It is payback time for Microsoft Chief Executive Officer Satya Nadella, Adobe CEO Shantanu Narayen, World Bank Group Chairman Ajay Banga, and Fairfax Financial Holdings Chairman Prem Watsa.
The CXOs of top organisations have reportedly decided to donate ₹300 crore to their alma mater, Hyderabad Public School, to help it spruce up its infrastructure.
“The four alumni of HPS have decided to donate ₹300 crore to the school for building a new facility at the school. When the file seeking conversion of the land was being processed, I have immediately cleared it,” Telangana Chief Minister A Revanth Reddy said.
Shantanu Narayen , CEO of Adobe Inc
Addressing a CREDAI (Confederation of Real Estate Developers’ Associations of India) expo here on Friday, he said the four leaders were on board to share their knowledge with the State. “They want to give back to the city where they studied,” he said.
A top official of the school, however, said that the amount was not as high as indicated (by the Chief Minister). “It, however, is decent money,” he told businessline, refusing to indicate the quantum of money that they promised to donate to the school.
New building
“The funds will be used to build a new building and renovate some of the classrooms,” he said.
As it entered the Centenary year two years ago, the school chalked out a ₹150-crore plan to elevate it into a Top-10 school globally by 2050.
The school boasts of illustrious alumni in various fields, including science, information technology, entertainment, and sports. To achieve this Vision 2050, the school sought support from its distinguished alumni, some of whom visited the school during the Centenary year.
As Battlefield 6’s record-breaking open beta rages on, Call of Duty: Black Ops 6 developer Treyarch is showing some love to loyal Black Ops 6 players. The second double XP weekend of the multiplayer shooter’s season 5 is live now, with all four boosts active for players to take advantage of. You’ll be able to speed through account levels, weapon attachment unlocks and battle pass tiers to kickstart your advancement of the latest season 5 content. This double XP weekend runs from Friday to Monday, Aug. 18.
Anyone playing Black Ops 6 during the event period has a universal double account XP, weapon XP, battle pass XP and GobbleGum earn rate applied to their account. If you log in now, you can hop into battle and reap the rewards of this double XP weekend right away, including the PML 5.56 light machine gun and the ABR A1 assault rifle.
This is the first Quad Feed double XP weekend in a while, which means players will be able to benefit from all four customary double XP weekend boosts at the same time. That means your double XP tokens will be locked for the duration of the event.
Here’s everything you need to know about this double XP weekend. If you’re looking for something else to play, see our recommendations for the best game subscription services.
When does the double XP weekend start in Call of Duty: Black Ops 6?
During the event, players will benefit from double player and weapon XP.
Activision
It’s live. This double XP weekend kicked off Friday at 1 p.m. ET.
Not sure when the double XP weekend went live for you? Here’s when the event started in your time zone:
ET: Aug. 15 at 1 p.m.
CT: Aug. 15 at noon.
MT: Aug. 15 at 11 a.m.
PT: Aug. 15 at 10 a.m.
It’s always worth starting your game ahead of your gaming session if possible. As with every Black Ops 6 patch, the update is going to require you to download new content and restart the application.
When does the double XP weekend end in Call of Duty: Black Ops 6?
Some double XP “weekends” are much longer events, lasting five to seven days. That isn’t the case this time around. This double XP weekend will end on Monday. Your double XP tokens will once again unlock after this time.
Here’s when the double XP weekend will end in your time zone:
ET: Aug. 18 at 1 p.m.
CT: Aug. 18 at noon.
MT: Aug. 18 at 11 a.m.
PT: Aug. 18 at 10 a.m.
Does Call of Duty Warzone have double XP this weekend?
Warzone players will also be able to earn double player XP and double weapon XP during the event.
Activision
Call of Duty Warzone has a double XP weekend running in tandem with Black Ops 6. That means Warzone players will also be able to benefit from this boost by leveling up their account, weapons and battle passes at twice the normal speed.
New players have a chance to level up the weapons they unlock from the new and improved Warzone Armory and returning players can continue unlocking new attachments for the suite of Black Ops 6 weaponry added to Warzone.
Black Ops 6 double XP FAQ
Is there double battle pass XP this weekend?
Yes, there is double battle pass XP this weekend. This double XP weekend is one of the rare Quad Feed weekends, where all four double XP boosts are universally applied to active Black Ops 6 accounts at the same time.
What happens to double XP tokens during double XP weekend?
You can’t use your double XP tokens during double XP weekend. They are locked for the duration of the event and any double XP time you have left on your account is frozen until the double XP weekend ends. CNET has a full guide on Black Ops 6 double XP tokens.
Cases of dengue virus continue to surge in Hawaii, with the state recently reporting the 12th case so far this year.
One case was confirmed on the island of Maui, with the remaining 11 occurring on Oahu.
In the latest case, the person was exposed while traveling in a region where dengue is common, the Hawaii Department of Health (DOH) reported.
TIGER MOSQUITOES BLAMED FOR SPREAD OF DENGUE FEVER: ‘MOST INVASIVE SPECIES’
Dengue fever is a virus spread through bites from an infected mosquito.
It is common in the Americas, Africa, the Middle East, Asia and the Pacific Islands, as well as many Caribbean destinations, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
Cases of dengue virus continue to surge in Hawaii, with the state reporting the 12th case so far this year.(iStock)
Other countries reporting spikes in dengue fever include Mexico, Fiji, French Polynesia, Tonga, Samoa, the Philippines, Colombia and Brazil. Puerto Rico also has an ongoing dengue outbreak, along with American Samoa.
In 2024, there were 1,984 dengue cases in the U.S., according to CDC data.
While mosquitoes carrying dengue may be present in Hawaii, the disease is “not endemic” in the state, the DOH stated, adding that “cases are currently limited to travelers.”
Symptoms and treatment
Typical symptoms of dengue include aches and pains (in the eyes, muscles, joints, or bones), nausea, vomiting and rash — usually experienced within two weeks of being bitten.
Most people experience symptoms for two to seven days before recovering.
DENGUE FEVER CASES RISING IN POPULAR SPRING BREAK LOCATIONS, CDC ALERTS
“It’s typically a more mild illness, but can be severe, causing headaches, joint pain, fever, abdominal pain and even death,” Dr. Mark Fischer, regional medical director of International SOS, a leading medical and security services company, previously told Fox News Digital.
There is not currently any medication to treat dengue, according to the CDC.
While mosquitoes carrying dengue may be present in Hawaii, the disease is “not endemic” in the state, the DOH stated, adding that “cases are currently limited to travelers.”(iStock)
Infected people are advised to rest, take acetaminophen for pain and fever, stay hydrated and see a doctor.
There is a vaccine available for U.S. children between 9 and 16 years of age who have previously tested positive for dengue and are living in areas where the infection is common.
Prevention of mosquito-borne disease
In its alert, the Hawaii DOH called for travelers returning from dengue-endemic areas to take precautions to prevent mosquito bites for three weeks.
“If dengue symptoms develop within two weeks of return, travelers should seek medical evaluation,” the health agency advised.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Experts also recommend eliminating standing water where mosquitoes breed. Some examples include buckets, water-catching plants (such as bromeliads), small containers, planters, rain barrels and even cups left outside, per the DOH.
“Pouring out containers of standing water can significantly reduce the potential for mosquito breeding,” the agency stated.
Experts recommend eliminating standing water where mosquitoes breed.(iStock)
Fischer added, “It’s important to wear insect repellent that contains DEET, picaridin or lemon and eucalyptus oil, as these ingredients are the most effective at repelling mosquitoes and other insects.”
“Those who live in areas with mosquito populations should try to wear long-sleeved shirts and long pants, especially at dusk and in the evening, when mosquitoes are most active, to avoid getting bitten on exposed skin.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Keeping screens on windows and doors is also a good way to prevent insects from entering and potentially causing the spread of disease, he said.
“If you live in an area that has a high level of mosquito-borne diseases, you should use mosquito nets when sleeping and eliminate any standing water in and around the home, since still bodies of water are breeding grounds for the insects,” Fischer added.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/food-drinks/sunny-leone-found-worms-in-her-tomatoes-what-you-should-do-if-you-find-the-same-9091949” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-14/Wang-Yi-China-supports-Thailand-Cambodia-dialogue-to-rebuild-trust-1FPAyHiXk9q/img/30646a5aea2642cd97273cf3a9514bec/30646a5aea2642cd97273cf3a9514bec.png' alt='Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi meets with Thai Foreign Minister Maris Sangiampongsa in Anning, southwestern China's Yunnan Province, August 14, 2025. /Chinese Foreign Ministry'
Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi stated on Thursday that China supports dialogue and consultation between Thailand and Cambodia to rebuild trust and resolve differences, reaffirming China’s backing for ASEAN’s approach to addressing internal issues.
Wang, also a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee, made the remarks during talks with Thai Foreign Minister Maris Sangiampongsa in Anning, southwest China’s Yunnan Province, where the 10th Mekong–Lancang Cooperation (MLC) Foreign Ministers’ Meeting is taking place.
Wang said China is willing to provide necessary assistance in line with the wishes of both sides. Maris commended China’s objective and fair stance, as well as its constructive role in helping to ease tensions.
The two ministers also discussed bilateral relations and future cooperation.
Wang noted that over the past 50 years of diplomatic ties, China and Thailand have stood by each other, advancing practical cooperation across various fields. He said China is ready to work with Thailand to implement the consensus reached by the leaders of the two countries, deepen strategic coordination, and inject fresh impetus into building a China–Thailand community with a shared future, while advancing MLC cooperation to new heights.
He called for maintaining high-level exchanges, expanding cooperation and organizing activities for the second half of the 50th anniversary celebrations to strengthen public support for bilateral relations. Wang urged faster progress on the China–Thailand railway, encouraged more Chinese investment in Thailand, and highlighted cooperation opportunities in green development, the digital economy and artificial intelligence, while calling for more policy support and facilitation for Chinese enterprises in Thailand.
Describing the MLC as the most successful subregional cooperation mechanism, Wang said China is ready to work with Thailand, as co-chairs, to ensure the meeting’s success and safeguard regional peace and stability.
For his part, Maris praised the achievements in Thai–Chinese relations over the past five decades and voiced hopes for even closer cooperation in the next 50 years at both bilateral and multilateral levels. He lauded Anning as a modern, beautiful city that reflects China’s development vision and reaffirmed Thailand’s strong commitment to the MLC under China’s strategic guidance.
Patanjali Keswani, Chairman & Managing Director, Lemon Tree Hotels Ltd
| Photo Credit:
PAUL NORONHA
Lemon Tree Hotels announced on Friday that its material subsidiary, Fleur Hotels Ltd, has been selected as the bidder in the e-auction conducted by the Delhi Development Authority (DDA) for licensing rights to a land parcel located in Nehru Place, New Delhi.
The letter of award pertains to a prime land parcel admeasuring 2.2 acres for development and operations of a Five Star Hotel.
The said hotel shall be developed as “Aurika, Nehru Place”.
Patanjali Keswani, Chairman & Managing Director, Lemon Tree Hotels, said, “Delhi has always been a strategic focus for us. Aurika’s entry will deliver a luxury experience that’s about living, not just staying – a landmark in style, comfort and service for the region.”
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
ELLA Dvornik u posljednje vrijeme na svojem Instagramu dijeli puno fotografija iz Londona, a posebnu pozornost privlači ne samo zanimljivim ambijentom, već i odjevnim kombinacijama.
Tako je nedavno podijelila fotografije na kojima nosi smeđe sportske hlačice, pripadajuću široku majicu, a ispod se dodatno ugrijala uskom crnom majicom s gumbićima.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Otkrila odakle je majica
Od modnih detalja odabrala je crvenu Valentino Garavani torbicu sa zakovicama i rajf s malim vražjim rogovima, a na nogama nosi New Balance tenisice.
Mnogi su joj u komentarima dali do znanja da im se sviđa odjeća kakvu nosi na fotografijama, a posebnu je pozornost privukla crna majica s gumbićima. Ella je otkrila da je u pitanju majica pristupačnog brenda Pieces koja je sada dostupna po sniženoj cijeni. Možete je pogledati ispod.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
When it comes to the Dodgers and the San Diego Padres, late Padres owner Peter Seidler framed the dynamic best.
“The Dodgers are the dragon up the freeway we’re trying to slay,” Seidler said back in August 2022, during an in-game interview with ESPN as the two teams played a Sunday Night Baseball game at Chavez Ravine.
“We have a lot of respect for them, obviously. But our goal, and San Diego knows this as well, is to win a championship.”
And from that pursuit, one of baseball’s most heated modern rivalries has sprouted.
To the rest of the baseball world, the Padres have been a plucky feel-good story over the last half-decade. They’re a small-market team that has become an annual postseason contender. They have an aggressive front office, a roster full of big personalities, and an ever-pulsing current of emotion and intensity reverberating from the dugout through their frenzied home crowds.
In Los Angeles, however, the perspective couldn’t be more different. The Dodgers have long been the ruling power in the National League West, champions of the division 11 times in the last 12 years. The Padres, on the other hand, are the rebels who won’t surrender, the barbarians at the door trying to steal away their crown.
“I just think that it starts with them wanting to overtake us,” manager Dave Roberts said this week, ahead of the Padres’ latest visit to Dodger Stadium on Friday. “I think that we’ve clearly dominated the division in the last decade … But I think that they’re trying to overtake us. I think that with that, that certainly brings out emotion.”
While the Dodgers have quelled similar challenges during their decade-long reign in the division, the Padres have proved to be a different kind of foil — coupling a contrast in style and culture with enough staying power to fuel increasingly contentious bouts.
“It’s just two contrasting styles,” third baseman Max Muncy said, “that have just grown into this beast.”
There was the Dodgers’ sweep of the Padres in the 2020 NL Division Series, then the Padres’ payback in a postseason upset two years later. Last fall, a tight division race came down to the last week of the season. When their paths again crossed in October, yet another NLDS went all the way to a decisive fifth game.
This year, more tinder has been added to the fire, thanks to a flurry of hit batters and a benches-clearing melee during a series at Dodger Stadium in June.
And this week, ahead of a 10-day stretch in which the clubs will play their final two regular-season series, the Padres provided another plot twist, erasing what once felt like an insurmountable nine-game deficit in the standings to arrive in Los Angeles with a stunning NL West lead.
The dragon, of course, hasn’t been slayed yet. The Dodgers are still the defending World Series champions, even if their recent middling form has complicated their title defense.
Still, the conquest that Seidler — who died after the 2023 season at age 63 — long envisioned has never seemed so attainable.
The threat posed by the Padres has never felt so real.
“I feel like we’ve just been facing each other in [a lot of] big spots,” infielder Miguel Rojas said. “Ever since that [playoff] series in ‘22, this team took it a little bit personal over the next couple years. Obviously last year, going through them to go all the way to the World Series was a big part [of our run]. But it feels every time we face each other, even in the regular season, it’s a big spot.”
While the Dodgers and Padres have shared a division ever since the latter’s founding in 1969, much of their co-existence featured very little shared history.
For most of the Padres’ first half-century, the club was mired in perpetual mediocrity. Before 2020, they’d made the playoffs only five times. Where the Dodgers boast eight World Series titles, the Padres own the distinction of the league’s oldest team to have never won it once.
There was one close division race between the clubs in 1996, when the Padres swept the Dodgers in the final series of the season to claim the NL West by one game. In 2006, they tied atop the standings but both flamed out in the playoffs.
After that, the Dodgers ascended to annual contender status. The Padres, meanwhile, searched for an identity amid a 13-year playoff drought.
At the start of 2019, one finally arrived.
While Manny Machado was productive during his brief Dodgers tenure at the end of 2018, helping the club win a second straight NL pennant, his style of play was an awkward fit with the team. He wouldn’t always hustle, and wouldn’t always apologize for it. He burnished his reputation as an occasionally dirty player, and never seemed too interested in trying to change it.
The Dodgers never really planned to bring him back as a free agent. But they also didn’t expect him to wind up in San Diego, where he signed a $300-million deal with the Padres ahead of the 2019 season.
“It’s about bringing a championship to San Diego,” Padres general manager AJ Preller said the day Machado was introduced. “A lot of people over the last few years have been very patient as we’ve tried to build something that’s going to stand up long term. Obviously, it’s an exclamation point here today with the signing of Manny.”
And in the six years since, the Padres have been crafted in his fiery image; built around similarly unabashed stars like Fernando Tatis Jr., Jackson Merrill, Jurickson Profar and Joe Musgrove.
The Padres’ Manny Machado follows through on a two-run home run in Game 1 of the 2024 NLDS against the Dodgers.
(Robert Gauthier / Los Angeles Times)
That ascent began in 2020. The Padres embraced their “Slam Diego” moniker, adopting a noticeable, fiery edge. They weren’t afraid to flip bats or talk smack or taunt fans. Their brand of baseball, at least in the eyes of that dragon up the freeway, was rooted in their persona as much as anything; a sharp juxtaposition to the Dodgers’ more subdued, even-keeled approach.
“When you look at what the Padres have become, it’s a team that plays with very high energy, very high emotion. And they’ve created an atmosphere down there that drives off that,” Muncy said. “We are almost the opposite. We play on very little emotion. And I just think those two styles contrast very differently. You started seeing that in the games.”
The Dodgers’ perpetual perch atop the standings stoked San Diego, too, making the Padres’ performance in the long-dormant rivalry a manifestation of their championship ambitions.
“When I was there, we always wanted to beat the Dodgers,” said Blake Snell, who played for San Diego from 2021 to 2023 and will face them for the first time since joining the Dodgers on Saturday in Los Angeles. “Because that’s the team you gotta go through to get to the World Series.”
That dynamic was evident in the 2022 playoffs, when the underdog Padres conjured an intensity the Dodgers couldn’t match.
It was at the forefront of last year’s October rematch, too, when the Padres ran away with a Game 2 victory punctuated by Machado throwing a ball toward Roberts in the Dodgers’ dugout, and the Chavez Ravine crowd showering trash near Padres players on the field.
“What I got out of it was a bunch of dudes that showed up in front of a big, hostile crowd with stuff being thrown at them and said, ‘We’re going to talk with our play; we’re not going to back down,’” Padres manager Mike Shildt said that night.
“That is kind of part of their game,” Muncy countered ahead of Game 3. “Trying to get under your skin and trying to have the emotion come out and get you to do something that you’re not normally doing.”
This time, the Dodgers responded, prevailing in a five-game series that Roberts compared to a “street fight.” On the verge of a potential slaying, his team instead breathed fire back.
“I just felt last year, where they were going, how they were kind of feeling, and our mindset and psyche, we needed to kind of match their intensity,” Roberts said.
The fight is no longer confined to press conference taunts. This year, the rivalry boiled over into physical clashes. And at the center were the two respective managers.
Over the years, there’s been plenty of pettiness imbued into Dodgers-Padres games, from a scoreboard graphic of a crying Clayton Kershaw at Petco Park, to Will Smith’s description of the since-departed Profar as “kind of irrelevant” last year.
But this June, the antagonism was ratcheted up, after the teams combined for 11 hit batters — and not-so-veiled accusations of intentionality — over seven games played in a 11-day stretch.
The Padres took exception to three different plunkings of Tatis. The Dodgers were dubious of two balls that pelted Shohei Ohtani. By the time Tatis was hit in the hand in the final game of the latter series, Shildt had seen enough, shouting in Roberts’ direction as he walked onto the field to check on his star player.
Roberts responded in kind, racing out to meet Shildt with a slight, but nonetheless surprising, shove. Suddenly, the benches had cleared. Roberts and Shildt continued jawing through it all.
Dodgers manager Dave Roberts yells at San Diego Padres manager Mike Shildt after benches clear in the ninth inning of a June 19 game at Dodger Stadium.
(Gina Ferazzi / Los Angeles Times)
“After a while, enough’s enough,” Shildt said afterward. “Intentional, unintentional, the fact of the matter is we took exception with it. I responded.”
“I felt that he was trying to make it personal with me,” Roberts countered in his postgame press conference. “Which then, I take it personal.”
Machado delivered the most memorable quote of the night, cautioning the Dodgers to “set a little candle up for Tati” and “pray” he hadn’t suffered a serious injury (X-rays on Tatis’ hand came back negative).
But in the aftermath, all the attention centered on Roberts and Shildt, who were each suspended by the league for one game.
“It’s ultimately about the defense of our team,” Shildt said the next day when asked about Roberts. “And anybody that is going to take the steps that I feel are inappropriate against our team, then I will take action. I’m not a personal guy. I’m not a grudge guy. But I am a foxhole guy.”
Roberts snapped back when asked about Shildt (whom he said he has spoken with since the incident) this week.
“It definitely added to the intensity of the series, when you’ve got two managers going at it,” Roberts said. “And I never want to make it about me, I really don’t. I just took offense to his response towards me. I thought it was directed at me. But for me, I just want to go out and play good baseball. That’s kind of where my head’s at.”
Given the Dodgers’ struggles of late, simply stacking wins has never been a bigger priority. Over the next week and a half, they could reclaim a division lead they have so clumsily squandered, or enter the final month of the season with substantial ground to make up.
“We can’t make it more than what it is,” Mookie Betts said. “It’s another series in August. Obviously, we all know it’s big and X, Y and Z, but we can’t make it that way. We have to just look at it as the same game as today and play our game and not try to get too high or too low.”
“I’m not a grudge guy. But I am a foxhole guy,” said San Diego Padres manager Mike Shildt, walking with Dodgers outfielder Teoscar Hernandez and utilityman Kike Hernandez after a bench clearing in the ninth inning of a June 19 game.
(Gina Ferazzi / Los Angeles Times)
Still, the Dodgers won’t feign passivity this time. Not as long as the Padres continue to lean into their trademark intensity.
“They told me right away, obviously, we don’t like those guys a whole lot,” newly-acquired Padres reliever Mason Miller said on Foul Territory last week, of the message he received from his new teammates upon being traded to San Diego at the deadline. “I haven’t really [experienced] a rivalry to that extent.”
Roberts wasn’t surprised to hear it.
“We think about whoever we’re playing,” he said. “I do think it’s one of those things where, they’re very hyper-focused on us. But I guess it’s a compliment. Still, we’ve got to match their intensity. Because they want to beat us more than anything.”
India is OpenAI’s second-largest market in the world after the US, and it may well become its biggest market in the near future, according to its CEO Sam Altman.
OpenAI sees India as a rapidly growing market, with plans to enhance AI accessibility and affordability, he added.
“It’s incredibly fast-growing, but what users are doing with AI, what citizens of India are doing with AI, is really quite remarkable,” Altman said while launching GPT-5, the latest version of the artificial intelligence system that powers ChatGPT. He further stated that the company was working with local partners to make its products more effective and affordable for Indian users, and he plans to visit the country in September.
In June, OpenAI, in partnership with the government’s IndiaAI mission, on Thursday launched the first international expansion of its education platform, that will help expand access to AI skills training across the country.
The initiative, called ‘OpenAI Academy India’, aims to broaden access to AI education and tools, tapping into India’s fast-growing developer community, digital infrastructure, and network of startups and innovators.
It will support the IndiaAI Mission’s ‘FutureSkills’ pillar by expanding access to AI skills training for a wide range of learners — students, developers, educators, civil servants, nonprofit leaders, and small business owners. “India is one of the most dynamic countries in the world for AI development, with adoption and innovation accelerating at remarkable speed,” said Jason Kwon, Chief Strategy Officer, OpenAI.
GPT-5 brings together the best of ChatGPT into one unified experience that’s designed to get the users best answer, every time.
“We are introducing GPT‑5, our best AI system yet. GPT‑5 is a significant leap in intelligence over all our previous models, featuring state-of-the-art performance across coding, math, writing, health, visual perception, and more. It is a unified system that knows when to respond quickly and when to think longer to provide expert-level responses,” according to the company.
GPT‑5 is available to all users, with Plus subscribers getting more usage, and Pro subscribers getting access to GPT‑5 pro, a version with extended reasoning for even more comprehensive and accurate answers.
“GPT‑5 is a unified system with a smart, efficient model that answers most questions, a deeper reasoning model (GPT‑5 thinking) for harder problems, and a real‑time router that quickly decides which to use based on conversation type, complexity, tool needs, and your explicit intent,” the company noted.
Netflix viewers are divided over a new ‘nightmarish’ thriller that is based on a best selling novel.
Night Always Comes is now streaming on the platform from today (August 15). It is based on the book The Night Always Comes written by acclaimed and award winning author Willy Vlautin.
The original novel was described as a modern western, crime noir tale that is set over two days and nights.
The movie adaptation which is also available to see on the big screen in select cinemas across the UK, is directed by Benjamin Caron who also helmed episodes of Star Wars series Andor, The Crown and Sherlock.
Marvel Cinematic Universe and Mission Impossible franchise star Vanessa Kirby features in the lead role as Lynette, a woman who risks everything to secure the money needed for a house that represents a possible brighter future for her family.
On a dangerous odyssey through a single night, Lynette is forced to confront her dark past in an attempt to finally break free of old habits.
Kirby is supported in the cast by fellow Marvel actor Randall Park, also known for his work in comedy series Fresh Off the Boat. There are also turns from House of Cards’ Michael Kelly and celebrated filmmaker Eli Roth makes a brief cameo too.
With the film only just released to the viewing public, reviews have just started to be published online. While it could change over time, it has not yet managed to achieve a rating on website Rotten Tomatoes worthy of the ‘fresh’ label.
In fact, Netflix viewers and fans are currently split over the film. However, many do agree that Kirby gives a stellar performance.
One critic claimed: “Vanessa Kirby commands the screen in a harrowing spiral of bad choices, delivering a performance as riveting as the story is nightmarish.”
Another reviewer declared: “Night Always Comes is a gripping character-driven thriller that is also a powerful drama about how far one is willing to go for their family. Vanessa Kirby delivers a tour-de-force performance that is Oscar-worthy. It’s a must-watch.”
Some were a little less convinced by the film’s plot or success in keeping up the tension needed for a successful thriller. One write up stated: “Night Always Comes can get a little unrealistic with the peril we find her in, and sitting in that darkness for nearly two hours can get a little emotionally taxing, but even when it’s too much to bear, you’ll find a film that needs to be seen.”
Others pointed out that the film struggles to balance itself between being a captivating crime thriller and including social commentary. As one person explains: “Night Always Comes is almost two movies in a way, opening as a study of desperation before turning into a crime picture, and the mix of moods doesn’t always work”
Meanwhile, someone less convinced penned: “Kirby renders Lynette so fearless and compelling that you’ve no choice but to defy your better judgment and ride along. Just expect to be doing a lot of eye-rolling accompanied by incredulous exclamations of ‘c’mon!’ Yes, Kirby has game, but (director) Caron has no shame. Neither does (screenwriter) Sarah Conradt, whose adaptation of Vlautin’s novel is nothing but episodic nonsense.”
The Jaecoo J5 SUV has been confirmed for an Australian launch by the end of 2025 as the Omoda Jaecoo brand’s smallest, most affordable model locally.
Speaking to CarExpert, Shawn Xu – vice chairman of Chery International and CEO of Omoda Jaecoo – confirmed the Jaecoo J5, a small SUV similar in size to the Kia Seltos, Mazda CX-30 and Nissan Qashqai, for local showrooms.
It’s also set to offer some less conventional capabilities, according to Mr Xu.
“The Karaoke feature that is in the new Jaecoo [J]5 … You can sing in the car while you drive. These are features that make driving fun and enjoyable,” Mr Xu said during the in-depth interview, which you can read on CarExpert this Sunday, August 17.
“Also it’s pet-friendly, with special air-conditioning, and the seat surface is very friendly with pets, easy to clean.”
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
The J5 will sit below the related Jaecoo J7 in terms of size and price and is already on sale in the UK in two trim levels: Pure and Luxury.
It measures 4380mm long, 1860mm wide and stands 1650mm tall on a 2620mm wheelbase.
Pricing in the UK sees the Pure start at £24,505 before on-road costs compared to £30,115 for the base J7 – which kicks off at $34,990 drive-away for the J7 Core in Australia.
The UK-market Jaecoo 5 comes with a 108kW/275Nm 1.6-litre turbocharged four-cylinder petrol engine and seven-speed dual-clutch automatic transmission, giving it a 0-100km/h time of 10.0 seconds.
Power is sent to the front wheels, although an all-wheel drive version is available in other markets. It’s unclear if it’ll be offered locally.
There’s also an electric version, sold in the UK as the Jaecoo E5. This features a 152kW/288Nm front-mounted electric motor and a 61.1kWh lithium iron phosphate (LFP) battery providing 399km of WLTP range and 80kW DC charging.
In the UK, it has a base price of £3000 more than the equivalent petrol-powered model.
Inside both petrol and electric models, there’s a 13.2-inch portrait-oriented infotainment touchscreen with Apple CarPlay and Android Auto and a 540-degree camera system.
The Luxury trim adds power-adjustable front seats with heating and memory, as well as wireless smartphone charging, a panoramic sunroof, dual-zone climate control and an eight-speaker Sony sound system.
The second 60:40-split rear seatbacks can also be angled, expanding cargo space from 480L to 1180L in the petrol model when they’re folded flat.
Jaecoo UK says the petrol-powered J5 has been given a suspension tune to suit local roads, while its 19-strong advanced driver assist systems (ADAS) have also been calibrated to British driving expectations.
Locally, Chery – owner of the Omoda Jaecoo brand – has worked on tuning local ADAS for Australian models after feedback from customers, the automaker responding with changes to better suit local conditions.
Omoda Jaecoo was launched in Australia earlier this year, with the brand sitting a step above Chery’s namesake brand.
To the end of July, the Omoda Jaecoo brand – which recently launched its first Omoda-badged product, the Omoda 9 large hybrid SUV – has delivered 1124 vehicles so far this year in Australia.
MORE: Explore the Jaecoo showroom
MORE: What is Omoda Jaecoo, and how is this new brand different to Chery?
The Bombay High Court quashed a tax notice to a Mumbai woman in a Rs 6.75 crore property deal, citing her lack of financial contribution.
News18
The Bombay High Court has given a relief to a Mumbai woman on a tax notice following a joint ownership with her husband in a Rs 6.75 crore property deal. According to Economic Times Wealth report, the HC set aside a tax notice issued to a Mumbai woman who was made a joint owner of a Rs 6.75-crore property bought entirely with her husband’s funds.
The court observed that the woman, a housewife with an annual income of just Rs 4.36 lakh, had made no financial contribution to the purchase, the ET Wealth report added.
The case arose after the Income Tax Department alleged possible tax evasion and sent notices under Section 148 of the Income Tax Act to both husband and wife. While the wife’s notice has been quashed, the husband’s case remains pending.
Understand The Full Case
According to the court order dated August 4, 2025, the wife’s name was added to the property documents purely for convenience. Bank statements confirmed the husband paid the entire amount from his HDFC Bank account, as per ET Wealth report.
The court cited its earlier decision in Kalpita Arun Lanjekar vs. ITO (2024), where a similar notice to a non-contributing joint owner was cancelled.
Justice B.P. Colabawalla and Justice Firdosh P. Pooniwalla noted that no income had escaped assessment in the wife’s case and that all payment details were traceable to her husband. They questioned why the Assessing Officer targeted her despite clear evidence.
Experts told ET Wealth Online that joint property ownership can raise red flags for tax authorities if not documented properly.
Chartered Accountant Dr. Suresh Surana told ET Wealth the purchase deed should record each co-owner’s financial contribution and ownership percentage. Proper records of bank transfers, receipts, and agreements must be kept.
CA Ashish Karundia advised documenting contributions made as gifts or loans, and reflecting the correct share of income in each person’s tax return.
If a co-owner hasn’t contributed any money, the agreement should declare that the entire purchase was funded by the primary owner, and all related income should be shown only in their ITR.
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More
Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
view comments
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Launch of ACT programme by Freshworks
| Photo Credit:
Supplied
Chennai/US IT firm Freshworks has announced the launch of Academy for Careers in Tech (ACT)programme inHyderabad. The 18-month skilling programme aims to empower underserved youth from Telangana and Andhra Pradesh with industry-relevant technology skills.
The programme, which will be implemented in partnership with Edunet Foundation, will be hosted at CMR Engineering College. The first batch will include 30 students from 1,000 applicants, says a release.
“The ACT Programme reflects Freshworks’ long-standing commitment to democratising tech education and creating pathways for under-represented communities. By partnering with Edunet and CMR Engineering College, we are equipping 30 students from rural and migrant backgrounds with industry-relevant skills through a 15-month intensive programme,” said Sreedhar Gade, Vice President of Engineering and Responsible AI at Freshworks.
I’ve been making grilled cheese for years, but the air fryer completely changed the game for me. What I used to cook on the stove is now quicker, crispier, and far less greasy. I’ve moved far beyond the confines of a hot skillet now, and it’s time you do the same.
Best Air Fryer Toaster Ovens for 2025Not only does the bread comes out golden and crunchy, but the cheese melts into that perfect gooey center. In fact, I hardly need any butter at all. Plus, the kitchen stays cool since there’s no hot pan on the stove.
If you haven’t tried grilled cheese in an air fryer yet, it’s more than worth it. The results are hard to beat, and it might just become your new go-to method.
If you don’t own an air fryer, I recommend Ninja’s glass-bowl model. It’s the best we’ve tested and makes a mean grilled cheese. Making an air fryer grilled cheese is fast and easy and leaves almost no mess. Here’s why your next grilled cheese should start and end in the air fryer.
Why an air fryer grilled cheese works so well
As you can plainly see, the air fryer grilled cheese leaves little mess to contend with after preparing.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
An air fryer is basically a small convection oven with nonstick surfaces, circulating hot air around whatever you put in its basket. Unlike your saute pan or skillet, it cooks from all directions at once and typically in less time. Unlike your oven, it is compact and efficient, heats up quickly and may not even require preheating.
Your toaster oven could never do this. While toasted cheese is a possibility (and reheated toaster oven pizza is a revelation), grilled cheese is not. Your toaster oven is not designed to support fat on the underside of whatever you’re cooking and you’ll end up with a mess too complicated to clean.
For your grilled cheese, the air fryer is working on both of the bread surfaces and the cheese all at once, resulting in a quicker melt, which adheres the cheese to the bread slices together making for a much easier flip. (Flipping is still recommended but with far less drama.)
The air circulation provides deep crunchiness, not only to the surfaces that received the butter or mayo treatment but to the entire crust. Any inclusions beyond cheese in the interior of the sandwich are also transforming because of the ambient heat. Simply placing a lid on your saute pan or skillet can’t achieve the same results, as the components will become steamed and potentially soggy.
How I make a grilled cheese in the air fryer
Humble ingredients are transformed into something great inside an air fryer.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
Assemble a grilled cheese as you would otherwise
Sliced bread
Sliced or shredded cheese (I like American cheese for a basic grilled cheese and a combo of gruyere and cheddar for an upgrade.)
Butter or mayonnaise for the outside of the bread slices (dealer’s choice)
For a basic grilled cheese, you can assemble the sandwich in the basket of your air fryer: bread with buttered side down, followed by sliced or shredded cheese, then topped with the final slice with buttered side up.
Be it a simple sandwich or a fancier combination of cheese, bread and fixings, the air fryer makes a crispy, gooey grilled cheese in minutes.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
Set the heat to 400 degrees Fahrenheit and cook for 3 to 6 minutes on each side, flipping halfway through. The already melted cheese will keep your sandwich nicely together during the flip. You can get a lightly golden grilled cheese in less time but I recommend hanging on for 5 to 6 minutes for a deeply crunchy sandwich.
Another perk of the air fryer is that you can more easily peek to see where you are without adversely affecting the outcome.
The air fryer is even better for a stacked grilled cheese
Add a fruit element and cured meats for a fancier air fryer sammy.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
This is where the air fryer really shines in the grilled cheese realm. Every element of an upgraded grilled cheese adds a degree of difficulty when trying to cook in a skillet, much of which is mitigated in the safe confines of an air fryer. Thicker bread. Thicker cheese, like hunks of camembert or brie.
And think of all the great grilled cheese ingredients that can be slippery: apple slices, roasted red peppers, tomatoes, pickles, etc. Any grilled cheese with more than two components can be challenging to flip gracefully in a skillet, even for trained cooks.
Bag a loaf of good bread and stuff your sandwich with upmarket cheese.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
To prove a point, I assembled a fancy grilled cheese with camembert, prosciutto and apple slices. (Plus mayonnaise on the exterior, because I was being fancy, and mayo gives your sandwich a little extra tang.) Because of its height, I assembled it fully outside of the air fryer and then carefully placed it in the drawer.
Et voila!
Pamela Vachon/CNET
After 6 minutes of air fryer cooking, the flip was seamless and the sophisticated outcome belies the fact that you spent all of one minute assembling the masterpiece. The exterior of the ham even got a little bonus crisping. So the air fryer invites you to go to town with whatever you can dream up for your grilled cheese: cured or cooked ground meats, grilled veggies, various sauces and relishes — you name it. An epic grilled cheese variation is limited only by the confines of your imagination.
Do I need to preheat an air fryer for grilled cheese?
A grilled cheese is a quick-cooking sandwich no matter how you do it so you don’t want to add on minutes of additional time for something that only takes minutes to accomplish. That said, while preheating your air fryer may be a waste of time for certain preparations, I think putting it on for just a minute to heat up the nonstick surface that the sandwich sits on is worthwhile to get that golden crust working right away.
Are there drawbacks to making air fryer grilled cheese?
Depending on your model and size of air fryer, and the shape of bread you choose, it can be tricky to make more than two sandwiches at once, so it might not be the most family-friendly method for making grilled cheese. But for a solo meal or date night, your air fryer is the grilled cheese hack you didn’t know you needed.
A Missouri resident has been infected with a rare brain-eating amoeba, possibly linked to water-skiing in the Lake of Ozarks.
The Missouri Department of Health and Senior Services (DHSS) confirmed the infection on Wednesday.
The unidentified adult is hospitalized in an intensive care unit and being treated for primary amebic meningoencephalitis (PAM), a deadly infection caused by Naegleria fowleri, commonly known as the brain-eating amoeba.
DEATH CONFIRMED FROM RARE AND DEADLY ‘BRAIN-EATING AMOEBA’ IN SOUTHERN LAKE
No other cases are suspected in the area at this time, the health agency stated in the press release.
While the source of the patient’s exposure has not been confirmed, the DHSS reported that the patient may have been water-skiing in the days leading up to the illness.
A Missouri resident (not pictured) has been infected with a rare brain-eating amoeba, possibly linked to water-skiing in the Lake of Ozarks.(iStock)
“Recreational water users should assume that Naegleria fowleri is present in warm freshwater across the United States; however, infection remains very rare,” the agency stated.
Naegleria fowleri can be a risk when swimming in fresh water, as the amoeba can enter through the nose.
FOUR PEOPLE DEAD IN FLORIDA FROM FLESH-EATING BACTERIA FOUND IN COASTAL WATERS
The amoeba is most active in the months that the water temperature stays above 77F – July, August and September, according to health officials.
Infection in humans is very rare, with only 167 reported cases of PAM in the U.S. between 1962 and 2024.
Warning signs to recognize
The initial symptoms of PAM usually begin about five days after exposure, but they can be noticed sooner.
Early signs usually include headache, nausea, fever and/or vomiting, the CDC’s website states.
The amoeba is most active in the months that the water temperature stays above 77F – July, August and September, according to health officials.(iStock)
As the infection progresses, people may experience confusion, stiff neck, disorientation, hallucinations, seizures and coma.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“People usually start to feel ill one to 12 days after water exposure,” Tammy Lundstrom, chief medical officer and infectious disease specialist for Trinity Health in Michigan, previously told Fox News Digital. “Early symptoms should prompt a medical evaluation, as they are also signs of bacterial meningitis.”
Death can occur anywhere between one and 18 days of infection, at an average of five days.
Prevention of infection
To prevent potentially fatal infections, health officials recommended taking precautions when swimming in freshwater.
“Hold your nose shut, use nose clips or keep your head above water when taking part in activities in bodies of warm freshwater, especially if you jump or dive into the water,” the Missouri health officials cautioned.
The unidentified adult is being treated for primary amebic meningoencephalitis (PAM), a deadly infection caused by Naegleria fowleri.(iStock)
Lundstrom reiterated that it’s best to avoid immersing your head in the water when swimming in summer.
“Infection occurs when water harboring the amoeba goes up a person’s nose, usually during swimming,” she previously told Fox News Digital. “It is not known why some people get infected and others, even swimming companions, do not.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Drinking contaminated water does not present a risk, and the infection does not spread from one person to another, Lundstrom added.
Because the amoeba is found in soil, the CDC also recommends avoiding stirring up the sediment at the bottom of lakes, ponds and rivers.
Treatment of brain-eating amoebas
When a patient has been diagnosed with a brain-eating amoeba, treatment usually includes a variety of antifungal medications, as well as antibiotics like rifampin and azithromycin, according to Lundstrom.
Miltefosine, a newer antifungal drug, has been shown to kill Nagleria fowleri in laboratory tests and was used to treat some surviving patients, the CDC states on its website.
“Infection occurs when water harboring the amoeba goes up a person’s nose.”
“However, the effect of all of these drugs on actual infected people is unknown due to the high fatality rate,” Lundstrom noted.
Those who experience sudden headache, fever, stiff neck or vomiting — especially if they have recently been swimming in warm freshwater — should seek immediate medical attention, the CDC recommends.
For more Health articles, visit foxnews.com/health
Despite the infection’s high fatality rate, Lundstrom emphasized the rarity of cases.
“Millions of people enjoy swimming every summer, but only a few become infected,” she said.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/food-drinks/79th-independence-day-2025-these-7-quick-and-easy-snacks-will-make-your-day-3253428” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-14/China-hopes-Cambodia-Thailand-will-rebuild-friendship-FM-1FPAjyOg7Be/img/76650ac5871d442d9314e0f572f84acb/76650ac5871d442d9314e0f572f84acb.png' alt='Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi meets with Cambodian Deputy Prime Minister and Foreign Minister Prak Sokhonn in Anning, southwest China's Yunnan Province, August 14, 2025. /Chinese Foreign Ministry'
China hopes Cambodia and Thailand will strengthen contacts and exchanges, as well as restore friendship and mutual trust, Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi said on Thursday during his meeting with Cambodian Deputy Prime Minister and Foreign Minister Prak Sokhonn in Anning, southwest China’s Yunnan Province.
Wang said that Cambodia and Thailand are both good neighbors and close friends of China, adding that China believes the parties involved can effectively resolve their differences through dialogue and consultation, and supports ASEAN in playing a constructive role to maintain its unity.
Today’s world is characterized by interconnected change and turbulence, making peace and stability even more crucial, said Wang, who is also a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee.
He said that holding the Lancang-Mekong Cooperation (LMC) Foreign Ministers’ Meeting in Anning to discuss development plans, voice the call for peace, and build consensus on tranquility is very important.
China praises Cambodia’s efforts to crack down on online gambling and telecom fraud, and hopes Cambodia will continue to take strong actions to collaborate with other regional countries in fighting cross-border crimes, according to Wang.
Sokhonn said Cambodia and China are an all-weather community with a shared future, maintaining close high-level exchanges.
Cambodia highly values its relationship with China, appreciates China’s generous support and aid, and looks forward to deepening cooperation and achieving more results, Sokhonn added.
He said China plays a constructive role in international and regional affairs and is a symbol of peace and development.
Noting that the Belt and Road Initiative and the three major global initiatives have achieved remarkable results, Sokhonn said Anning symbolizes peace and tranquility, and Cambodia is ready to fully support and participate in it. He expressed hope that this meeting will help accelerate Lancang-Mekong cooperation and promote regional prosperity and stability.
Sokhonn also provided an update on recent developments in Cambodia-Thailand relations and expressed gratitude to China for actively encouraging peace and dialogue to help ease tensions.
DEC Infrastructure and Projects (India) Private Limited, a Hyderabad-based infrastructure company, has secured a ₹2,000-crore contract from the Central government to construct residential facilities for government employees in New Delhi.
The company has received a Letter of Acceptance from the Central Public Works Department (CPWD) for the contract to redevelop the General Pool Residential Colony at Sriniwaspuri in the Capital, according to DEC Infrastructure Chairman and Managing Director Anirudh Gupta.
The company would construct 3,112 two-bedroom flats, each with 1,100 sq ft, in 16 blocks in 20.86 acres. The high-rise residential units include single-basement, stilt and three-level podium parking, a multi-level car park, a community centre, and a Central Government Health Scheme (CGHS) dispensary.
The company has projects worth over ₹10,000 crore in various parts of the country.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
ADRIANA Ćaleta-Car podijelila je na svom Instagram profilu seriju fotografija uz kratku poruku: “Summer Nights”. U objavi je, među ostalim, pokazala nekoliko efektnih outfita idealnih za večernje izlaske ili dnevne, elegantnije prigode.
“Žena sa stilom”, “Predivna”, “Uvijek savršeno izgledaš”, “Koliko si lijepa”, komentirali su joj pratitelji, dok su drugi ostavljali emotikone srca i vatre.
Jedna haljina posebno se istaknula
Među kombinacijama posebno se istaknula duga crna haljina zahvaljujući upečatljivom izrezu. Model na tanke naramenice prati liniju tijela i naglašava figuru, a pažnju privlači dubok, nepravilan izrez u predjelu dekoltea – asimetričan i valovit, daje haljini modernu i zavodljivu notu. Vjerujemo da je riječ o modelu Salacia brenda Christopher Esber.
Uz ovu haljinu Adriana je odabrala bijele i svijetlo sive modne dodatke – malu torbicu neseser stila Loro Piana i ravne sandale Dior. Kombinacija odiše profinjenošću i ljetnim glamourom, savršenom za večeri provedene uz more ili u intimnoj atmosferi gradskih terasa.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Crna je uvijek dobra ideja
Ovo nije bila jedina crna haljina koju je pokazala – u objavi su se našla još dva mini modela, svaki s posebnim karakterom. Prva je bila bez naramenica, sa srcolikim izrezom koji naglašava ramena i vrat, a Adriana ju je uparila s bež pletenim natikačama na petu i torbom u neutralnoj nijansi, stvarajući elegantan, ali opušten ljetni look.
Druga mini haljina bila je uskog kroja, s više tankih naramenica koje se elegantno križaju i obavijaju oko vrata, stvarajući upečatljiv i moderan detalj. Jedan središnji šav vizualno izdužuje siluetu, a u kombinaciji sa sandalama i torbicom u životinjskom uzorku cijeli je look dobio glamurozan, večernji karakter.
Crne haljine bezvremenski su modni klasik koji nikad ne izlazi iz mode, a ljeti se lako prilagođavaju prigodi – uz ravnu obuću savršene su za dnevne šetnje, dok uz potpetice se pretvaraju u elegantan odabir za večernje izlaske.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
The Pierce College cross-country course in Woodland Hills, used by thousands of runners since the 1960s, has been closed and will be unavailable to host the City Section finals and other high school meets this fall.
At a meeting last week attended by officials from the City Section and West Valley Eagles youth organization, Pierce College officials informed them that a new grass soccer field will be constructed in the area where races have previously started and which was also used as a warm-up area for runners.
Officials also told Jack Dawson of the Eagles and City Section commissioner Vicky Lagos they would revamp the whole course. They have already smoothed out path areas on the hilly course and fixed fencing.
A water truck and construction materials were seen in the area of the flat surface on Wednesday. Few people were made aware a soccer field would be built on a much beloved area used by runners. The school has a men’s and women’s soccer team. A school security officer said he was unaware of the plans, and he would be directly affected since security is hired weekly whenever a high school meet is held.
Dawson said, “The course is going to be beautiful. It’s, how are we going to use it?”
Either revisions have to be done on the soccer field or a new starting point for races has to be created.
Dawson and Lagos said they were informed that there would be no permits issued this year for the course. High schools that previously used the course are scrambling to find alternatives.
Monroe coach Leo Hernandez said his league is investigating using Woodley Park in the Sepulveda Basin as a possible replacement. Birmingham High once set up a course on its campus when Pierce College was unavailable because of heavy rains and could be used by the City Section for the finals.
Pierce College is also being used as a site to take in large animals during wildfires, so developing another course on campus this year is unlikely considering the uncertainty of the weather this fall.
WhatsApp on Thursday accused Russia of attempting to block its services because the Meta-owned messaging app protects users’ right to secure communication through end-to-end encryption.
In a statement, WhatsApp said Russia is trying to cut off access for more than 100 million users in the country after the platform refused to compromise on privacy.
“WhatsApp is private, end-to-end encrypted, and defies government attempts to violate people’s right to secure communication, which is why Russia is trying to block it from over 100 million Russian people,” the company said.
Our statement on the news about the Russian government’s attempt to block WhatsApp:
WhatsApp is private, end-to-end encrypted, and defies government attempts to violate people’s right to secure communication, which is why Russia is trying to block it from over 100 million…
Telegram says it is using AI tools to help moderators monitor public parts of the platform, removing millions of harmful messages daily. The company says it targets calls for violence, sabotage, and fraud.
“Telegram actively combats harmful use of its platform including calls for sabotage or violence and fraud,” Telegram said. In July 2025, WhatsApp recorded 97.3 million monthly users in Russia, while Telegram had 90.8 million, Mediascope reported. VK Messenger, owned by the state-run VK, followed with 17.9 million users.
Foreign-owned platform
Russian authorities have begun “partially” restricting calls on Telegram and WhatsApp, accusing the foreign-owned messaging platforms of refusing to cooperate with fraud and terrorism investigations, the Associated Press reported.
The announcement, made Wednesday, is the latest step in Moscow’s push to tighten control over the internet.
Roskomnadzor, Russia’s media and internet regulator, said the move is aimed at fighting crime. It cited law enforcement agencies and “numerous appeals from citizens” in claiming that the two apps have become “the main voice services used to deceive and extort money, and to involve Russian citizens in sabotage and terrorist activities.”
The watchdog also alleged that repeated requests for the companies to take corrective action had gone unanswered.
WhatsApp: Connecting over 2 billion people worldwide
According to WhatsApp, over 2 billion people in more than 180 countries use its app to stay connected with friends and family anytime, anywhere. The platform is free and offers simple, secure, and reliable messaging and calling on mobile devices worldwide.
The name “WhatsApp” is a playful twist on the phrase “What’s up,” though the company notes that data charges may apply.
Originally launched as an SMS alternative, WhatsApp now supports text, photos, videos, documents, location sharing, and voice calls–all protected with end-to-end encryption, the company says.
When was the last time you visited a zoo with your family? When you’re raising twin boys, finding ways to tire them out without exhausting yourself is a skill worth having. I’ve learnt that the sweet spot lies in slow-paced outings that are interesting enough to keep them engaged, but gentle enough on my nerves. We often choose zoo visits, lazy boat rides and strolls in leafy parks, and these have become our go-to activities whenever we’re travelling.
Topiary that welcomes you as you enter the Alipore Zoo in Kolkata(Hindustan Times)
So there we were in Kolkata, soaking in the energy of its traffic and old-world charm. The trams rattled by, horse carts waited outside Victoria Memorial, jhal muri sellers worked their magic on the streets, and puchka (the local name for pani puri) vendors popped up on every corner. The local carts, or thelas, were piled high with star fruits and water apples. As February eased into its final days, the drizzle gave way to perfect walking weather. It felt like the right day for the zoo.
First impressions
When I say this is one of the most underrated places to explore in the city, I truly mean it. Over 50 of my local relatives shook their heads, insisting it was not worth a visit and they had not been there at all or many years ago, and Google reviews did not give me much hope either. Still, we decided to give it a shot. We arrived at a slightly worn-out gate, saw the Rs. 50 per adult entry fee, and wondered if the day might disappoint.
On the other side of the ticket counter, it felt like stepping into a secret garden. A beautifully kept lawn with animal-shaped topiary led us towards the real stars of the show. The Alipore Zoological Garden is large, well-maintained and home to an impressive variety of wildlife from India and abroad. We saw zebras, giraffes, rhinoceroses, hippos, kangaroos, jaguars, and birds, including cassowaries, hornbills, exotic parrots, and peacocks.
Five things you might not know about Alipore Zoo, Kolkata
1. Alipore Zoo in Kolkata opened to the public in 1876, making it the oldest formal zoo in India. 2. It covers about 47 acres and uses open-air moated enclosures that resemble natural habitats. 3. The zoo once housed Adwaita, an Aldabra giant tortoise believed to be over 250 years old when it died in 2006. 4. It has been a pioneer in breeding white tigers, reticulated giraffes and the endangered Manipur brow-antlered deer. 5. In 1889, the birth of a Sumatran rhinoceros here marked a rare global achievement in captive breeding.
The authors excited sons posing in front of the animal pens and enclosures.(Hindustan Times)
Why it works
Enclosures are spacious, with areas where animals can rest away from public view.
Paved paths, benches and refreshment stalls make it easy to explore comfortably.
Toilets are located at opposite ends of the zoo for convenience.
The animals appeared healthy and relaxed, with no signs of stress.
The weather that day was a gift, warm enough for short sleeves yet cool enough to walk for hours without breaking a sweat. We wandered through leafy paths, stopping often to rest on shaded benches, never once feeling rushed or tired. The twins eagerly read every fact on the animal display boards, pointing out details to each other like little wildlife experts.
Their excitement peaked when a dozen giraffes suddenly broke into a graceful gallop across their open enclosure, their hooves kicking up little clouds of dust. Moments later, the deep, guttural roar of a jaguar drew a small crowd, while the kangaroos kept us waiting for a good half hour before casually hopping out, sending a ripple of cheers and camera clicks through the visitors. My son’s verdict in the end, and I quote, was, “ Mom, this is like being at a safari without going to the jungle!”
Getting there and eating nearby
Parking is limited, so taking a cab or Uber is the easiest option. The main gate faces the Taj Bengal, making the approach pleasant and easy to spot. We chose to have lunch before entering, which was a smart move with children. We ate at Somponno, a nearby café serving a Bengali-Chinese take on noodles that was surprisingly good. You will also find plenty of other cafés nearby if you check online maps.
Some birds we spotted at the Kolkata Zoo(Hindustan Times)
Tips for the best visit
Set aside at least three hours to see everything comfortably.
Wear comfortable walking shoes as the grounds are extensive.
Weekdays are quieter, though you may run into school trips.
Choose cooler weather to make the walk more pleasant and to see more active animals.
If visiting with children, go after breakfast or lunch to avoid mid-visit hunger.
India is full of hidden treasures, and the Alipore Zoo is one worth adding to your list. Pair a visit here with a steamer ride across the Hooghly River, some puchka from a local vendor while you get set to take a yellow taxi back across the Howrah Bridge, or an evening at Victoria Memorial with a ride in the horse carriages outside, along with a box of Bengali sweets, and you have the perfect Kolkata day.
Similar articles for you
Tropic of Cancer, one of Bhopal’s underrated gems: Scenic drive you cannot miss
Get vacation-ready! Up to 80% off on top picks for trolley bags
₹2500″>Travel smarter, not harder: Your guide to affordable trolley bags under ₹2500
Alipore Zoo in Kolkata: FAQs
What is the entry fee for Alipore Zoo?
Entry is Rs. 50 per adult. Children’s tickets are usually cheaper, and there may be different rates on public holidays.
What are the zoo timings?
The zoo typically opens in the morning and closes in the late afternoon. Check the official website or local listings for exact seasonal timings.
How long does it take to explore the zoo?
Set aside at least three hours if you want to see all the animals comfortably and include a few rest breaks.
What is the best way to get there?
Taking a cab or an Uber is the easiest option, as parking is limited nearby. The zoo is right opposite Taj Bengal, which makes it easy to spot.
Disclaimer:At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, with respect to the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.
Viewers call it “absolutely terrifying” and “emotionally devastating”. Others say it is a “true masterpiece of horror”, the “greatest horror show of all time” and “the best story I have ever experienced”.
High praise indeed — and if you have seen Haunting of Hill House, a Netflix original series, then you may well agree with these comments (and then some). Haunting of Hill House is indeed enough to leave you terrified, emotionally drained and scared to turn out the lights. And you can find seven under-rated Netflix series here.
Haunting of Hill House was the first of Mike Flanagan’s Haunting anthology, which also includes Haunting of Bly Manor and The Fall of the House of Usher. It was released in 2018 and stars Michiel Huisman, Carla Gugino, Timothy Hutton, Henry Thomas, Elizabeth Reaser, Lulu Wilson, Oliver Jackson-Cohen, Kate Siegel and Victoria Pedretti.
Adapted from Shirley Jackson’s 1959 novel of the same name, it tells the story of the supernatural events that plague the Crain family on their move to Hill House, and how those effects still haunt them two decades later.
The opening of Jackson’s novel is in itself a sublime scene-setter for what is to come in the TV adaptation: “Hill House, not sane, stood by itself against its hills, holding darkness within; it had stood for eighty years and might stand for eighty more. Within, walls continued upright, bricks met neatly, floors were firm, and doors were sensibly shut; silence lay steadily against the wood and stone of Hill House, and whatever walked there, walked alone.”
Stephen King once called the novel “as nearly perfect a haunted-house tale as I have ever read”.
Be careful: from this point on, this article contains spoilers.
If you’ve seen it, you will remember utterly chilling scenes like when Steve rings his father to tell him his sister, Nell, is with him in his flat, only to be told by his father that she had just died. Then there’s the “car scene”, which is so terrifying it redfines the term “jump scare”. And that’s before we even mention “Bent Neck Lady”.
Film YouTuber Skip Intro says Flanagan is an “expert at hitting audiences with an unexpected horrific image” but said “that’s not the only thing that makes him a great horror editor”.
You need only glance briefly at YouTube to see people lining up to explain why Haunting of Hill House is a “masterpiece” and the “greatest horror story of all time”.
One viewer said “nothing has ever made me feel the way it did” while another said it “just changed something within me I can’t explain”.
On Reddit, one fan wrote: “A few years ago I wouldn’t have believed someone would make a horror show as splendid and full of perfection as this one. It’s a perfect ghost story mixed with an amazing plot that keeps eyes glued to your screen. And by the time you’re done, you’ll be left thinking whether it’s okay to go to the kitchen alone or sleep with the lights on. It’s the scariest show I’ve ever seen… It’s a genuine masterpiece.”
An editorial piece on Rotten Tomatoes, the review aggregator, says just one episode of Haunting of Hill House (episode six) stands on its own as “arguably the best horror entertainment to hit any screen in 2018” — and that’s the same year as the film Hereditary was released.
On Rotten Tomatoes, it has a top rating of 93%. David Fear, writing in Rolling Stone, calls it “absolutely terrifying” while Andrew Whalen writing in Newsweek says it became “a new high watermark for episodic horror”. And Sam Adams in Slate says: “It isn’t the words that stick with you. It’s the sight of the Bent-Neck Lady…”
Dodge CEO Matt McAlear has provided the strongest hint yet that the rumours are correct: the new-generation Dodge Charger muscle car will follow the Ram 1500 in returning to Hemi V8 power.
Replacing both the previous V6- and V8-powered Challenger coupe and Charger sedan, the new Charger launched as an electric vehicle (EV) in North America in 2024, when Dodge said it would also become available with the same 3.0-litre twin-turbocharged inline six-cylinder ‘Hurricane’ petrol engine that now powers the facelifted MY25 Ram 1500 pickup.
Speaking at a recent preview event for the new petrol-powered Charger ‘Sixpack’, Mr McAlear made it clear there were more powertrains coming for the born-again Charger.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
“At this point, we’re here to talk about the Sixpack,” he said. “And I’m extremely excited for what the team has turned out.
“I mean, I think hopefully you all agree it sounds incredible. When you get behind the vehicle or inside the vehicle, it sounds even better. This is the next generation of performance, and these powertrains outperform the V8 they replace,” he said.
“But long-term, there’s more to come. We’re just getting started.”
Mr McAlear also contradicted the previous assertion by a Dodge representative who told Jalopnik in 2024 that the Hemi V8 could not physically fit in the new Charger’s engine bay.
“I’ll let you come up here and take a look and get your tape measure out,” he told journalists. “But don’t be surprised if it would fit.
“But, you know, that’s the beauty of this platform. Some could say we’re lucky, some can say we’re smart. We did not commit to one technology, one powertrain.
“A lot went into this platform from the beginning to be able to evolve over time and flex with consumer demand and changes in regulatory [policy].”
Dodge has not revealed any plans to drop the Daytona-badged Charger EV, but slowing sales forced the brand to fast-track the introduction of the straight-six powered Charger Sixpack.
It was originally due on sale in 2026 but will now arrive in US showrooms in the fourth quarter of this year, wearing a price tag that’s about US$10,000 lower than the EV’s.
The previous Charger and Challenger were offered with a naturally aspirated 3.6-litre V6, plus atmo 5.7-litre ‘Hemi’ and 6.4-litre ‘Apache’ V8s and the iconic ‘Hellcat’ supercharged 6.2-litre V8.
When Ram announced in June it would return V8 power to its 1500 pickup in the US, it confirmed the 5.7-litre Hemi would be a no-cost option on variants that come standard with the high-output version of the Hurricane six. In others, it’s a US$1200 option.
US media outlets are expecting an official announcement by the end of this year, before the Charger V8 goes on sale sooner rather than later in order to cash in on expected demand, given the popularity of the born-again Ram 1500 V8.
Mr McAlear made it clear a revived Hemi-powered Charger, which follows the relaxation of EPA emissions regulations and enforcement under US President Donald Trump, would not come at the expense of the electric powertrain.
“With the change in the administration, it’s no secret that we’re absolutely flexing into ICE [internal combustion engine] production right now,” he said.
“But we are not walking away from the power, the performance, and the excitement that battery electric can provide.”
The long-running Hemi V8 appeared destined for extinction under former Stellantis CEO Carlos Tavares, but along with the resurrected SRT performance brand it is now expected to return not only entry-level 5.7-litre form but also in 6.4-litre ‘Apache’ and supercharged 6.2-litre ‘Hellcat’ guises.
Sadly, however, the new-generation Dodge Charger is unlikely to become available in Australia in either EV, straight-six or Hemi V8 forms – at least officially – because it’s not produced in right-hand drive.
It will, however, be sold in markets outside North America in both electric and petrol-powered guises, including Europe and the Middle East.
The agency has raised India’s long-term unsolicited sovereign credit ratings to ‘BBB’ from ‘BBB-‘, and its short-term ratings to ‘A-2’ from ‘A-3’
This is seen as a significant acknowledgement of India’s growth story, especially given the cynicism within the Congress and Rahul Gandhi endorsing American President Donald Trump’s comment that India was a dead economy.
Representational image
The mood is upbeat with the S&P rating system upgrading India. They have raised India’s long-term unsolicited sovereign credit ratings to “BBB” from “BBB-“, and its short-term ratings to “A-2″ from “A-3″. The outlook on the long-term rating is stable. This is seen as a significant acknowledgement of India’s growth story, especially given the cynicism within the Congress and Rahul Gandhi endorsing American President Donald Trump’s comment that India was a dead economy.
The global ratings agency stated, “The stable outlook reflects our view that continued policy stability and high infrastructure investment will support India’s long-term growth prospects. That, along with cautious fiscal and monetary policy that moderates the government’s elevated debt and interest burden, will underpin the rating over the next 24 months.”
This is significant considering the uncertainty over the Indian market and trade, given the face-off between India and the US. There is concern that high tariffs could impact India’s economy. However, the agency acknowledged these apprehensions and said, “Though the U.S. is India’s largest trading partner, we do not expect the 50% tariffs (if imposed) to pose a material drag on growth. India’s exports to the U.S. constitute about 2% of GDP. Factoring in sectoral exemptions on pharmaceuticals and consumer electronics, the exposure of Indian exports subjected to tariffs is lower at 1.2% of GDP. Though this may eventually result in a one-off hit to growth, we envisage the overall impact to be marginal and will not derail India’s long-term growth prospects.”
The Indian government has been appreciated for its political stability. The agency mentioned that with the BJP having a majority in Parliament, the formulation of laws and schemes becomes easier. It has predicted a GDP growth of about 6.5%. Many government schemes and initiatives by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, like Jan Dhan, push to MSMEs, Ayushman Bharat, to name a few, have helped the economy.
Additionally, the commerce ministry has released data showing that this quarter alone, trade has increased in many critical sectors like gems, mechanical goods, and auto parts. While there is concern about trade ties between the US and India, the ministry remains hopeful. The ministry stated, “Commerce ministry—negotiations with US are ongoing… talks are on… BTA talks are engaged… the US is an important trade partner for us just as we are for them.”
These ratings are also important as India is poised to sign several bilateral trade agreements with other countries. A good rating will give India more power to negotiate.
Pallavi Ghosh
Pallavi Ghosh has covered politics and Parliament for 15 years, and has reported extensively on Congress, UPA-I and UPA-II, and has now included the Finance Ministry and Niti Aayog in her reportage. She has als…Read More
Pallavi Ghosh has covered politics and Parliament for 15 years, and has reported extensively on Congress, UPA-I and UPA-II, and has now included the Finance Ministry and Niti Aayog in her reportage. She has als… Read More
Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
view comments
News business ‘Exhili-Rating’ For India: How S&P Upgrade Strengthens Negotiating Power In Trade Talks
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Scott Bessent, the current U.S. Treasury Secretary has clarified that the Donald Trump administration is keen on implementing a strategic Bitcoin (BTC) reserve (SBR). Bessent noted via an X post that the United States will build an SBR from the $15 billion to $20 billion BTCs forfeited to the federal government.
The recent remarks follow his earlier comments during an interview on Thursday with FOX Business, during which he stated that the United States will not be buying any Bitcoin. Bessent clarified that the U.S. is exploring budget-neutral options to acquire more Bitcoins for the SBR.
“Treasury is committed to exploring budget-neutral pathways to acquire more Bitcoin to expand the reserve, and to execute on the President’s promise to make the United States the Bitcoin superpower of the world,” Bessent noted.
Senator Lummis Proposes Bitcoin Act
Senator Cynthia Lummis responded to Bessent’s comments on the SBR and said that she has the right bill for that purpose. Senator Lummis said that the United States government cannot solve its $37 trillion debt crisis through direct Bitcoin purchases.
However, Senator Lummis suggested that the country can revalue its gold reserves to today’s prices and rebalance the surplus to strengthen the SBR. Moreover, Senator Lummis said that the country needs a budget-neutral path to build its SBR, which includes enacting the Bitcoin Act soon.
.@SecScottBessent is right: a budget-neutral path to building SBR is the way. We cannot save our country from $37T debt by purchasing more bitcoin, but we can revalue gold reserves to today’s prices & transfer the increase in value to build SBR.
The demand for Bitcoin as a hedge against inflation by nation-states has escalated the existing supply vs demand shock. Already, the BTC demand from institutional investors, as evident by the corporation’s treasury strategy and spot BTC ETFs, has triggered the ongoing macro bullish outlook.
As global universities tighten their admission policies and visa challenges grow, India is rising as a global education hub, prompting many students to rethink their study-abroad plans, according to several top officials of educational institutions. Top officials of many eminent educational institutions said that initiatives such as e-Student and e-Student-X visas are making it easier for international learners to access Indian educational institutions.
Speaking on the trend, Amruta Ruikar, Head of International Admissions and Promotions, Symbiosis International University, said, “India is not just reforming education – we’re reimagining our role in the global academic community. With the National Education Policy (NEP) 2020 as our foundation, we’re opening pathways for joint degrees, credit transfers and cross-border collaborations.”
“Programs like Study in India, ICCR scholarships and GIAN reflect a clear intent: to make India a destination, not just a departure point, for quality education. New steps like the e-Student and e-Student-X visas are making it easier for international learners to access our institutions. But beyond policies, what truly sets us apart is our willingness to welcome, especially students from regions facing economic or political uncertainty,” she further added.
Experts further added that the Indian institutions are stepping in with an alternative that combines globally benchmarked curricula, interdisciplinary programs and rich international exposure. Dr Yajulu Medury, Vice Chancellor of Mahindra University, said, “If Indian higher education is to compete with the world’s best, we must go beyond traditional metrics and reimagine student experience. That means investing not just in infrastructure or curriculum, but in nurturing interdisciplinary thinking, global partnerships, and cultural agility. At Mahindra University, we’ve already partnered with prestigious institutions such as Virginia Tech, CentraleSupelec, and Babson College, among others.”
Going further, the education experts suggested that to continue this trend, India will need continuous structural reform in the education sector. “The scope for Indian universities to lead global academic innovation is growing, but it must be backed by continuous structural reform”, said Dr Kannan, Director, SRM Group of Institutions, Ramapuram and Tiruchirappalli.
“We need sustained public and private investments in digital learning, research and student life, alongside policies that support academic autonomy and international mobility. At SRMIST Trichy, we’ve signed MoUs with reputed bodies like the Officers Training Academy (OTA), ICAR-NRCB, and L&T EduTech, which promote joint research, faculty exchange and advanced skill development. Many Indian universities now hold Institution of Eminence (IoE) status, which includes structured partnerships with foreign universities, further strengthening India’s global education appeal”, he further added.
The experts highlighted that initiatives like the Study in India portal and financial aid for foreign students have simplified access while setting the tone for a more integrated and inclusive system. They said that by scaling up, raising academic excellence and building robust global partnerships, Indian universities are now emerging as strong contenders, giving tough competition to their global counterparts.
According to a recent report by rating agency ICRA, India’s higher education institutions are expected to record a revenue growth of 9-11 per cent in FY2026, driven by expanding seat capacities, rising enrolments and the introduction of new courses.
Bose QuietComfort Ultra Earbuds: Bose has announced that it will be shipping its improved QC Ultra Earbuds (2nd gen) in the “summer” of 2025 in the U.S., which means you’ll be able to find discounts on the original QC Ultra Earbuds, which feature excellent sound and previously best-in-class noise-canceling performance.
Anker Soundcore Liberty 4 NC: Released in 2023 and now discounted, the Anker Soundcore Liberty 4 NC earbuds carry a lower list price than 2022’s Liberty 4 buds and are arguably better. They have improved noise cancellation and better sound quality, along with support for the LDAC audio codec for devices that support it. (Many Android smartphones do, and in theory it offers slightly improved sound quality when paired with a music streaming service that offers high-res tracks.) They’re lightweight buds that should fit most ears comfortably with four sizes of ear tips to choose from.
Status Between 3ANC: Status Audio’s earbuds aren’t exactly the sleekest or most attractive earbuds you can buy, but if you don’t mind their utilitarian look and giant stems, you are getting an excellent-sounding set of earbuds. The Between 3ANC, the company’s first noise-canceling earbuds, also do a good job muffling ambient sound, although they aren’t up to the level of the Bose QuietComfort 2 earbuds for noise-canceling prowess. They did perform very well in my voice-calling test, reducing much of the background noise around me in the streets of New York while picking up my voice clearly, or so callers told me.
Bowers & Wilkins PI7 S2: In 2023, Bowers & Wilkins upgraded its fantastic-sounding PI7 noise-canceling earbuds. The new S2 model has better battery life and Bluetooth range, now up to 25 meters (double the previous range). Additionally, the buds now integrate into the new Bowers & Wilkins Music app for iOS and Android and have a much-improved setup experience. Learn more in our full Bowers & Wilkins PI7 review.
JBL Live Pro 2: Over the years, JBL has put out some decent true-wireless earbuds, but nothing that really got me too excited. That’s finally changed with the arrival of the Samsung-owned brand’s new Live Pro 2 and Live Free 2 buds. Both sets of buds — the Live Pro 2 have stems while the Live Free 2 have a pill-shaped design — offer a comfortable fit along with strong noise canceling, very good sound quality and voice-calling performance, plus a robust set of features, including multipoint Bluetooth pairing, an IPX5 splash-proof rating and wireless charging.
Master & Dynamic MW09: Master & Dynamic headphones and earbuds have always featured unique, eye-catching designs that include premium materials like aluminum, sapphire glass and Kevlar. Its latest MW09 flagship earbuds ($349) look pretty similar to its earlier MW08 buds but have some upgrades on the inside that deliver better performance, particularly when it comes to noise canceling. The earbuds sound great but are mysteriously out of stock everywhere, so we dropped them from the best list. If they come back in stock, we’ll add them back to this list.
Sony LinkBuds S: Unlike the “open” LinkBuds, the LinkBuds S are traditional noise-isolating earbuds with tips that jam in your ears. They’re more compact and lighter than Sony’s former flagship WF-1000XM4 and also feature Sony’s V1 processor (Sony has since released the more compact WF-1000XM5). Their sound and noise canceling don’t quite measure up to either XM4s or XM5s, but they’re still quite good. They’re the Sony buds for people who can’t afford Sony’s flagship earbuds but want 80% of those buds’ features and performance for significantly less. I’ve fully reviewed the Sony LinkBuds S and rated them an appreciative 8.4 out of 10.
Sony WF-1000XM4: Released in 2021, Sony’s WF-1000XM4 earned a CNET Editors’ Choice Award. They’re still excellent earbuds, but Sony has now released the next-gen WF-1000XM5. They may be a good option if you find them at a good discount. I published a full review of the Sony WF-100XM4 buds when they released if you think the budget earbuds are for you.
Sennheiser Momentum True Wireless 3: The Sennheiser Momentum True Wireless 3 were among the best new true-wireless earbuds of 2022. They’re still among the best truly wireless earbuds, but Sennheiser has released the upgraded Momentum True Wireless 4. Also, the newer AirPods Pro 2 and Sony WF-1000XM5 buds are arguably superior, so only look to buy the Momentum True Wireless 3 when they’re significantly discounted. Learn more about the buds in my Sennheiser Momentum True Wireless 3 review.
JBL Tour Pro 2: JBL’s Tour Pro 2 earbuds have received a lot of attention for bringing something new to true-wireless earbuds: a full-color touchscreen display embedded in the case that allows you to access the earbuds’ key features and control playback as well as adjust volume levels. It’s a bit of a gimmick but also useful. The buds could sound slightly better for their list price, but overall the JBL Tour Pro 2s are very good earbuds that offer a good fit, a robust feature set, strong battery life, plus solid noise canceling and voice-calling performance. I took a look at the feature-packed earbuds in 2023 and wrote a full JBL Tour Pro 2 review that you can read here.
Beyerdynamic Free Byrd: Beyerdynamic may be late to the game, but it’s finally introduced its first truly wireless earbuds, which feature active noise canceling, up to 11 hours of battery life (with noise canceling off) and impressive sound quality. Read my full Beyerdynamic Free Byrd Earbuds review to learn more.
Samsung Galaxy Buds 2: Available in four colors, the Samsung Galaxy Buds 2 noise-canceling headphones don’t feature as good sound or noise canceling as the Galaxy Buds 2 Pro, but they’re compact (15% smaller and 20% lighter than the earlier Buds Plus, they barely stick out of your ears) and cost significantly less. Because they sit more flush with your ears — and have that curved design — they also pick up less wind noise. They’re IPX2 sweat-resistant while the step-up Galaxy Buds 2 Pro are fully waterproof (IPX7). My full Samsung Galaxy Buds 2 review from 2021 has more information on the earbuds.
Bang & Olufsen Beoplay EX: Bang & Olufsen’s $399 Beoplay EX buds are the company’s best true-wireless earbuds. They feature a comfortable, secure fit (except perhaps for those with really smaller ears), top-notch build quality, great sound, good noise canceling and improved voice-calling performance over B&O’s EQ buds, with three microphones in each earbud they help with reducing background noise while picking up your voice. They’re out of most people’s price range, they’re arguably the best earbuds out there with stems and offer slightly superior sound to the AirPods Pro 2 with better clarity, deeper more powerful bass and richer, more accurate sound. I reviewed the B&O Beoplay EX earbuds before they were released in 2022 and included some more information there.
Soundcore by Anker Liberty 4: Their sound isn’t quite up to the level of higher-end buds like Apple’s AirPods Pro 2 and the Sennheiser Momentum True Wireless 3 that cost significantly more, but the Soundcore by Anker Liberty 4 earbuds have a strong set of features, including a spatial audio mode with head tracking, multipoint Bluetooth pairing, up to nine hours of battery life, wireless charging and support for Sony’s LDAC audio codec that can offer sound improvements if you have the right setup. Read more in my Anker Liberty 4 review for more information on the mid-range earbuds.
Sennheiser CX Plus: The Momentum True Wireless 3 are Sennheiser’s flagship true-wireless earbuds. If you can’t afford them, the Sennheiser CX Plus (which features very good sound and decent noise canceling) is a good alternative for a lot less money. The step-down CX, which has no active noise canceling, costs even less. Find out more about the budget earbuds in my full Sennheiser CX Plus review.
Katie and Dustin Maletich, Oregon parents of four, have gone viral on social media for a parenting moment that’s sparked some debate.
After Dustin’s 9-year-old stepson, Tommy, told his mother to “chill,” he was instructed to do several push-ups and 60 squats as a form of discipline.
The workout was met with a father-son conversation about the tone in which he should be speaking to his mother. Tommy was attentive and apologized to his mom.
STEPDAD PUNISHES BOY’S DISRESPECT WITH PUSHUPS AND SQUATS IN VIRAL VIDEO
Dustin Maletich, who is a corrections officer at a prison, ended the confrontation with an “I love you” and a hug.
While some praised the stepfather for his approach, others were concerned about using physical exercise as a form of punishment.
Dr. Dyan Hes, pediatrician and medical director at Highline Modern Medicine in New York, reacted to this discipline method in an interview with Fox News Digital, calling it a “ridiculous punishment.”
“If you have ever done 60 squats, you know it is painful, especially in a young prepubescent child,” she said. “Regardless, this is still a form of corporal punishment. Exercise should invoke positive connotations, not negative ones.”
GRANDMOTHER’S RESPONSE TO MOM ‘GIVING IN’ TO TODDLER AT DINNER SPARKS HEATED DEBATE
Educational psychologist and parenting expert Dr. Michele Borba shared a different perspective, stating that the stepfather approached it the “right way” by responding calmly and enforcing a punishment that seemed familiar and doable for the child.
The California-based expert was more concerned about how posting the video online could emotionally impact the child and invoke “public shame.”
In a viral video, a 9-year-old boy was told to do pushups as punishment for telling his mom to “chill.” (Instagram/@RaisingMaletich)
In an on-camera interview with Fox News Digital, the Maletich family shared that fitness isn’t used as a punishment for their children, but as a method of teaching self-control and emotional regulation. (See the video at the top of the article.)
“It’s never like, ‘We’re punishing you because you were bad,'” Katie Maletich said. “It’s, ‘Hey, let’s help you figure out some better self-control and a better outlet for whatever is going on.’”
FAMILY VACATION DRAMA ERUPTS OVER GRANDMOTHER’S REQUEST FOR DINNER WITH HER GROWN KIDS ONLY
Dustin Maletich added, “We try to have the consequences correlate with the inappropriate behavior. If you demonstrate the inability to control your actions, then by doing physical activity, you’re showing yourself that you are in control of your actions.”
“There are plenty of times that I get frustrated,” he went on. “I can’t lash out at my boss. I can’t yell at somebody. I can’t throw a tantrum. That’s not the way the world works.”
Katie and Dustin Maletich joined Fox News Digital for an on-camera interview on August 13, 2025.(Angelica Stabile/Fox News Digital)
The couple shared that their oldest daughter, who is 13, chooses to walk or jog if her emotions are feeling out of control, before engaging in a conversation with her parents.
“[Our daughter] said, ‘I don’t want to have a sit-down conversation with you when I’m cranky,’ but when she goes jogging on the treadmill, she said she finds that afterward, she’s able to better communicate her feelings because she’s more centered,” Katie Maletich said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Our kids like working out. They don’t do it every day, but I think overall they enjoy it, because it’s such a central part of our home.”
Fitness is a “positive bonding experience” for the Maletichs, she said. “They feel better, and they voice it afterward … They’re happier, they’re less frustrated. And so, to us, we see that as a win.”
Fitness is regarded as a “positive bonding experience” for the Maletichs, they shared.(Seaira Skinner Photo)
This approach to discipline can differ for each child and circumstance, the Maletichs shared, which involves “intention and intuition.”
“The biggest thing is just learning to respond as a parent rather than reacting,” Katie said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
The couple’s approach to parenting is “we’re not raising kids, we’re raising adults,” Dustin shared.
“I think putting more focus on how our kids are going to be able to handle life when they’re adults is more important than figuring out how to make them happy and comfortable right now,” Katie said.
The couple’s approach to parenting is “we’re not raising kids, we’re raising adults,” Dustin Maletich shared.(Seaira Skinner Photo)
For other parents, Katie noted that physical activity has worked “really well” when followed by “connection and conversation.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“That’s a really essential part of this,” she said. “You have to explain it to them afterward and make sure that connection, both emotionally and to the issue and consequence, is there.”
The couple also responded to the backlash they received after posting the video, mentioning that they asked their son for consent before sharing it. He responded with hopes that it would go viral.
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/food-drinks/cooking-with-less-oil-here-is-how-to-avoid-flat-flavourless-food-9084011” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-13/China-to-review-anti-dumping-measures-on-some-Indian-optical-fibers-1FOfB340j5u/img/577948d4391b4a07a6b27a322141a987/577948d4391b4a07a6b27a322141a987.png' alt='The Chinese Ministry of Commerce. /VCG'
China’s Ministry of Commerce said Wednesday that on August 14, 2025, it will launch an expiry review of anti-dumping measures aimed at single-mode optical fibers originating in India.
The expiry review, requested by the domestic optical fiber industry, will determine if terminating the anti-dumping measures will lead to renewed dumping and harm, the ministry said in a statement.
The Customs Tariff Commission of the State Council will maintain the anti-dumping duties during the review – with the scope and rates remaining unchanged, according to the ministry.
China started to impose anti-dumping duties on imported single-mode optical fibers from India in August 2014, featuring tariff rates ranging from 7.4 percent to 30.6 percent. Such duties were reviewed and extended for five years in 2020.
As a new archetype gains traction, contests in Seattle and New York have found some men embracing the label — and signifiers like books, records and Labubus.
Affordable home sales are likely to be hit by the proposed US tariffs on Indian exports, which will hurt small businesses and income of their staff who are major buyers of housing properties costing up to ₹45 lakh, according to realty consultant Anarock.
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) account for a significant chunk of goods exports to the US, and a higher tariff will mean their products becoming less competitive. Such a scenario will result in reduced business orders and, in turn, adversely impact the staff employed by these enterprises.
In a statement on Monday, Anarock pointed out that sales and launches of affordable homes have already gone down post-COVID-19 pandemic.
Out of 1.9 lakh housing units sold in the first half of 2025 across seven major cities, only 34,565 units were in the affordable category, as per the Anarock data.
“This category of homes priced ₹45 lakh or less was already gravely hit by the COVID-19 pandemic and is still struggling to find any semblance of firm ground. Trump’s mercenary tariffs will snuff out even the dimmest ray of hope for this segment,” said Prashant Thakur, Executive Director- Research & Advisory at Anarock.
According to government estimates, Anarock said that MSMEs currently contribute nearly 30 per cent to India’s GDP, and over 45 per cent to its exports. The imposition of a 50 per cent tariff by the US on Indian goods is likely to have an adverse impact on MSMEs and their workforce.
The consultant noted that workforces employed in India’s MSMEs and SMEs are the primary clientele for affordable housing.
“Because of the disruption in this large workforce’s future income, thanks to the tariffs, affordable housing demand may very possibly derail and further impact sales in this highly income-sensitive segment,” Thakur said.
Further, he added that this would curtail launches of affordable homes by developers.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
PITATE se kamo su nestale obrve s lica poznatih dama? Čini se da je beauty svijet pronašao novu opsesiju, a ona podrazumijeva gotovo nevidljive, izbijeljene obrve. Nekada rezerviran za underground scenu i avangardne modne piste, ovaj se odvažni trend vratio u velikom stilu i zavladao crvenim tepisima.
Predvodnice vala su zvijezde poput Jenne Ortege, Zendaye i Julije Fox, koje su svojim izgledom potvrdile da su izbijeljene obrve najpoželjniji beauty dodatak sezone, piše InStyle.
Povratak trenda iz devedesetih
Iako se danas čini kao svjež i inovativan, ovaj izgled korijene vuče iz devedesetih godina prošlog stoljeća. “Izbjeljivanje obrva prvi put je postalo popularno početkom 90-ih nakon pojavljivanja na modnim pistama Alexandera McQueena i Anne Sui”, pojasnila je za InStyle vizažistica i umjetnica za obrve Dani Kimiko Vincent. “U to vrijeme bio je to izgled povezan s klupskom, kontrakulturnom scenom.”
Njihov današnji povratak djeluje jednako promišljeno, ali ovog puta riječ je o trendu koji svatko može isprobati. Kako se mnogi odmiču od popularne clean girl estetike i okreću hrabrijim izričajima koji naglašavaju osobnost, izbijeljene obrve služe kao savršeno neutralno platno za eksperimentiranje.
“Izbijeljene obrve mogu otvoriti područje oko očiju i dati vam više vizualnog prostora za igru sa šminkom za oči”, dodala je Vincent. “Također daju onaj cool editorial izgled koji funkcionira i u svakodnevnom životu.”
Zvijezde koje su prigrlile odvažan izgled
Brojne zvijezde već su prigrlile trend izbijeljenih obrva. Jenna Ortega među posljednjima ih je predstavila tijekom promocije serije Wednesday, a Miley Cyrus uoči Oscara 2025. Julia Fox ih je također prošetala, i to u kombinaciji s platinasto-ledenoplavom kosom.
Bella Hadid ih je još 2023. spojila s mikro šiškama i plavim sjenilom u stilu 90-ih, dok su Zendayi na Met Gali 2024. dodatno naglasile sanjivu modnu kombinaciju. Michelle Yeoh pokazala je kako izgled može biti i suptilan na jednom događaju u Parizu, a Kylie Jenner prigrlila ga je kako bi najavila suradnju svog brenda Khy s dizajnericom Dilarom Findikoglu.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Kako bi se potpuno transformirala u ulogu Glinde za film Wicked, Ariana Grande izbijelila je i kosu i obrve. Kendall Jenner nosila ih je na Met Gali 2022., gdje su poslužile kao neutralna podloga za dramatičan smokey eye, dok ih je Doja Cat spojila s ultra kratkom frizurom na reviji Thom Browne 2023. Kako sve izgledaju s izbijeljenim obrvama, pogledajte u galeriji.
Izbijeliti obrve ili ne?
Ako su vas ove slavne ljepotice inspirirale da razmislite o izbjeljivanju obrva, evo što trebate znati. Kako piše Byrdie, izbjeljivanje obrva kemijski je postupak kojim se trajno posvjetljuju dlačice kako bi se uskladile sa svjetlijom bojom kose ili stvorio jak kontrast za moderan izgled.
No, nisu svi kandidati za izbijeljene obrve. Koža bi trebala biti u savršenom stanju, jer izbjeljivač prirodno iritira. Postupak se ne preporučuje ako imate posjekotine, ogrebotine, opekline od sunca ili bilo kakve upalne kožne promjene.
I dlačice obrva trebale bi biti u dobrom stanju. “Izbjeljivanje je idealno za one koji imaju neoštećene dlačice, jer svako posvjetljivanje može isušiti dlaku”, kaže Ninh. Najbolje rezultate daje na netretiranim obrvama, odnosno onima koje nisu prethodno kemijski obrađene.
Frizeri i kozmetičari mogu izbijeliti obrve koristeći profesionalne salonske proizvode, što je i preporučena opcija – stručnjaci znaju kako to izvesti sigurno i učinkovito. Ako ste ipak sigurni u svoje vještine, obrve možete izbijeliti i kod kuće, ali isključivo s provjerenim proizvodima i uz pažljivo praćenje uputa.
Za neodlučne postoji i opcija “naizgled” izbijeljenih obrva, bez kemijskog postupka. Za to se može koristiti korektor ili puder – nanesite ga četkicom ili spooliejem i lagano utapkajte, a zatim fiksirajte prozirnim gelom za obrve. Također, tu su i svjetliji tonirani gelovi koji obrve privremeno posvjetljuju.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
In a year that has been so improbable, the impossible has happened.
The Dodgers have dropped out of first place.
The team that was expected to win 120 games has fallen a game behind the San Diego Padres in the National League West, and who knows how much further baseball’s most expensive collection of players could plummet?
The geniuses in the front office improved the farm system more than they did the obviously problematic bullpen at the trade deadline, resulting in blown lead after blown lead after blown lead.
Dodgers pitcher Shohei Ohtani delivers the ball from the mound against the Angles on Wednesday at Angel Stadium.
(Gina Ferazzi/Los Angeles Times)
Games have become “Choose Your Own Adventure” books in which every choice available to manager Dave Roberts ends in disaster, with relievers giving up leads in four of the team’s last seven games.
The recent activation of Tyler Glasnow and Blake Snell have made the starting pitching whole, but what does it matter if the bullpen can’t close out games?
Mookie Betts has started hitting and the offense has picked up, but what does it matter if the relievers give the runs right back?
President of baseball operations Andrew Friedman told reporters the other day the look of the bullpen could significantly change by the time the playoffs start because of the anticipated returns of the likes of Tanner Scott, Kirby Yates and Michael Kopech. He could be right.
However, there’s no chance of that transformation occurring in the next 10 days, which could be the most important 10 days of the regular season. The Dodgers will play the Padres six times over that period — three times at Dodger Stadium this weekend and three times at Petco Park in San Diego next weekend.
The Padres have won 14 of their last 17 games to overtake the Dodgers, who were nine games ahead of them on July 3. Whereas the Dodgers were relatively inactive at the trade deadline, the Padres fortified a lineup powered by Manny Machado and Fernando Tatis Jr. They bolstered the league’s No. 1 bullpen with the addition of Mason Miller, the best reliever on the market.
The Dodgers also have momentum — but an entirely different kind. When their starting pitcher departs a game, a collapse feels inevitable.
That was certainly the case on Wednesday when Ohtani was taken out of the game against the Angels with a 5-4 advantage. Why wouldn’t there be a sense of impending doom in a game in which Roberts was forced to place the game in the hands of Justin Wrobleski and Edgardo Henriquez?
Dodgers pitcher Edgardo Henriquez bites his glove as he walks off the mound after giving up the go-ahead run against the Angels on Wednesday at Angel Stadium.
(Gina Ferazzi/Los Angeles Times)
Wrobleski and Henriquez combined to give up two runs in the eighth inning, and the Angels went on to complete their three-game sweep of the Dodgers.
If they had protected the lead, who would have pitched the ninth inning?
Roberts: “Umm …”
The manager eventually came up with a name: , whom the Cincinnati Reds demoted to the minor leagues before trading him to the Dodgers.
Roberts explained that Blake Treinen was unavailable because he’d pitched in three of the last five games. Another potential consideration Roberts didn’t mention: Treinen, who was activated from the injured list about two weeks ago, has a 4.26 earned-run average.
The blown lead on Wednesday was the second by the Dodgers in as many days. A worn-down-looking Alex Vesia gave up a tying run in the ninth inning and Ben Casparius lost the game in the 10th.
“It’s something that we’re really not accustomed to, to be quite honest,” Roberts said.
The bullpen played a major role in the championship the Dodgers won last year. That seems like a remote possibility this year. Even if Scott and Yates return, what are the chances of them pitching well when the high-price free-agent pickups haven’t pitched well for the majority of the season?
And, say, the bullpen comes together as Friedman envisions. Where will the Dodgers be in the standings? The Dodgers have the fifth-best record in the NL. Only two teams receive first-round byes.
In the wake of the loss on Wednesday night, Roberts sat in the visiting manager’s office at Angel Stadium. A bottle of wine was on the desk in front of him.
“It’s a gift,” Roberts said. “I haven’t opened it yet.”
He didn’t discount the possibility of doing so, however. Asked if he could drink the entire bottle that night, Roberts forced a smile.
Sennheiser ACCENTUM Open Launched: Sennheiser has launched the ACCENTUM Open TWS earbuds in India under Rs 10,000. According to the company, these true wireless open-ear earbuds are lightweight, non-obtrusive and offer high-quality sound without compromising on comfort or connectivity.
Commenting on the launch, Saahil Kumar, General Manager – Consumer Hearing Business, India, Sennheiser, said, “The ACCENTUM Open redefines everyday listening with a design that is as intuitive as it is innovative. It delivers the immersive sound Sennheiser is known for, while allowing users to stay naturally connected to their environment.“
“Built for those who are always on the move, these earbuds combine premium acoustics, effortless comfort, and seamless usability, making them an essential tool for modern, multitasking lifestyles,” he added.
What’s new in Sennheiser ACCENTUM Open TWS?
At the core of the Accentum Open is a custom-engineered 11mm dynamic transducer. According to the company, it is positioned just outside the ear canal, delivering detailed and balanced sound while eliminating ear fatigue.
It has an open-ear design and features Bluetooth 5.3, multipoint connectivity, and dual-beamforming microphones. Each earbud weighs just 4.4 grams.
With touch controls on the thin stem, users can manage calls, audio, and volume without reaching for their device, the company informed.
Sennheiser ACCENTUM Open: Battery and Charging
According to the company, the ACCENTUM Open offers up to 6.5 hours of playback on a single charge, with the compact charging case extending battery life up to 28 hours. A quick 10-minute charge provides up to 1.5 hours of listening, it added.
Sennheiser ACCENTUM Open: Price and Availability
The Sennheiser ACCENTUM Open is available in two colour options: Black and White.It is available at a launch price of Rs 9,990 with special offers on Sennheiser’s official website, Amazon India, Flipkart India and across leading electronics retail outlets.
A video captured an Emirates cabin crew member surprising her grandparents on a flight.
An Emirates cabin crew member has won the internet’s heart after surprising her grandparents during a flight. The heart-touching moment, captured on video, has gone viral on TikTok.
An Emirates flight attendant’s sweet surprise for grandparents onboard melted hearts.( @rjustin137/TikTok)
The video shows the Emirates crew member standing by the aircraft door, clearly waiting eagerly to greet them. As her grandparents board the flight, her grandmother spots her first. At that moment, she appears shocked, stopping for a second before realising who it is. Her expression quickly changes to joy as she moves in for a tight hug.
Her grandfather follows with a big smile and hugs his granddaughter warmly. His face shows how proud and happy he feels to see her in her cabin crew uniform.
The video was originally shared by @rjustin137 on TikTok and was later reposted on Instagram by @lovindubai, with the caption, “Grandparents are simply the best.”
Check out the video here:
Priceless reaction of grandparents:
Seeing their granddaughter in the cabin crew uniform of the Dubai airline left the grandparents stunned at first. The grandmother hugged her tightly, while the grandfather’s big smile showed his pride and happiness.
The grandparents’ faces lit up with surprise and joy when they saw their granddaughter in her cabin crew uniform.
Internet reacts with joy:
The video quickly went viral, with internet users reacting with joy and admiration. Instagram users called the moment “heartwarming” and “priceless”.
One of the users commented, “I know the feeling, I feel it also whenever I travel and my husband is the Captain taking us on the flight.”
A second user commented, “Absolutely adorable.”
Comments were full of love and emojis, showing how much people were touched by the grandparents’ happy and proud reactions.
News / Trending / ‘Absolutely adorable’: Emirates cabin crew surprises her grandparents on flight
A man with no acting experience landed a major role in a James Bond film and became a mega-star because of it.
In scenes reminiscent of a James Bond film, the future star would sneak past reception, crop his hair like previous 007 actor Sean Connery, and head into the audition room.
Producers were so impressed with him they decided to cast him in the film – in the title role no less.
The career of George Lazenby has this act of minor spywork to thank, with the Australian actor infiltrating the audition room and coming out with a full-blown career.
Despite not working in film before this, the complete unknown would become the surprise succesor to Connery, who had retired from the franchise following You Only Live Twice.
While Connery would return to the series with Diamonds Are Forever, Bond fans may forget Lazenby had no acting experience before taking on the role.
A post to the r/TodayILearned Reddit page shed some light on the little white lie Lazenby, a car salesman at the time, told to get himself into the audition.
The post reads: “George Lazenby had never acted before playing James Bond, but was instead a model and car salesman who lied about having acting experience.
“He showed up with a suit, Rolex, and haircut like Sean Connery’s, and slipped past a distracted receptionist to get into the audition.”
Fans of the star, who went on to feature in A Queen’s Ransom, Gettysburg, and Return of the Man from U.N.C.L.E., have since praised his daring and successful attempt at bagging himself an audition.
One fan joked: “Slipping by a distracted receptionist is something James Bond would do.” Another agreed, adding: “Yeah, it’s sort of one of those where ‘f*** it, if you’ve made it this far on lies and subterfuge, you’re probably qualified.'”
But others believe a chance encounter before the audition could have played a big part in the role being given to Lazenby. One fan shared: “He apparently met Broccoli while getting a haircut and was offered a screen test. As well as offered an audition. It sounds like they knew he’d only been in a commercial before.”
Others have suggested Lazenby made up his CV before heading into the audition and managed to fool both Albert R. Broccoli and Harry Saltzman.
The fan wrote: “He completely b********ed his resume, which he made up in the taxi on the way to the audition. Claiming that he’d been in the Australian army, where he was a top shot, ‘that everything came easy to him’.
“When he finally confessed, Cubby and Saltzman just said that he’d managed to fool two of the most cynical people going. So his acting skills were superb.”
Despite being a firm favourite in the role, Lazenby would only appear as Bond once. A fan recalled: “Yes, people forget that he turned down to be in future James Bond, rather than they got rid of him. I think they actually offered him a seven film deal after the success of the Majesty’s Secret Service.”
Jeep still has examples of its flagship Grand Cherokee in Australia, and it’s offering major discounts to clear stock of the discontinued large SUV.
The Jeep Grand Cherokee Summit Reserve 4xe plug-in hybrid (PHEV) is now being offered for $77,760 before on-roads, which is $33,090 less than its previous list price of $110,850 plus on-roads.
There are 90 units remaining. For context, Jeep delivered 22 examples of the Grand Cherokee Summit Reserve 4xe from January to the end of July this year.
Sharp runout deals across the discontinued large SUV range have helped increase sales. To the end of July, total Grand Cherokee sales are up 35.5 per cent year-to-date to 554 units, making it Jeep’s best seller by some margin.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new Jeep Grand Cherokee. Click here to get a great deal.
The flagship Grand Cherokee Summit Reserve 4xe was introduced here in 2023 with a price tag of $128,950 before on-roads before Jeep announced range-wide price cuts in May 2024. That makes its new price 40 per cent lower than its launch price.
The Summit Reserve 4xe was the only WL Grand Cherokee offered here with the turbocharged 2.0-litre four-cylinder PHEV powertrain, which was exclusive globally to the shorter, five-seat body style.
It features a 17.3kWh battery and a claimed 52km of electric-only driving range under the more lenient NEDC cycle, as well as fuel consumption of 3.2L/100km and total system outputs of 280kW of power and 637Nm of torque.
Jeep introduced the current WL series Grand Cherokee in Australia in 2022, arriving first in long-wheelbase, seven-seat L guise.
However, the lack of a diesel didn’t endear the large SUV to buyers and while it gained a PHEV option there was no longer a V8 option in Australia, even though one remained on sale in North America.
Australian Grand Cherokee sales slumped, leading Jeep to slash prices by more than 20 per cent on some models in 2024.
Jeep Australia subsequently pulled the plug on the Grand Cherokee in March 2025, before announcing savings in May of upwards of $22,000 on the base five-seat Limited as it runs out existing stock.
A facelifted Grand Cherokee has been teased in the US, but won’t be offered here.
A day ahead of India’s 79th Independence Day, the country’s short-term rating has also been revised to ‘A-2’ from ‘A-3’ by S&P Global.
S&P Global says the stable outlook reflects its view that “continued policy stability and high infrastructure investment will support India’s long-term growth prospects”.
Ratings agency S&P Global has upgraded India’s sovereign rating to ‘BBB’ from its earlier ‘BBB-‘ on Thursday, August 14, while maintaining the outlook as ‘stable’. The move comes a day ahead of India’s 79th Independence Day.
The short-term rating has also been revised to ‘A-2’ from ‘A-3’, and the transfer and convertibility assessment has been upgraded to ‘A-‘ from ‘BBB+’.
“India is prioritising fiscal consolidation, demonstrating the government’s political commitment to deliver sustainable public finances, while maintaining its strong infrastructure drive,” S&P said in a statement.
S&P Global said the stable outlook reflects its view that “continued policy stability and high infrastructure investment will support India’s long-term growth prospects. That, along with cautious fiscal and monetary policy that moderates the government’s elevated debt and interest burden will underpin the rating over the next 24 months”.
In May 2024, the agency had shifted its outlook on the Indian economy to positive from stable, noting it could raise the sovereign rating if the fiscal deficit narrowed sufficiently for the net change in general government debt to fall below 7% of GDP on a structural basis.
‘Govt Of India Welcomes S&P’s Upgrade’
Reacting to this, the finance ministry in a statement said, “The Government of India welcomes the decision by S&P Global Ratings to upgrade India’s long-term sovereign credit rating to ‘BBB’ from ‘BBB-’ and its short-term rating to ‘A-2’ from ‘A-3’, with a Stable Outlook. S&P last upgraded India in January 2007 to ‘BBB-’, hence, this rating upgrade comes after an 18-year gap.”
The Government of India welcomes the decision by S&P Global Ratings to upgrade India’s long-term sovereign credit rating to ‘BBB’ from ‘BBB-’ and its short-term rating to ‘A-2’ from ‘A-3’, with a Stable Outlook. S&P last upgraded India in January 2007 to ‘BBB-’, hence, this…— Ministry of Finance (@FinMinIndia) August 14, 2025
The ratings upgrade reaffirms that under Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s leadership, providing stability, India’s economy is truly agile, active, and resilient, it added.
“India has prioritised fiscal consolidation, while maintaining its strong infrastructure creation drive and inclusive growth approach, that has led to the upgrade. India will continue its buoyant growth momentum and undertake steps for further reforms to attain the goal of Viksit Bharat by 2047,” the ministry stated.
S&P’s is the second sovereign rating revision this year. DBRS had recently upgraded India to BBB status, it said.
According to S&P Global, India is prioritising fiscal consolidation, demonstrating “the government’s political commitment to deliver sustainable public finances, while maintaining its strong infrastructure drive”.
The agency also noted that the country’s robust economic expansion is improving credit metrics and that it expects sound fundamentals to sustain growth momentum over the next two to three years.
“In addition, monetary policy settings have become increasingly conducive to managing inflationary expectations,” the note stated.
S&P Global added it could consider another upgrade if fiscal deficits narrow to the extent that the net change in general government debt falls below 6% of GDP on a structural basis.
S&P Global’s ‘BBB’ rating is an investment-grade rating that indicates a country’s adequate capacity to meet its financial commitments, subject to adverse economic conditions.
“We believe the effect of US tariffs on the Indian economy will be manageable. India is relatively less reliant on trade and about 60 per cent of its economic growth stems from domestic consumption,” S&P said.
Though the US is India’s largest trading partner, S&P does not expect the 50 per cent tariffs (if imposed) to pose a material drag on growth, it added.
‘Economy is dead?’
BJP national spokesperson Shehzad Jai Hind (Modi Ka Parivar) said in a post on X, “Economy is dead? BIG: S&P upgrades India’s sovereign rating to BBB (stable outlook). Global markets are acknowledging India’s growth momentum, fiscal consolidation, and infrastructure push. So much for the ‘dead economy’ chants from Rahul Gandhi.”
Economy is dead ?BIG: S&P upgrades India’s sovereign rating to BBB (stable outlook).
Global markets are acknowledging India’s growth momentum, fiscal consolidation, and infrastructure push. So much for the “dead economy” chants from Rahul Gandhi.
S&P noted:
• “India is…
— Shehzad Jai Hind (Modi Ka Parivar) (@Shehzad_Ind) August 14, 2025
According to the post, S&P noted ‘India is prioritising fiscal consolidation… while maintaining its strong infrastructure drive’. Robust economic expansion is having a constructive effect… monetary policy settings have become increasingly conducive to managing inflationary expectations. We therefore raised our sovereign credit ratings on India to ‘BBB’ from ‘BBB-‘.
“Reforms deliver,” he added.
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More
Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
view comments
News business » economy S&P Upgrades India’s Sovereign Rating To ‘BBB’ With Stable Outlook; FinMin Reacts
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Binance Coin (BNB) price soars to a new all-time high, signaling renewed strength in the crypto market. Rising trading volumes and expanding adoption across the Binance ecosystem—from Smart Chain to Binance Pay—are driving momentum toward the $1,000 mark. Analysts highlight that this rally reflects growing investor confidence and a broader market upswing, positioning BNB as one of the top-performing tokens in the ongoing crypto bull run.
Ecosystem Expansion & Bullish Market Sentiments
Binance Coin (BNB) is benefiting from strong overall optimism in the crypto market. Major cryptos like Bitcoin are marking a new ATH and Ethereum (ETH) is approaching its highs, which often triggers increased confidence among traders and investors in altcoins. This positive sentiment encourages both retail and institutional investors to increase exposure to BNB, driving higher demand.
Additionally, growing social media buzz and media coverage around crypto rallies create a FOMO (fear-of-missing-out) effect, further accelerating buying pressure. In such an environment, even minor positive news can amplify BNB’s price movements. Besides, the growing adoption and development of Binance’s ecosystem continue to drive BNB’s demand. Binance Smart Chain’s increasing usage in decentralized finance (DeFi) projects, NFTs, and other blockchain applications enhances the utility of BNB as a transactional and staking token.
Meanwhile, services like Binance Pay are expanding BNB’s role as a payment option across merchants and platforms, strengthening its real-world applicability. As the ecosystem grows, more users are required to hold BNB for transactions, fees, and participation in network activities. This sustained demand from actual usage supports a solid foundation for price appreciation.
Will the BNB Price Reach $1000 This Week?
BNB recently cleared a key resistance zone around $720–$730, which had been a strong barrier for months. Breaking through this level signals a bullish trend from a technical perspective, attracting momentum traders and short-term speculators. This breakout also opens the path to higher price targets, as investors anticipate the continuation of the rally. Chart patterns, such as higher highs and increased daily volume, reinforce the upward momentum.
BNB has decisively broken above the multi-year resistance at $850, a level that capped price rallies in 2021 and 2024, turning it into a strong demand zone for future retests.
Price is testing the upper boundary of a long-term ascending channel that has contained price action since early 2024; a confirmed breakout here could trigger a parabolic rally toward $1,035 (Fib 1.272).
The $1,035 target aligns with the 1.272 Fib extension from the last major swing, making it the most probable next leg target if the breakout sustains.
RSI at 75.6 is in the overbought band, indicating strong bullish momentum but also a heightened risk of a short-term pullback or sideways consolidation before continuation.
In case of retracement, $850 serves as immediate structural support, while $700–$720 (mid-channel zone and prior breakout cluster) remains a crucial level to keep the bullish market structure intact.
The Central Board of Secondary Education (CBSE) will introduce open book assessments (OBAs) for Class 9 students from the 2026-27 academic session, the governing body decided at its meeting in June. According to the minutes, the NCFSE 2023 “underscores the need to transition from rote memorisation to competency-based learning, with OBAs serving as a catalyst for this shift.”
The strategy, approved by the curriculum committee and ratified by the governing body, proposes that OBAs be part of the three pen-paper tests conducted each term in languages, mathematics, science and social science. The decision draws on a pilot study that avoided additional reading materials and tested cross-cutting themes from the curriculum.
Student scores ranged from 12 per cent to 47 per cent, revealing “challenges in effectively utilising resources and grasping interdisciplinary concepts.” Despite this, the minutes note that “teachers expressed optimism about OBAs, noting their potential to foster critical thinking.”
To ensure quality, CBSE will develop standardised sample papers and provide structured guidance to help students navigate reference materials and apply knowledge contextually. The board expects the initiative to reduce exam stress, encourage real-world application of knowledge and strengthen conceptual understanding.
Your default apps are the apps your iPhone uses automatically in certain situations. So if you tap a phone number on a website, for example, your iPhone will open your Phone app and place a call to that number. But if you like using a certain browser app, like Chrome or Firefox, you can make that app your iPhone’s default browser app.
When Apple released iOS 18.2 in December, that update made it easier to change your iPhone’s default apps. You could change a few default apps prior to that update, like your browser, but that update added a few new default app options and centralized the whole process in one menu.
Here’s how to change your default apps on your iPhone.
How to change your iPhone’s default apps
1. Open Settings 2. Tap Apps 3. Tap Default Apps
From this menu you can choose to change different categories of default apps on your iPhone. Here are the categories you can change and Apple’s description of each:
Some options, like App Installation, are only available in certain regions.
Apple/Screenshot by CNET
App installation*: Choose an alternative app marketplace instead of the App Store to use as your default.
Browser App: Choose another app instead of the Safari app to use when opening links to webpages.
Calling: Choose another app instead of the Phone app or FaceTime app to make calls.
Call Filtering: Choose an app to use for presenting caller ID and blocking unwanted callers.
Contactless App*: Choose another app to make contactless transactions using your device’s built-in technology.
Email: Choose another app instead of the Mail app to use when opening links to send email.
Keyboard: Choose an app to use for text-entry capabilities systemwide.
Messaging: Choose another app instead of the Messages app to use when opening links to send instant messages.
Navigation*: Choose another app instead of the Apple Maps app to use when opening links for a location.
Password & Codes: Choose another app instead of the Passwords app to use for Password AutoFill in Safari and other apps.
Translation: Choose another app instead of the Translate app to use when translating selected text.
*Only available in certain countries and regions.
Tap into any of these categories and you can change that default app. If you don’t have a third-party app downloaded to your iPhone for a certain category, that category will show you Apple’s app or nothing.
Couldn’t I change my default apps before?
In some cases yes. When Apple released iOS 14 in 2020, the update let you change your iPhone’s default email and browser apps. You could also change a few other categories before iOS 18.2, like Keyboard, but the options were scattered throughout Settings.
With iOS 18.2, your iPhone gathers those categories in one place, and the update adds a few other categories, like Messaging and Calling.
For more on iOS news, here are my first impressions of the beta version of iOS 26, how to enable call screening in the beta and all the other new features Apple said the update will bring to your device later this year.
Fox News’ Health newsletter brings you stories on the latest developments in healthcare, wellness, diseases, mental health and more.
TOP 3:
– Actor shares subtle sign of colorectal cancer he ignored
– What ‘super agers’ reveal about preserving memory in old age
– Ancient Viking diet makes a modern comeback
This week’s top health news included a celebrity’s signs of colorectal cancer, an ancient diet making a modern comeback, and secrets of preserving memory into old age.(Getty; iStock)
MORE IN HEALTH
TOUGH LOVE — A viral video shows a stepdad using exercise as punishment after his stepson told his mom to “chill,” sparking millions of views and mixed reactions. Continue reading…
MISSING LINK — New research reveals that lithium in the brain could help protect against neurodegeneration and Alzheimer’s disease. Continue reading…
Stretching for almost 2,000 kilometers from Xining in northwest China’s Qinghai Province to Lhasa in southwest China’s Xizang Autonomous Region, the Qinghai-Xizang Railway, the world’s highest railway, is a miracle created by China at the “roof of the world.”
Carrying the dream of the Chinese nation, the railway has witnessed tremendous changes in the Qinghai-Xizang Plateau since the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949, and has driven the rapid economic and social development of the two regions.
Today, a “modern transportation network” – integrating highways, railways, aviation and pipelines – has been laid out, creating a brighter future for millions of residents living on the plateau. Xizang is embracing the world with greater openness and inclusiveness.
Brigade Group has a pipeline of 16 mn sq ft new launches across residential, commercial segments and plans to add 1,700 keys in hotel segment.
Bengaluru-based realty player Brigade Group has posted a 95 per cent year-on-year (y-o-y) growth in profit after tax at ₹158 crore in Q1 FY26. The total revenue was at ₹1,333 crore, up by 20 per cent y-o-y. The growth was driven by residential business, supported by strong pipeline of launches across Bengaluru, Chennai and Hyderabad.
The net bookings in the real estate segment stood at 0.95 mn sq ft, with sales value of ₹1,118 crore. The office segment has seen sustained momentum, with increased leasing activity. The hospitality segment revenue was ₹141 crore, up by 19 per cent over Q1 FY25.
“FY26 has begun on a strong note for Brigade Group, marked by consistent performance across all verticals. Our residential business continues to be a key growth driver, supported by a strong pipeline of launches across Bengaluru, Chennai and Hyderabad. The office segment has seen sustained momentum, with increased leasing activity. Furthermore, we remain focused on expanding our land bank and are actively pursuing high-quality parcels in strategic markets. Brigade Hotel Ventures Limited, our subsidiary, came out with its initial public offering and got listed on the stock exchanges in July 2025, marking a major milestone in our journey,” said Pavitra Shankar, Managing Director, Brigade Enterprises Ltd.
The company has a pipeline of 16 mn sq ft new launches across residential, commercial segments and plans to add 1,700 keys in hotel segment.
The shares of the company closed at ₹966.50, down by 0.89 per cent on the BSE.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
GLUMICA i poduzetnica Jessica Alba privukla je pažnju u New Yorku odabravši zaista upečatljivu plavu kombinaciju za gostovanje u emisiji CBS Mornings. Alba se tamo pojavila kako bi promovirala nadolazeću treću sezonu svoje emisije Honest Renovations, a za tu je prigodu odjenula kreaciju dizajnera Willyja Chavarrije.
Monokromatska elegancija
Albin komplet je iz Chavarrijine ready-to-wear kolekcije za proljeće 2026., predstavljene na Tjednu mode u Parizu u lipnju. Potpuno monokromatsko plavo izdanje uključivalo je košulju-haljinu s rukavima do lakta, oštrim ovratnikom i dva džepa na prsima. Strukirani kroj naglasio je njezinu siluetu, dok je pencil suknja sezala ispod koljena.
Izgled je zaokružila torbicom u istoj nijansi plave boje, a lijepi kontrast stvorile su bijele Manolo Blahnik salonke sa špicastim vrhom. Od dodataka je odabrala upečatljive naušnice, jednostavan prsten i crne sunčane naočale.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ako vam se sviđa njezino izdanje, u nastavku možete vidjeti sličan komplet onomu koji je nosila, kao i jednake cipele.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
A decade ago, the languishing St. Louis Rams were ranked dead last in the NFL with a franchise valuation of $930 million.
Faced with an unappealing stadium lease and dwindling prospects in St. Louis, the Rams turned their attention westward, toward their Los Angeles roots. Quietly, they acquired two parcels of land at the former Hollywood Park racetrack in Inglewood, where they would eventually build SoFi Stadium, a state-of-the-art venue that would redefine the franchise and reshape the NFL’s footprint in Los Angeles.
This valuation comes a month after CNBC ranked Stan Kroenke’s portfolio of teams — the Rams, the NBA’s Denver Nuggets, NHL’s Colorado Avalanche and Premier League’s Arsenal — the most valuable in sports at $21.2 billion.
Cowboys chief operating officer Stephen Jones, Cowboys owner Jerry Jones and Rams owner Stan Kroenke talk before a preseason game at SoFi Stadium Saturday. The Cowboys and Rams are the two most valuable NFL franchises, according to a new Sportico report.
(Allen J. Schaben/Los Angeles Times)
The Rams join the Lakers as the city’s second sports franchise with a valuation of at least $10 billion. The latter was based on an actual sale. In June, the Buss family entered into an agreement to sell majority ownership of the Lakers to Dodgers owner Mark Walter for a franchise valuation of approximately $10 billion.
The Chargers, who are tenants at Kroenke’s stadium, are 21st on the Sportico list at $6.2 billion, one spot up from last year.
The valuations are based on the team itself, along with any businesses and real estate holdings related to the team.
David Carter, principal at The Sports Business Group and adjunct professor of sports business at USC, said teams are usually valued based on a multiple of their annual revenue, and that valuation also takes into account the likelihood of future revenue growth.
“For Kroenke and the Rams, this has always meant monetizing SoFi in as many ways possible, while simultaneously positioning the venue as a global leader in sports and entertainment,” he wrote in an email to the Times. “Having accomplished this, and with the team’s strong fan bases – both traditional and corporate – the recipe is in place to continue to achieve high valuations, especially when you also consider the team’s competitiveness of late.”
Attaching a number to these teams is largely an academic exercise, because the only true test comes when they are sold — and those sales are rare.
Three NFL franchises have changed hands in the past 10 years: the Washington Commanders (2023), Denver Broncos (2022) and Carolina Panthers (2018).
Writes Sportico’s Kurt Badenhausen: “Scarcity is a major driver in pushing team values higher, as more billionaires are minted each year and franchises are rarely added.”
Carter said the NFL franchise valuations published by Sportico and others aren’t entirely accurate because they don’t fully reflect the supply and demand for teams at any given time.
“The ultimate price, should a team be sold, will be determined by factors in real time,” he wrote, “such as how many bidders there are and how many teams are for sale at the time. This typically results in franchises being sold for more than the reported value calculated by the trade press. Nonetheless, these valuations serve as an important data point to those in the industry.”
As for the Rams, their valuation matters more directionally than numerically, reflecting success and stability in Los Angeles more than a specific price tag.
“As we enter our 10th season back in Los Angeles, Stan Kroenke’s vision to create the world’s greatest sports and entertainment district at Hollywood Park – and to build one of the NFL’s greatest stadiums – continues to help build the profile of the Rams and the NFL,” said Kevin Demoff, president of team and media operations for Kroenke Sports and Entertainment.
“While these rankings may reflect that, the focus remains on building great teams and a district that Angelenos can enjoy, more than focusing on valuations.”
POCO has launched a new smartphone — the POCO M7 Plus 5G — in India on Wednesday, August 13 under Rs 13,000. The device comes with a massive 7000mAh silicon carbon battery and a 6.9-inch FHD+ display supported by a 144Hz refresh rate.
The M7 Plus 5G is powered by the Snapdragon 6s Gen 3 processor, paired with up to 16GB of Turbo RAM. According to the company, the 144Hz adaptive refresh rate ensures buttery-smooth scrolling, immersive gaming, and seamless social media browsing.
It packs a 7,000mAh silicon carbon battery designed for 1,600 charge cycles, retaining 80 per cent capacity even after four years of usage, the company said. It also claimed that this battery is the largest in this segment, which comes with 18W reverse charging.
Speaking on the launch, Sandeep Singh Arora, Chief Business Officer, POCO and Xiaomi, India said, “With the POCO M7 Plus 5G, we wanted to create a device that’s truly built for the new-age entertainment lifestyle, a phone that can keep up with your busiest days, longest binge sessions and most demanding apps.”
“By packing the largest battery, largest display, and highest refresh rate in its segment, along with long-term durability, the M7 Plus 5G truly Brings More Power to You. It’s a perfect blend of endurance, performance and entertainment that redefines what users can expect in the sub ₹15K category,” he added.
The M7 Plus 5G offers 2 OS generations, 4 years of security updates, with IP64 dust and water resistance. It is equipped with a 50MP AI rear camera.
POCO M7 Plus 5G: Key highlights
According to the company, these are the key highlights of the newly launched POCO M7 Plus 5G:
• Marathon Viewing Sessions: The segment’s largest 7000mAh Si-C battery ensures you can stream, play, and chat for hours without worrying about running out of power.
• Share the Power: With 18W reverse charging, it doubles up as a power bank to keep your other gadgets charged.
• Immersive Visuals: The largest display in the segment — 6.9″ FHD+ with 144Hz refresh rate — makes movies, sports, and games look stunningly smooth.
• Performance That Keeps Up: Powered by Snapdragon 6s Gen 3 with up to 16GB Turbo RAM, the M7 Plus 5G handles multitasking effortlessly.
• Built for the Long Haul: 2 OS generations, 4 years of security updates, and IP64 protection mean your entertainment never gets interrupted — rain or shine.
POCO M7 Plus 5G: Price, Launch Offers, and Availability
POCO M7 Plus will go on sale on Flipkart starting August 19, 12 noon, at an introductory price of Rs 12,999 for the 6GB+128GB variant and Rs 13,999 for the 8GB+128GB variant.
As part of the launch offer, consumers can avail an instant bank discount of Rs 1,000 using HDFC, SBI, or ICICI Bank cards or an additional Rs 1,000 exchange bonus on eligible devices.
The first thing I remember is squinting in the sun and trying not to trip over my suitcase as we walked straight from the airport to the pier at Port Blair. One moment, it was traffic and tarmac. The next, it was just me staring at the biggest stretch of water I had ever seen. My first time on an island, and I was not ready for how the ocean seemed to stretch endlessly. That was when I knew this trip was going to be different.
Radhanagar beach on Havelock Island in Andaman; The perfect escape!(Hindustan Times)
The Andaman Islands are not about all-night beach parties or crowded promenades. They are for those who want a holiday that feels unhurried, where the clock does not matter and the waves are the main soundtrack. After a few trips here, I have realised a few simple choices can turn a good Andaman trip into an unforgettable one.
1. Don’t skip Port Blair
Many see Port Blair as a stopover, but it deserves a couple of days. The Cellular Jail light show brings the island’s layered history to life. Joggers Park offers a surreal sunset view of the airport runway from above. Hole-in-the-wall cafés serve crisp dosas and steaming momos. Day trips to Ross Island, Baratang’s limestone caves, and Jolly Buoy’s coral beds keep you happily busy, with turtles making an appearance if you are lucky.
North Bay Island snorkeling point and the Pier at Port Blair.(Hindustan Times)
2. Rent a scooter on every island
A scooter is freedom here. On my second trip, we rented a scooter on every island, and it completely changed the way we experienced them. You can pull over at hidden coves, feel the occasional drizzle on your face, and take detours that tour cars miss. Riding with the wind in my hair let me soak up every view, every sound, and every small moment the islands have to offer.
3. Take the government ferry
Forget the glossy private ferries with air-conditioned cabins. The government ferry gives you something better: the freedom to step out on deck, stand next to the captain’s cabin and watch flying fish race across the surface. Let your hotel in Port Blair arrange tickets a couple of days ahead, and you will set sail with the wind whipping through your hair and an uninterrupted ocean view that you will never get while sitting inside.
The government ferry provides a luxurious view from Neil Island to Havelock Island. (Circa 2014.)(Hindustan Times)
4. Embrace slow evenings
When the sun sets, the pace slows to a whisper. Stock up on snacks, bring a board game, or simply sit outside and listen to the surf. This is the time to soak up the quiet rhythm of the islands and enjoy long, unhurried conversations as the day melts into night.
5. Stay a night at Neil Island
Neil is all about stillness. The sunrise and sunset here are not just beautiful, they stir something within you. Stroll barefoot along the sandy shoreline in the early morning, the calm crash of waves echoing across the island. You will likely find it empty, except for your footprints. By the time you leave, you will be wondering why it took you so long to visit.
6. Scuba dive at Havelock
Havelock is more than its famous Radhanagar Beach. At Kalapathar, sunrise turns the sea into a shifting palette of blues. But it is underwater where the island truly stuns. Forty minutes of beginner scuba puts you in a world where your breath is the loudest sound and parrot fish flicker past like living confetti. I even spotted an octopus on my first dive, a rare surprise my instructor said took him years to witness. Evenings here are best spent watching the sky fade into the sea.
Scuba diving at Havelock Island with PADI(Hindustan Times)
Top travel tips and anecdotes
Eat like a local: Don’t miss Annapurna Cafeteria in Port Blair for fresh dosas and affordable Indian meals. Evening pier vendors serve momos and fried snacks that are perfect for a casual bite.
Hidden shopping gems: Skip touristy markets and check small stalls across the islands. I picked up a pearl necklace sixteen years ago that still looks new.
Plan your itinerary: Each island has a lot to offer. Map your days carefully to hit popular spots at the best times. Plan your evenings too, because after sunset, the islands slow down and you might be left with little to do. Families with kids should consider hotels with breakfast and dinner packages.
Scuba diving in Havelock: Book your dive slots in advance and always go with registered companies to ensure safety and the best experience.
Little Andaman: If you plan to visit, treat it as a separate trip or add an extra week. The pace is slower, accommodations are homestays or simple lodges, and local guides make the experience unforgettable. Luxury options are very limited, so plan accordingly.
Timing matters: Government ferries run on strict schedules. Let your hotel arrange tickets a couple of days ahead to save hassle and enjoy the deck view.
From twilight to sunset at Havelock Island. (Hindustan Times)
In the end, the Andamans give you more than photographs. On my last trip, I stayed up through the night at a beachside resort in Havelock just to watch the blue glow of twilight before sunrise. Coconut trees swayed, crabs scurried across the sand, and the waves hummed a rhythm that made time feel irrelevant. That is the real Andaman charm, and it stays with you long after you have left the shore.
Similar articles for you
Get vacation-ready! Up to 80% off on top picks for trolley bags
₹2500″>Travel smarter, not harder: Your guide to affordable trolley bags under ₹2500
Duffles and backpacks at up to 60% off on Amazon; Top picks to buy now!
Beyond basics: Fun and fashionable backpacks for girls; Top 8 picks
Experts list five best books to read this week (Image: Getty)
This week’s bookcase includes reviews of Helm by Sarah Hall and Bloody Awful in Different Ways by Andrev Walden. The only named wind in Britain has an entire novel dedicated to it this week…
Fiction
Bloody Awful in Different Ways by Andrev Walden, translated by Ian Giles, is published in paperback by Fig Tree, priced £14.99 (ebook £7.99). Available now – 9/10
Review by James Cann
“I love not being his son,” is just one of the countless quirky quotes that litter Bloody Awful In Different Ways by Andrev Walden. Now translated into English by Ian Giles, this bestselling and award-winning novel (or so it is described) by the Swedish journalist charts an adolescence in which he had seven ‘fathers’ in seven years.
Read more: The thrilling period drama based on ‘the best book ever’ now streaming for free
Read more: Top 7 best books of the 20th century – two are by the same author
Bloody Awful in Different Ways by Andrev Walden (Image: Amazon)
Each of his brilliantly drawn mother’s lovers has a nickname denoting the main characteristic the juvenile Walden observes: for example, the Thief, the Artist, the Murderer and the fantastically realised Plant Magician.
His school friends get the same treatment, as the likes of Cyclops and Paella help Walden navigate a tempestuous childhood and build resilience in an often bruisingly grown-up world. Walden’s story is rich with dark humour and tender coming-of-age moments that make this a brilliant and beguiling page-turner.
Helm by Sarah Hall is published in hardback by Faber & Faber, priced £20 (ebook £8.99). Available August 28 – 8/10
Review by Ella Walker
A windy day can bring out the worst in school children (apparently, high winds send misbehaviour soaring) and irritate the rest of us as our hair gets whipped out of place and washing flies from the line.
But what is the wind itself thinking and feeling? Man Booker-nominated and Cumbria-based author Sarah Hall imagines the inner life of the UK’s only named wind, which slams the southwest of Cross Fell mountain in the Pennines.
Helm by Sarah Hall (Image: Amazon)
In Helm – named after the magnificent, treacherous, almost otherworldly wind – Hall describes strange, wondrous and symbiotic relationships a range of characters have with the elemental being; a Bronze Age tribeswoman who walks into its raging depths, a child treated as mad and wicked for talking to it, an ex-cop who finds the sublime by flying a plane through it, a researcher investigating whether climate change is set to sunder it, amongst others.
Hall’s use of language is almost alchemical in its complexity and use of old Cumbrian words (a dictionary can come in handy while reading). A darkly witty, if slightly desolate, antidote to your usual nature writing.
Too Old For This by Samantha Downing is published in hardback by Michael Joseph, priced £16.99 (ebook £7.99). Available August 28 – 7/10
Review by Alan Jones
A pensioner killing people rather than solving murders is a quirky twist on the spate of recent novels focused on ageing sleuths (looking at you, Richard Osman). Lottie Jones, 75, resurrects her life as a serial killer when a journalist who wants to interview her for a series on people wrongfully accused of crimes tracks her down to a small town where Jones thought her bad behaviour was safely in the past.
The journalist, Plum Dixon, is persistent though, saying she’s going to tell Lottie Jones’s story anyway, which forces the geriatric’s hand. While the most exciting nights in her sleepy new life involved bingo at the local church, events lead her to commit the most brutal of murders – again. Samantha Downing’s previous novels have been best-sellers, and this shocking, original story is sure to be a huge hit.
Too Old For This by Samantha Downing (Image: Amazon)
Non-fiction
Making Matters: In Search of Creative Wonders by Clare Hunter is published in hardback by Sceptre, priced £20 (ebook £11.99). Available August 14 – 8/10
Review by Karen Shield
Making memories as a child often includes being creative, whether that’s using our hands or our voice. But what happens as we reach adulthood? Is there no longer enough time to express ourselves creatively? Are we too busy to let our imaginations take us into a state of artistic wonder?
In her latest book, Making Matters, community textile artist Clare Hunter takes us on a journey through diverse cultures, long-held traditions, recent history, religion and politics, with an eye on how we can honour our past and celebrate our present in artistic ways.
Through assembling snowmen, sandcastles, paper boats and costumes for plays, to finding creative delight in making lanterns, puppets and pinhole cameras, Hunter brings us back to a time where the possibilities for creativity are endless. Making Matters is an open door to the power of craft. Now inspired, I’m off to get creative.
Making Matters: In Search of Creative Wonders by Clare Hunter (Image: Amazon)
Children’s book of the week
Review by Holly Cowell
Goblin (Stories from the Swamp) by Frances Stickley, illustrated by Stefano Martinuz, is published in paperback by Magic Cat Publishing, priced £7.99. Available August 28 – 8/10
Picture book author Frances Stickley presents Goblin – her second in the Stories from the Swamp series – a cheeky yet eloquent book for preschool aged-children, once more with engaging illustrations by Stefano Martinuz.
After the success of Indie Book of the Month, Troll, Stickley’s latest tale follows a selfish goblin who collects and steals anything he can get his hands on. But, when he discovers it doesn’t bring him much joy, he wonders if kindness and friendship might be what he is truly missing. Both funny and heartwarming, Goblin is a perfect bedtime read for young children.
BOOK CHARTS FOR THE WEEK ENDING AUGUST 9
HARDBACK (FICTION) – Compiled by Waterstones
The Fallen and the Kiss of Dusk: Crowns of Nyaxia by Carissa Broadbent
The Artist by Lucy Steeds
A Theory of Dreaming by Ava Reid
Not Quite Dead Yet by Holly Jackson
Scarred by Emily McIntire
Arcana Academy by Elise Kova
Two Kinds of Stranger by Steve Cavanagh
The Magician of Tiger Castle by Louis Sachar
Men in Love by Irvine Welsh
The Names by Florence Knapp
HARDBACK (NON-FICTION) – Compiled by Waterstones
The Let Them Theory by Mel Robbins and Sawyer Robbins
Goliath’s Curse by Luke Kemp
Jess and Norma by Jessica Asquith and Norma Burton
The Greatest Story Ever Told by Bear Grylls
To the Sea by Train by Andrew Martin
Don’t Believe Everything You Think by Joseph Nguyen
Remember When: My Life with Alzheimer’s by Fiona Phillips
Is a River Alive? By Robert Macfarlane
Ikigai: The Japanese Secret to a Long and Happy Life by Héctor Garcia and Francesc Miralles
Tart: Misadventures of an Anonymous Chef by Slutty Cheff
Waterstones has listed their top ten books (Image: Getty)
AUDIOBOOKS (FICTION AND NONFICTION) – Compiled by Audible
The Let Them Theory by Mel Robbins
Don’t Let Him In by Lisa Jewell
The Names by Florence Knapp
Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone, Book 1 by J.K. Rowling
Ram has teased a body-on-frame ute to take on the Toyota HiLux and Ford Ranger, but the new model may be exclusive to Latin America.
The company posted a teaser video (bottom) on its social media accounts for several South American markets, including Argentina and Brazil. In it we’re treated to shadowy shots of the ute’s tailgate, headlights, bonnet, grille, and wheels.
There’s prominent Ram lettering and Nightfall badging on the tailgate, and Turbo badges on the bonnet bulge. The latter suggests it will be powered by a turbo-diesel engine.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
From what we can see the new ute will be based on the Peugeot Landtrek sold in Africa and Fiat Titano available in Latin America. Both the Landtrek and Titano aren’t indigenous Stellantis designs, though, as they are in turn based on the Changan F70/Hunter, which is also sold by the Deepal marque.
Notably, the new ute’s name has yet to be revealed. Ram already sells a version of the Landtrek/Titano in Mexico as the 1200 (below), but rumour has it the brand will revive the Dakota name that was used until 2011 by Dodge for its “global mid-size pickup”.
Compared to the existing 1200, the new ute has LED headlights connected by light bar to a more aggressive grille with humungous Ram lettering, chunkier alloy wheels, and will be available with a roof-mounted light bar and amber lights on the bonnet.
Overall it promises to be meanest looking model yet derived from the Changan/Peugeot/Fiat ute.
In Latin America, the Landtrek/Titano is offered with a 2.2-litre turbo-diesel making 147kW and 450Nm. It’s paired to an eight-speed automatic, and four-wheel drive. In all likelihood, the Ram version will use the same drivetrain.
The new Ram ute will reportedly be built in Argentina alongside the Fiat Titano (above). It will sit above the Ram Rampage dual-cab, which features a monocoque body, and a platform shared with the Jeep Compass SUV and Fiat Toro ute.
Rumours have swirled for years that Ram is planning a smaller body-on-frame ute to sit underneath the 1500 for global consumption. A July report from Mopar Insiders claimed Ram was planning to start production of just such a ute in 2027 at its plant in Belvidere, Illinois.
This US-built model is thought to use a smaller version of the STLA Frame architecture that underpins the Ram 1500. If true, it will be quite a different beast to the Changan-based model heading to Latin America.
While Ford has one mid-size ute in the Australian-developed Ranger, which is sold around world including at home in America, Toyota has two different models: the Tacoma for North America, and HiLux for the rest of the world.
The Tacoma is larger and uses a more modern platform shared with the LandCruiser, while the HiLux employs a tried-and-true architecture that dates back to the early 2000s.
It remains to be seen which strategy Ram emulates for its new ute. Previous Ram CEOs indicated its US-bound mid-size pickup would also be produced for right-hand drive markets, like Australia.
Ethereum surged to near $4600, driven by institutional investment and ETF inflows. ETH outperformed Bitcoin with a 25% gain in August.
Crypto news: ETH jumps 25% in August, outperforming Bitcoin.
Ethereum Price: Ethereum, the second most popular cryptocurrency after Bitcoin, reached a near record high at $4600, driven by institutional investment, ETF inflows, positive sentiment, and increased on-chain activity.
Ethereum price jumped 9 per cent in the past 24 hours as per CoinMarketCap, with market cap rising to $560.56 billion.
In the recent market surge, Ethereum has significantly outperformed Bitcoin. ETH posted impressive gains of 25% in August alone, compared to Bitcoin’s modest 3% rise, argued Piyush Walke – Derivatives Research Analyst, Delta Exchange.
Ethereum jumped approximately 9% since yesterday, breaking past the $4,600 level—just 200 points shy of its all-time high from November 2021.
Walke added this rally is driven by strong bullish momentum fueled by institutional inflows, technical breakouts, and optimism surrounding Ether ETFs. On Monday, spot Ether ETFs recorded their highest-ever single-day net inflows, totaling $1.01 billion. This surge in capital coincides with Ethereum’s 90% gain over the past 40 days and a shift in key technical indicators to bullish territory.
With the jump of Ethereum price, its founder Vitalik Buterin has once again joined the ranks of crypto’s 10-figure holders, with his portfolio now valued at approximately $1.04 billion.
Since its inception, ETH has given an approximately 163392 per cent return to investors.
Institutions like Bitmine and SharpLink have notably increased their ETH holdings, in some cases by several hundred percent, signaling growing institutional confidence. These inflows are reinforcing bullish technical patterns and pushing prices through key resistance levels like $4,600.
Meanwhile, Bitcoin price retreated to $118,989 after jumping near its ATH. Bitcoin price is up 4.25 per cent in the past 7 days.
Vikas Gupta, Country Manager for Bybit India said, Ethereum’s recent surge is being driven by record-breaking institutional participation with the U.S. spot Ethereum ETFs, attracting over $1 billion in net inflows within one week, the largest inflows in a single week since inception. This surge shows early trends observed with Bitcoin ETFs post-approval, highlighting increasing appetite from wealth managers, hedge funds, and RIAs for ETH exposure. Leading asset managers like BlackRock, Fidelity, and Grayscale are observing institutional demand for ETH, reflecting Ethereum’s transformation from a retail-heavy asset to a mainstream institutional investment.
Edul Patel, CEO and Co-Founder of Mudrex argued that in the last 2 days alone, ETH ETFs saw about $1.5 billion in net inflows, further supporting the rally. Historically, when Ethereum rallies, it is followed by a rally in the broader market, leading to an altcoin season. If the uptrend continues, we could see capital rotation into promising assets across the market.
Ethereum is a decentralized, open-source blockchain platform that enables developers to build and deploy smart contracts and decentralized applications (dApps). Launched in 2015 by Vitalik Buterin and others, it goes beyond Bitcoin’s primary function as digital money by offering programmable blockchain capabilities. Ethereum’s native cryptocurrency, Ether (ETH), is used to pay for transaction fees and computational services on the network.
Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.
Varun Yadav
Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More
Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More
Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
view comments
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Google Play Store has established new tighter rules for publishing crypto exchanges and wallets in different jurisdictions. The massive app ecosystem unveiled the new measures for specific jurisdictions to facilitate legal compliance and consumer protection.
According to the announcement, crypto exchanges and wallets seeking to publish on the Google Play store must first comply with local laws. However, the Google Play Store will allow crypto exchanges and wallets to publish in jurisdictions without specific regulations.
List of Regions Crypto Exchanges and Wallets Must Obtain a License to Publish on Google Play Store
Google Play Store has urged crypto exchanges and wallets in the United States to register with FinCEN as a Money Service Business and with states as a money transmitter. The company has urged crypto exchanges and wallets in the United Kingdom to register with the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA).
In the European Union, Google Play Store expects crypto exchanges and wallets to be registered under the Markets in Crypto-Assets (MiCA) regulations. Additionally, the Google Play Store has urged the crypto exchanges and wallets in the European market to register with the respective local requirements to publish.
Other nations impacted by the Google Play store policy change include Thailand, the United Arab Emirates, Switzerland, South Korea, the Philippines, Japan, Israel, Indonesia, South Africa, Hong Kong, Canada, and Bahrain.
What’s the Expected Market Impact
Google Play Store is a major gateway to mainstream adoption of web3 products. However, the platform has facilitated crypto phishing scams, whereby cybersecurity experts have reported applications impersonating popular DeFi protocols such as PancakeSwap, SushiSwap, HyperLiquid, and Raydium, among many others.
Google has taken several measures to curb the rampant scams in the past including legal action. The recent crypto app policy will play a crucial role in reducing phishing scams, especially amid the ongoing mainstream adoption of digital assets by institutional investors.
Agri food products getting ready to ship from the newly opened Common Incubation Centre of Kerala Agricultural Universtiy.
In a significant stride towards fostering agripreneurship and food innovation, Kerala Agricultural University has established the Common Incubation Centre at the KAU Raftaar Agri Business Incubator in Vellanikkara, Thrissur.
The facility, which is to be inaugurated on August 12, has been set up under the PM Formalisation of Micro Food Processing Enterprises (PMFME) scheme of the Ministry of Food Processing Industries in which the Ministry has given ₹2.75 crore.
P Rajeeve, State Industries Minister, will formally launch the centre and K Rajan, Revenue Minister, will deliver the presidential address.
Empowering start-ups
B Ashok, Vice Chancellor of Kerala Agricultural University, emphasised the role of the Common Incubation Centre in empowering early-stage agripreneurs and food start-ups. The new facility offers industry-grade infrastructure for processing, packaging, and scaling innovative agri-food products. “It reflects our broader mission to blend education with innovation, entrepreneurship, and hands-on learning—core tenets of the National Education Policy (NEP),” he said.
A major highlight of the inaugural event will be the flag-off of the first international agri-food export consignment from KAU ABI to GCC countries which comprises value-added products from fruits and vegetables, beverages, dry fruits developed by Nouka Enterprises using the incubation facilities.
KP Sudheer, Professor and Principal Investigator of the PMFME programme at KAU said the centre is a historic first for any university-based Agri Business Incubator in India. The centre is more than just an export but a landmark moment for university-led entrepreneurship and global trade integration. It exemplifies KAU’s commitment to connecting agriculture, innovation, and commerce, he added.
The initiative also aligns with the Kerala government’s vision to establish industrial parks in collaboration with academic institutions, positioning KAU as a pioneering model for integrated food systems and innovation-led enterprise development..
Keep these factors in mind when searching for the best melatonin supplements for sleep.
Ingredients
You don’t want anything unnecessary added to your melatonin supplements, such as fillers or extra sugar. Always study the ingredients in any vitamin supplement and speak with your doctor before starting any supplements.
Dose
The amount of melatonin in your supplement can have a direct effect on how fast it takes you to fall asleep. The lowest dose of melatonin that will still help you fall asleep is 3 mg; 10 mg is the highest dose and experts say you shouldn’t go any higher than that.
Serving size
The serving size affects how long a bottle of melatonin will last. If you have a product with 50 gummies and have to take two gummies each night, this will only last you 25 days.
Form
Melatonin can come in tablet, capsule, gummy or liquid form. You should look for a form that fits your needs. For example, if you don’t want extra sugar in your vitamins, don’t buy gummy vitamins. If you don’t like swallowing pills, gummy vitamins may be the best option.
Verifications
Dietary supplements aren’t regulated by the FDA but there are a few verifications you can check for that will help you tell if the product you’re buying is safe to use.
A fitness trend that took TikTok by storm, racking up more than 14 million views, may have some science behind it.
The 12-3-30 treadmill workout, popularized by influencer Lauren Giraldo, promises a fat-burning, low-impact fitness solution: Walk at a 12% incline, at a pace of three miles per hour, for 30 minutes.
But how does it compare to regular running?
FORGET 10,000 STEPS — RESEARCH REVEALS THE REAL NUMBER YOU NEED FOR BETTER HEALTH
A new peer-reviewed study published in the International Journal of Exercise Science compares the 12-3-30 trend to “self-paced” treadmill running.
Researchers sought to determine not just how many calories each method burns, but how the body fuels each workout — specifically, whether the body uses carbohydrates or fat as fuel.
The 12-3-30 treadmill workout promises a fat-burning, low-impact fitness solution: Walk at a 12% incline, at a pace of three miles per hour, for 30 minutes.(iStock)
In the study, 16 healthy young adults (male and female) participated in two workouts: one session of 12-3-30 and one session of running at a pace they could maintain for about 20 to 25 minutes.
Both workouts were adjusted to burn the same total number of calories.
SIMPLE JAPANESE FITNESS TREND COULD ADD 7 YEARS TO LIFE EXPECTANCY, EXPERTS SAY
The researchers discoveredthat 12-3-30 took longer to complete than running to achieve the same output.
Running burned calories faster — roughly 13 calories per minute versus 10 calories per minute for 12-3-30.
Maelee Wells Sutton, a certified personal trainer at Crunch Fitness in New York, told Fox News Digital that it is “no surprise” calories are burned faster during a workout with higher aerobic intensity.
The 12-3-30 method has its benefits, particularly for beginners or those with joint concerns, despite it taking longer than traditional running to burn the same amount of calories.(iStock)
“Walking at 12-3-30 is certainly more intense than walking on a flat surface, but is less intense than a run,” she said.
However, 12-3-30 used more fat as a fuel source — about 41% of energy came from fat, compared to 33% during running. Running also relied more heavily on carbohydrates for energy.
Potential limitations
The participants in the study were already exercising at least three times a week for the last three months, according to Sutton.
“That means [the study] doesn’t consider less active individuals, who actually make up a large percentage of the population,” she said. “Essentially, we can’t draw conclusions about how the average person’s body may adapt to these workouts over time.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The researchers emphasized that the actual fat-burning advantage of 12-3-30 is modest. Total calories burned still matter more for weight loss than whether you’re burning fat or carbs.
“This study confirms what exercise science has already known: the ‘fat-burning’ percentage of a workout is not the same as total calorie burn,” Sutton added.
Running burned calories faster, the study found — roughly 13 calories per minute versus 10 calories per minute for 12-3-30.(iStock)
Which is better?
If you’re short on time and want to burn a certain number of calories quickly, running seems to be more efficient.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
But if your goal is to burn more fat, and you prefer a lower-impact workout, the 12-3-30 method has its benefits, particularly for beginners or those with joint concerns, the study suggests.
The most important thing with exercise is consistency, according to Sutton.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“If a person dislikes running but loves 12-3-30, it’s far better to do that consistently than to force a certain workout that a person rarely completes,” she said.
“Trends should be viewed through both a scientific and personal lens — look to experts for guidance rather than relying on social media.”
Khloe Quill is a lifestyle production assistant with Fox News Digital. She and the lifestyle team cover a range of story topics including food and drink, travel, and health.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/food-drinks/pesarattu-vs-moong-dal-cheela-which-moong-dal-breakfast-wins-on-taste-and-health-9076372” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-12/China-announces-anti-dumping-rulings-on-butyl-rubber-from-3-countries-1FMohLB1xfO/img/7c4bbe112eb54f8bb4b40029dc93cfb0/7c4bbe112eb54f8bb4b40029dc93cfb0.png' alt='China's Ministry of Commerce. /VCG'
China’s Ministry of Commerce on Tuesday announced preliminary rulings on its anti-dumping investigations into halogenated butyl rubber from Canada, Japan and India.
According to a statement, the ministry has decided to terminate its probes into halogenated butyl rubber imports from India due to their low market share, while confirming anti-dumping violations in such products from Canada and Japan.
Under China’s anti-dumping regulations, importers of Canadian and Japanese halogenated butyl rubber must pay security deposits of up to 40.5 percent to Chinese customs, starting August 14, the statement said.
China launched the investigations on September 14, 2024.
Halogenated butyl rubber is primarily used in airtight layers of tubeless tires, heat-resistant inner tubes, medicinal bottle stoppers, shock-absorbing pads, adhesives, and sealing materials.
On Tuesday, the ministry announced a preliminary ruling in its anti-dumping probe into Canadian rapeseed imports. It concluded that Canadian rapeseed had been dumped, causing material damage to China’s domestic industry, and established a causal link between the dumping and the damage. As a result, provisional anti-dumping measures in the form of deposits will be imposed on these imports.
Starting Thursday, importers of Canadian rapeseed should provide deposits to Chinese customs authorities based on a deposit rate of 75.8 percent.
Responding to a media query, a ministry spokesperson said that the investigations followed principles of fairness, impartiality, openness and transparency while strictly adhering to China’s relevant laws and World Trade Organization rules.
Preliminary evidence indicates that dumping exists in the imported products under investigation, the spokesperson said, adding that relevant domestic industries have suffered material damage.
Binaifer Jehani, Business Head, CRISIL and Abbas Master, Associate Director, CRISIL, present Sunil Kumar V., Founder & Managing Director, Asset Homes, with the CRISIL DA2+ certification.
Kochi-based real estate developer Asset Homes has retained the CRISIL DA2+ rating for the fifth year in a row.
Binaifer Jehani, Business Head, CRISIL and Abbas Master, Associate Director, CRISIL, presented Sunil Kumar V, Founder and Managing Director, Asset Homes, with the CRISIL DA2+ certification.
Jehani commended Asset Homes for consistently demonstrating a ‘very good’ ability to execute high-quality real estate projects within scheduled timelines and ensuring a clean title transfer.
Sunil Kumar said the company’s Civil Engineering Quality Lab in Thrissur has received NABL certification, making it the first such lab in South India and the second in India to earn this distinction. NABL is one of the constituent boards of Quality Council of India, an autonomous body under Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), Ministry of Commerce and Industry.
Raghuchandran Nair, CREDAI National Executive Member and Secretary General Kerala inaugurated the lab on the occasion.
Sunil Kumar also announced the company’s entry into Palakkad by announcing Asset Granary, the first project in the district.
Asset Granary, a premium residential apartment project coming up at Manappullikkavu will have all the luxury and eco-friendly features including microgreen cultivation lab among others.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
VIVO je najavio ulazak na tržište mješovite stvarnosti (MR) predstavljanjem uređaja Vivo Vision. Službeno predstavljanje zakazano je za 21. kolovoza, a brend je detalje potvrdio putem društvene mreže Weibo.
Uređaj dijeli brojne dizajnerske sličnosti s Appleovim Vision Pro uređajem. Uređaj imaj metalnu konstrukciju i vizir unutar kojeg se nalaze zasloni.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Napredne kontrole i lagani dizajn
Hong Yi, generalni direktor brendovog Odjela za pametne uređaje, otkrio je nekoliko dodatnih detalja. Naglasio je kako će uređaj biti jednako impresivan i precizan kao Apple Vision Pro, s podrškom za prave trodimenzionalne kontrole. To se vjerojatno odnosi na upravljanje gestama ruku, slično kao kod Appleovog rješenja.
Yi je također istaknuo da će vivo Vision imati iznimno lagan dizajn, što bi trebalo pridonijeti udobnosti tijekom duljeg korištenja.
Unatoč velikim očekivanjima, vivo Vision neće odmah biti dostupan u masovnoj prodaji. U početnoj fazi, uređaj će biti ponuđen kao ekskluzivno iskustvo u vivo trgovinama diljem Kine. Korisnici će moći rezervirati termin kako bi isprobali uređaj i upoznali se s njegovim mogućnostima. Nije poznato kad će stići u prodaju niti gdje će sve biti dostupan.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
A storybook ending. A cathartic late-game breakthrough. The kind of dramatic, momentum-shifting triumph to finally give the Dodgers some much-needed life.
In the top of the ninth inning at Angel Stadium on Tuesday night, Shohei Ohtani lifted the team to the verge of a narrative-changing victory, breaking a tie score with the kind of swing that could have catapulted them into the season’s closing stretch.
With former Dodgers closer Kenley Jansen on the mound, and a split crowd in Anaheim rising to its feet, Ohtani blasted a go-ahead home run deep to right field. He flipped his bat and emphatically smacked his hands together. He screamed toward a euphoric Dodgers dugout that was going raucously wild.
So often in recent weeks, the team had been on the other end of scenes like this. Blowing late leads. Squandering comeback chances. And watching their division lead dwindle amid one of the worst extended stretches in the club’s recent history.
Now, at long last, they had their own breakthrough moment.
Three more outs, and their mounting frustrations might finally subside.
“Big hit right there,” manager Dave Roberts said. “Obviously, you felt it in the dugout.”
What the Dodgers felt next, however, might last much longer.
On a night they could have resuscitated their season, they instead found a new way to crumble. In the kind of collapse that has become all too common of late, they let yet another winnable game go meekly by the wayside.
Shohei Ohtani reacts after hitting a go-ahead solo homer in the ninth.
(Gina Ferazzi / Los Angeles Times)
In the bottom of the ninth, the Dodgers blew their one-run lead after Alex Vesia gave up a leadoff single, a walk and an eventual Nolan Schanuel sacrifice fly.
In the bottom of the 10th, they dropped their fifth-straight game against the Angels this season when Jo Adell sent a high-chopping, three-hopping, walk-off RBI single over the head of drawn-in third baseman Max Muncy.
The state of the Dodgers’ season: Somehow finding a way to continue to spiral.
“I think you can sense the frustration,” first baseman Freddie Freeman said in a somber postgame clubhouse.
“You look at the standings,” Roberts added, “and we just got to play better baseball.”
Indeed, in the most consequential twist of the Dodgers’ stunning midseason meltdown, the team has seen its once-comfortable lead in the National League West vanish in barely a month.
Entering play on July 4, the Dodgers were nine games clear of the San Diego Padres, and had a 98% likelihood in Fangraphs’ computer models of winning the division for a fourth-straight time.
But since then, the Dodgers have gone 12-20. The Padres, with the help of significant roster upgrades at the trade deadline, are 22-12. And now, with a pair of series between the clubs looming in each of the next two weekends, the teams are tied for first place at 68-52.
“It’s a new season,” Roberts acknowledged postgame.
Teammates swarm Jo Adell after his walk-off hit.
(Gina Ferazzi / Los Angeles Times)
And the final step in getting there could have hardly wrought any more hurt.
Entering Tuesday, the Angels were scrambling. Projected veteran starter Tyler Anderson was scratched with back tightness. Rookie right-hander Victor Mederos was called up for his MLB debut on just three days’ rest. And in the first inning, the Dodgers took the lead in the span of four at-bats, with Ohtani drawing a walk, Mookie Betts getting hit by a pitch and Teoscar Hernández (fresh off an off day on Monday) opening the scoring with an RBI single to left.
But then, in a predictable turn, the team quickly started to spring leaks.
Max Muncy lined into a double play to end the first, with Hernández getting doubled off at the bag at first. Emmet Sheehan gave up three runs in the bottom of the frame, then two more over the third and fourth innings after Dalton Rushing tied things with a two-run homer in the second. And even though the Dodgers pulled level again with a two-out rally in the fifth, Michael Conforto struck out swinging to leave the bases loaded (dropping him to 3-for-30 since his brief resurgence in July).
“There’s just certain things that you can kind of manage and control, and I don’t think we’re doing a good enough job with that,” Roberts said. “These last three weeks or whatever it’s been, we just haven’t stacked clean, good, solid baseball games together. And once we feel like we do, then we don’t. So I know we’re all frustrated.”
Those frustrations came to a head in the sixth.
Miguel Rojas led off with a pinch-hit single. Rushing followed in the nine-hole with his second hit of the night. And as Ohtani came to the plate, an opportunity arose to get the ship righted.
Instead…
Ohtani hit a line drive to shortstop Zach Neto, who then beat Rojas back to the bag at second, before firing to first where Rushing was caught too far off the bag.
Bing, bang, boom.
One out, then two, then three for a head-spinning, inning-ending, rally-killing triple-play.
“That’s how it’s [been] going,” Roberts quipped. “But again, you got to make your own breaks.”
Instead…
What had been a strong night from the Dodgers’ bullpen — which got scoreless frames from Jack Dreyer, Edgardo Henriquez and Blake Treinen in the sixth, seventh and eighth — came unraveled with Vesia’s blown save in the ninth.
“Tonight was by far one of my worst outings of the year,” said Vesia, who had been the Dodgers’ most dependable reliever this year before allowing runs in each of his last three outings. “Super frustrating. I’m kind of at a loss for words.”
And though Ben Casparius got the game to extras by wiggling out of a bases-loaded threat later in the inning — with the help of a generous strike call on what could have been a walk-off walk — the Dodgers went down quietly in the top of the 10th inning to set up the season’s latest gut punch.
On a night so close to being so celebratory, the team instead suffered another calamity.
The much-awaited long weekend in the middle of the year is almost here, and folks have already blocked off their calendars to spend some quality time with their family and loved ones.
Destination dupes for the long Independence Day weekend(Photos: Shutterstock)
According to multiple booking agencies, Goa, Udaipur, Alibaug, Karjat, Igatpuri, Lonavala, Jaipur, Mahabaleshwar, Varanasi, Coorg, Ooty, Leh Ladakh, and Spiti are some of the top picks for a quick, fun escape from their busy lives.
However, are you one of those who couldn’t book a break before? Fret not, we spoke to some travel bloggers who suggested alternative places to check out for last-minute plans that are not too heavy on the pocket.
Gokarna, Karnataka
This spot offers the same seaside charm minus the party crowds of Goa. “It’s perfect for slow mornings, exploring secluded beaches, and enjoying seafood,” says Komal Singh. You can also check out monsoon treks and waterfalls at Mirjan Fort or Vibhooti Falls.
Budget: Flights to Bengaluru from tier 1 cities for ₹5,000. Then take a train or bus to Gokarna priced between ₹1,200 and ₹2,000. Stay costs around ₹1,200 to ₹3,500 per night.
Varkala, Kerala
“Further north from Kovalam, this cliffside beach town offers a rare mix of golden sands enveloped by cliffs, and beautiful views of the Arabian Sea,” shares Vaishnavi Patel.
Budget: Take a flight to Thiruvananthapuram from major cities for ₹7,000 to ₹8,000 and then a cab ride to Varkala. Homestays cost around ₹2,000 per night.
Kamshet, Maharashtra
Just a couple of hours from Mumbai and Pune, this is a hidden paradise and a quieter spot than the crowded areas of Igatpuri or Lonavala. “You can try activities like paragliding and trekking, visit Bedse Caves, explore Pawna Lake, and enjoy the rural setting,” say Priya and Sid.
Budget: Take a flight to Mumbai or Pune from any major city for around ₹5,000 to ₹6,000, and then a bus, train, or shared cab costing between ₹500 and ₹ 1,500. Farmstays or eco-resorts can cost up to ₹1,800 to 4,500 per night.
Jawai, Rajasthan
Instead of the bustling towns of Jaipur or Udaipur, explore this wildlife gem in Rajasthan. Vaishnavi Patel says, “The landscape is surreal with rocky hills, riverbeds, and you can also spot leopards!” A highlight is the rustic feast under the stars, including Ker Sangri and Laal Maas.
Budget: Flights from major cities to Udaipur, Jodhpur, or Jaipur cost ₹4,000 to ₹5,000. Then take a bus or a cab to Jawai, costing ₹3,000 to ₹5,000. Safari lodges range from ₹2,000 to ₹10,000 per night.
Solan, Himachal Pradesh
Instead of tourist hillside hotspots, Shimla or Chail, Deepanshu Soni suggests Solan, which also boasts of architectural beauties: “You can visit Jatoli temple, Bhrshingh Mahadev temple, Menri monastery, or Dharon ki Dhar fort.”
Budget: Take a bus or train from Delhi to Kalka, which costs between ₹2,000 and ₹3,000, then take a cab to Solan. Stays are priced around ₹1,500 to ₹3,000 per night for cosy hillside hotels.
Netflix is known for its huge collection of films and TV series of various genres.
There’s everything from comedies to dramas to westerns and documentaries, as well as more niche categories, like foreign films and music. Fans of the major streaming platform often get excited by new releases, giving them something to watch that they might not have seen before.
Netflix has a host of original shows and movies for viewers to get stuck into and classic blockbusters. Luke Eccleston has built a strong reputation for his honest TV and film reviews, mainly focusing on Netflix.
In his latest TikTok video he recommends a very emotional movie that has recently been added to the streaming giant’s library. Eccleston passionately said: “Forget about everything else on Netflix because this is the next film you need to watch.
“It’s a film everyone’s gonna be talking about. It’s a film that you definitely need to see as it is one of the most heartwrenching, gut punching, incredible stories you will ever see because it’s actually true.”
The TV buff then revealed that the name of the movie is The Iron Claw. It was released in the UK in February last year and tells the story of the Von Erich brothers as they make history in the highly competitive world of professional wrestling in the early 1980s.
Eccleston shared that when he watched The Iron Claw at the cinema he found it “genuinely unbelievable.” Giving more details about the movie, which has an 89% score on Rotten Tomatoes, he added: “It shows the competitiveness of wrestling and that whole entire world and how much it means to this family.
“Now, even if you’re not a fan of wrestling or sports at all, like me, this is a story everyone should hear.” The TV and film reviewer declared it to be “one of the best” true stories he has ever watched.
Eccleston continued: “So make sure you get this film on your watch list. I actually beg you to check this one out.”
His TikTok video has garnered 266,600 views, 3,000 likes and more than 100 comments, so far. One user, who has watched The Iron Claw, said: “That film is insane. I cannot believe it’s true, it’s amazing.”
Another added: “Watched it on prime cried my eyes out.” A third chimed in: “Nope not going through that again, it made me sob!!!”
Someone else who has seen the movie was deeply moved by it. They commented: “It’s been on HBO part of their A24 collection btw! For anyone who has HBO. This movie broke me down and had me tearing on a plane. That ending.”
The Iron Claw was directed by the Canadian-American film director and screenwriter Sean Durkin. It stars Zac Efron, Jeremy Allen White, Harris Dickinson, Lily James, Maura Tierney, Stanley Simons and Holt McCallany.
Volkswagen is giving its ID.4 and ID.5 duo more features as the full range of mid-size electric SUVs becomes available locally.
The Volkswagen ID.4 GTX and ID.5 Pro join the entry-level ID.4 Pro and flagship ID.5 GTX that reached local showrooms in July.
They’re arriving here as model year 2025.5 (MY25.5) vehicles, and all MY25.5 ID.4 and ID.5 variants now come with wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto plus massaging front seats.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
The updated electric SUVs carry the same price tag as before, but buyers who opt for leftover MY25 stock of the ID.4 Pro and ID.5 GTX will pay the same list price but get a free 7kW home EV charger.
This includes installation by a certified installer, and the total package is valued at $1899.
Volkswagen is continuing to offer all ID.4 and ID.5 variants with an eight-year, 160,000km battery warranty and Guaranteed Future Value (GFV) through Volkswagen Financial Services.
The single-motor rear-wheel drive ID.4 Pro opens Volkswagen’s mid-size electric SUV lineup, priced at $59,990 before on-road costs. The more curvaceous ID.5 Pro is $3000 more expensive at $62,990 before on-roads.
Pro variants come with a 210kW electric motor that’s claimed to give them a 0-100km/h acceleration time of 6.7 seconds. Range is 543-544km on the WLTP cycle.
The sportier, dual-motor all-wheel drive GTX variants are priced at $69,990 and $72,990 before on-roads, respectively.
Total power output is 250kW and their claimed 0-100km/h time is slashed to 5.4 seconds, but range takes a dip to 511km in the ID.4 and 522km in the ID.5.
Pricing
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Volkswagen ID.4 Pro
$59,990
2025 Volkswagen ID.5 Pro
$62,990
2025 Volkswagen ID.4 GTX
$69,990
2025 Volkswagen ID.5 GTX
$72,990
You can view a full breakdown of pricing and specifications for the ID.4 and ID.5 in the articles linked below.
Price predictions suggest potential highs of $212.25 by 2030.
TRUMP coin price prediction is gaining attention as the token, built on the Solana ecosystem, continues to generate buzz due to its strong association with U.S. President Donald Trump. The coin’s price initially skyrocketed after a viral campaign that promised top buyers an exclusive gala dinner with Trump.
However, the rally was short-lived—TRUMP Coin plunged from a high of $49 on Coinbase to just $7, raising concerns of a potential pump-and-dump. Despite the sharp drop, the coin showed resilience by stabilizing above the $10 mark in Q2 2025.
TRUMP Coin Price Today
Cryptocurrency
OFFICIAL TRUMP
Token
TRUMP
Price
$ 9.55329105 9.26%
Market cap
$ 1,910,651,424.9085
Circulating Supply
199,999,289.6852
Trading Volume
$ 699,301,008.0901
All-time high
$75.35 Jan 19, 2025
All-time low
$1.2 Jan 18, 2025
Trump Price Forecast For August 2025
In July, a renewed bullish effort was observed but faltered in late July. Now in August, fresh demand is seen but struggles to flip $9.5 level.
If significant demand enters, then the rest of August could roll out positively for TRUMP. The potential for the TRUMP token to revisit the $16 level seems high if optimism rejuvenates.For this to happen, it needed to move above the $12 resistance level.
But, if demand lacks, then it might consolidate further and could even bleed towards $7, if $8.5 support is lost.
Month
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
Trump Meme Coin Price Prediction August 2025
7.0
11.60
16.00
Trump Coin Price Prediction 2025
The TRUMP token, which launched in January, quickly gained traction following President Trump’s return to the U.S. presidency. Its price soared on decentralized exchanges like Dextools and later made its debut on centralized platforms, including Coinbase.
In Q2, bulls made three attempts to reclaim the crucial $16 level. However, in the last week of May, the token fell below the dynamic 20-day and 50-day EMA bands, closing the first half of the year under $9.
As July began, a renewed bullish effort emerged, coinciding with a broader uptrend in the crypto market. Major coins like Bitcoin and XRP were hitting new all-time highs, providing a favorable backdrop for the TRUMP token.
However, the jump was impressive but lacked enough demand to drive towards revisiting the $16 mark in July. In fact, in the fourth week of July, profit booking continued from $12 mark, pulling the TRUMP price to $8.0 mark on day one of August.
However, by the second week of August, bulls are trying again but facing resistance from the 20-day and 50-day EMA bands near $9 to $9.5 area.
Therefore, if a strong demand pushes TRUMP to cross $12 in August, then Q3 could see $16 target, and Q4 could give a target of $28 by year-end.
Also, if TRUMP did manage, looking further ahead, the $28 level is critical for the TRUMP token’s long-term trajectory.
Since bullish momentum is very mild, and now if further bearish pressure elevates, then the TRUMP token could find itself revisiting its lows around $7 once again.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2025
$7
$16 – $20
$28
Trump Coin Price Chart 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
14.00
28.00
42.00
2027
21.00
42.00
63.00
2028
31.50
62.00
94.25
2029
47.25
94.5
141.50
2030
70.75
141.50
212.25
Trump Meme Coin Price Prediction 2026
By 2026, the value of a single OFFICIALTRUMP coin price could reach a maximum of $42.00, with a potential low of $14.00. With this, the average price could land at around the $28.00 mark.
Trump Coin Prediction 2027
Looking forward to 2027, the TRUMP coin Price may range between $21.00 and $42.00, and a potential average value of around $63.00.
Trump Crypto Price Target 2028
The Trump price could achieve the $94.25 milestone by the year 2028. However, the viral memecoin could record a low of $31.50 and an average price of $62.00 if the crypto market turns bearish.
Trump Coin Price Analysis 2029
During 2029, the TRUMP crypto could reach a maximum trading value of $141.50 with a potential low of around $88. Evaluating the market sentiments, the average price of this altcoin could settle at around $94.50.
Trump Price Prediction 2030
The TRUMP memecoin crypto prediction for the year 2030 could range between $70.75 to $212.25. Considering the buying and selling pressure, the average price could be around $141.50 for that year.
Market Analysis
Firm Name
2025
2026
2030
Mudrex
$60
$100
$600
Icobench
$100
$150
$500
Binance
$13.93
$14.63
$17.78
CoinPedia’s Trump Price Projection
With more fundamental updates and a potential roadmap, the Trump crypto token could dominate the memecoin segment this year. Notably, this could push its value toward a new all-time high (ATH) during the upcoming AltSeason.
If the bullish sentiment intensifies, the TRUMP price could reach a high of $27.92 in 2025. On the contrary, if the market turns extremely bearish or this project experiences a pump-and-dump situation, this could result in this meme coin plunging toward its annual low of $9.31.
Year
Potential Low
Potential Average
Potential High
2025
$9.31
$18.62
$27.92
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Conclusion
The TRUMP Coin has demonstrated resilience after early volatility, showing signs of recovery in 2025. With strong backing from Donald Trump’s brand, it continues to capture investor attention. Its future trajectory remains promising, but ongoing market analysis will be key to understanding its long-term potential.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Should I buy Trump meme coin?
The OFFICIAL TRUMP memecoin could be a good buy, if considered for the short-term.
How to buy Trump meme coin?
This memecoin is available to trade on top cryptocurrency exchanges like Coinbase, Binance, Bitget, and major Solana pairs.
Is Trump Coin a good investment?
If the bullish sentiment sustains, the TRUMP meme coin could reach a high of $28 this year.
Where to buy Trump memecoin?
The Trump token is currently in high demand and is tradable on top Sol-based pairs such as Ocra, Raydium, and Jupiter. Moreover, one can also purchase this viral meme coin on Bitget and Binance.
How high will Trump memecoin go in 2025?
The Trump crypto could range between $9.31 and $28 in 2025.
Is it too late to buy the Trump memecoin?
Considering the present market sentiments, it is too early to jump to a conclusion and the core fundamentals of this project are yet to roll out.
How much will TRUMP memecoin be worth by 2030?
With increased adoption and bullish sentiment, the Trump price could reach a maximum value of $212.25 by 2030.
How much is Trump coin worth?
At the time of writing, the value of one TRUMP memecoin was $10.83.
The Union Government has approved the establishment of a new veterinary and animal husbandry college on a 23-acre campus at Himatnagar, in North Gujarat, taking the total number of veterinary colleges in the state to five.
The approval for the new college under Kamdhenu University was granted following an inspection and thorough review by the Veterinary Council of India (VCI), stated an official statement from the state government on Wednesday. Admissions for 80 seats in this new college will begin next month for the academic year 2025–26. Admissions will be based on NEET scores after completion of Class 12.
This will be the fifth veterinary college in the state after Anand, Navsari, Junagadh, and Dantiwada. The college will offer the Bachelor of Veterinary Science (BVSc) and Animal Husbandry degree program. Adequate staff appointments have already been completed, including One Principal, four Professors, Seven Associate Professors, 34 Assistant Professors, and 23 non-teaching staff.
McDonald’s continues to capitalize on the love of its customers for the company’s goofy history. Recently, Happy Meals included McDonald’s-themed toys — such as drink machines, fryers and trays with food on them — delivered in mini-Happy Meal boxes. And the much-longed-for Snack Wraps finally returned after a viral fan campaign. Now, McDonald’s has introduced the McDonaldland Meal, which goes straight after that market of adults who have a nostalgic feeling for the Golden Arches. And it comes with a shake in colors like you’ve never seen before.
The McDonaldland Meal came out on Tuesday, and I grabbed one at my local McD. It’s not cheap — here in high-cost-of-living Seattle, the medium meal was $16.59 and the large was $18.29.
Read more: McDonald’s Snack Wraps Are Back but Was It Worth the Wait?
You can choose from a Quarter Pounder with cheese or a 10-piece McNugget order. It also comes with the chain’s famous french fries and your choice of drink. But the specialty drink that’s made to go with the meal is called the Mt. McDonaldland shake, and it’s a blazing blue color, topped with hot pink whipped cream.
Unlike the Happy Meal, the McDonaldland Meal is made for adults.
Gael Fashingbauer Cooper/CNET
You know what regular McDonald’s food tastes like, but you’ve perhaps never had this flavor of shake before. McDonald’s teases in its press release that it’s “up to you to discover the surprise flavor.” (You can order the shake without the meal if you just want to try it.)
I braced myself for a super-sugary shake that I’d take one sip of and then dump out. But I was surprised. It was an acceptable flavor that I drank about half of. Sweet, yes, but not mouth-puckeringly so. There was a vague fruit flavor that I couldn’t exactly nail down.
Maybe cotton candy? Maybe blue raspberry? Maybe both of those, mixed? I would not order the Mt. McDonaldland shake again, but it’s a fun, colorful twist for a one-time purchase. If you don’t want to try it, you can choose a regular drink or another flavor of shake with your McDonaldland meal.
I sampled the hot pink whipped cream by itself, and it seemed to have no flavor, so maybe they just took regular whipped cream and dyed it pink.
Nostalgic characters from McDonald’s advertising are displayed on the small tins included in the meals.
Gael Fashingbauer Cooper/CNET
Instead of a simple toy, the McDonaldland Meal comes with a 5-by-7-inch tin with one of the McDonaldland mascot characters on it. I ended up with Hamburglar, who, after Grimace, would probably have been my choice.
Tins come embossed with Hamburglar, Grimace, Ronald McDonald, Mayor McCheese, Birdie the Early Bird and the Fry Guys. Honestly, I’m not sure what anyone would do with this tin, but it was definitely a classier included item than most of the Happy Meal toys.
Inside the tin is a card with a code you can scan to explore McDonaldland online, an ID card for your particular character, two postcards and four stickers. One of my stickers said “robble robble,” the Hamburglar’s favorite saying, and one read, “Keep up! Hamburglar and I are mid-heist.” I can’t really imagine anyone putting these on their water bottle or laptop, but to each their own.
Honestly, unless McDonald’s nostalgia is your thing, I’d recommend you just stick to ordering your usual at the Golden Arches and skipping the meal. But if you just don’t get enough blue and pink food in your life — and who does? — try the Mt. McDonaldland shake once, pass it around to let your friends guess the flavor, and then go back to chocolate or another good old standard flavor.
Days after Kelly Clarkson’s ex-husband, Brandon Blackstock, passed away at the age of 48, the cause of his death was revealed.
On August 11, it was reported that the talent manager died after a private battle with melanoma, a form of skin cancer.
“Brandon Blackstock passed away peacefully at his home in Butte, Montana on August 7 under hospice care surrounded by his family,” Silver Bow County Coroner Dan Hollis told Fox News Digital.
TV HOST DISCOVERS HE HAS SKIN CANCER DURING LIVE ON-AIR BROADCAST
“It is with great sadness that we share the news that Brandon Blackstock has passed away. Brandon bravely battled cancer for more than three years. He passed away peacefully and was surrounded by family. We thank you for your thoughts and prayers and ask everyone to respect the family’s privacy during this very difficult time.”
Kelly Clarkson’s ex-husband and renowned talent manager, Brandon Blackstock, died at the age of 48, following a three-year battle with cancer.(Kevin Mazur/Getty Images for Atlantic Records)
The singer, who was married to Blackstock for seven years before their divorce in 2022, reportedly “remained protective” of her ex as he battled cancer for three years.
What to know about melanoma risks
Skin cancer is the most common type of cancer in the U.S. — with one in five Americans developing the disease by the age of 70.
MOM CREDITS TIKTOK VIDEO FOR CANCER DIAGNOSIS AFTER SPOTTING STRANGE NAIL MARKING
Melanoma is the deadliest form of skin cancer, expected to take the lives of more than 8,400 people in the U.S. this year, according to the American Cancer Society.
“Melanoma has a significantly higher chance of spreading than basal cell and squamous cell carcinomas, the most common types of skin cancer,” said Marcus Monroe, MD, surgeon and investigator with the Huntsman Cancer Institute and associate professor at the University of Utah School of Medicine, previously told Fox News Digital.
On August 11, it was reported that the talent manager died after a private battle with melanoma, a form of skin cancer.(Michael Buckner/Getty Images for Celebrity Fight Night)
The chances of melanoma spreading to other locations increases with each stage of cancer.
“For the earliest stage, this risk is estimated at less than 5%, increasing for patients with stage 2 disease to a wider range, from 5% at the low end up to 40% to 50% for the most advanced stage 2 patients,” said Monroe.
In stage 3 patients (those with regional spread either via in-transit metastases or to adjacent lymph nodes), up to 30% to 40% will develop distant metastases, with a 16% to 17% risk of brain metastases, the doctor added.
Melanoma is the deadliest form of skin cancer, expected to take the lives of more than 8,400 people in the U.S. this year.
The brain and lungs are the most common sites of metastasis for melanoma, experts confirmed.
If the patient has lesions that are deep in the skin or involve the lymph nodes, the chance of melanoma spreading is higher — anywhere from 20% to 70%, according to Jose Lutzky, MD, director of cutaneous oncology services at the Sylvester Comprehensive Cancer Center in South Florida.
Treatment and prevention
Metastatic melanoma was once considered mostly treatment-resistant because it did not respond to traditional chemotherapy and radiation, noted Dr. Joshua Strauss from Advanced Care Oncology and Hematology Associates of the Atlantic Medical Group in Morristown, New Jersey.
Skin cancer is the most common type of cancer in the U.S. — with one in five Americans developing the disease by the age of 70.(iStock)
“Nowadays, using targeted therapies and immunotherapy survival has been dramatically improved, and there is a possibility of long-term remission with treatment,” Strauss previously told Fox News Digital.
Lutzky noted that melanoma is almost always curable by surgical removal when it’s detected early.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Because of advances in the treatment of melanoma over the last 10 to 15 years, even very advanced melanoma can be cured in up to 50% of cases with modern immunotherapy treatment,” he told Fox News Digital.
“More recently, cell therapy has been approved to treat those advanced melanomas that do not respond to immunotherapy.”
Prevention of melanoma
To prevent melanoma, it’s important to reduce exposure to ultraviolet radiation, especially in people with lightly pigmented skin, Strauss advised.
“Sunscreen and sun-protective clothing are critical,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
The American Academy of Dermatology recommends applying water-resistant sunscreen with broad-spectrum protection against UVA and UVB rays, and SPF 30 or higher, before sun exposure.
“Indoor tanning bed use should be avoided because it is known to be associated with increased melanoma risk,” Strauss added.
High-risk individuals should also have yearly skin checks with a dermatologist, experts recommend.(iStock)
High-risk individuals should also have yearly skin checks with a dermatologist.
“This includes individuals with a personal history of skin cancer, family history of melanoma, people who take medications that suppress the immune system, and people who are highly sun-sensitive, such as those with red or blond hair, light skin pigmentation, significant freckling and light eye color,” the oncologist said.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Strauss uses the acronym ABCDE to differentiate between a normal mole and a melanoma.
“Moles with Asymmetry, irregular Borders, multiple Colors, Diameter larger than a pencil eraser, and Evolving or changing characteristics require further evaluation,” he said.
Fox News’ Christina Dugan Ramirez contributed reporting.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/news/viral-woman-shares-hack-to-keep-dal-warm-while-eating-internet-is-not-impressed-9068002” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-12/Foreign-Ministry-China-backs-peaceful-settlement-of-Ukraine-issue-1FMzHR0i1gc/img/c509415604804e209a0bba1aea87f295/c509415604804e209a0bba1aea87f295.png' alt='China's Ministry of Foreign Affairs. /VCG'
China supports all efforts conducive to the peaceful settlement of the Ukraine issue and is glad to see Russia and the United States keep in contact, improve their relations and advance the political settlement of the Ukraine crisis, a Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson said on Tuesday.
Spokesperson Lin Jian made the remarks when asked to comment on a report saying that U.S. President Donald Trump and his Russian counterpart, Vladimir Putin, plan to meet on August 15 to discuss the Ukraine issue. Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky and the European Union’s representatives have not been invited to the negotiation.
“We hope all parties concerned and stakeholders will take part in the negotiation process in due course and reach a fair, lasting and binding peace agreement acceptable to parties concerned at an early date,” Lin said.
After years of speculation, the soccer superstar’s engagement is big news, but it’s the enormous diamond perched on Ms. Rodríguez’s finger that has everyone talking.
Capital Tower, the headquarters of Capitaland Ltd
| Photo Credit:
Munshi Ahmed
CapitaLand Investment Limited (CLI) signed a memorandum of understanding with the Maharashtra government on Tuesday, committing to invest over ₹19,200 crore (S$2.83 billion) by 2030 to expand operations in Mumbai and Pune.
The announcement coincided with the launch of CLI’s first data centre in India at Navi Mumbai, attended by Singapore Deputy Prime Minister Gan Kim Yong and Maharashtra Chief Minister Devendra Fadnavis.
The planned investment forms part of CLI’s broader India strategy to increase funds under management from over S$8 billion to S$15 billion by 2028. The funds will target business parks, data centres, logistics and industrial sectors across Maharashtra.
CLI has operated in Maharashtra since 2013, initially partnering with Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation to develop International Tech Park Pune, Hinjawadi. Over the past decade, the Singapore-based real asset manager has invested over ₹6,800 crore across 10 assets in the State.
The company currently operates five business parks in Maharashtra totalling 9.7 million square feet of leasable area, with plans to add another 4.5 million square feet. CLI also manages four data centres with 244 megawatts capacity and five logistics parks spanning 5.3 million square feet.
CLI has built a portfolio of over 55 assets across eight Indian cities over three decades.
You know the drill by now—fight, flight, or freeze. These are the holy trinity of threat responses we’ve been taught to recognize. But what if I told you there’s a fourth response that’s been hiding in plain sight, one that might explain why you find yourself saying “yes” when every fiber of your being wants to scream “no”?
Meet the fawn response: the art of becoming irresistibly appealing to whatever threatens us.
Psychotherapist Pete Walker didn’t just coin this term, he illuminated a survival strategy that millions of us have been unconsciously perfecting since childhood. When fight feels dangerous, flight feels impossible, and freeze feels futile, we fawn. We become charming, accommodating, essential. We make ourselves so valuable to the threat that it would be foolish to harm us.
Are you a Chronic People Pleaser?
Here’s what’s fascinating from a neurobiological perspective: research shows that chronic people-pleasing actually rewires our brains. The anterior cingulate cortex, which processes social pain, becomes hyperactive in those with people-pleasing tendencies. Meanwhile, the prefrontal cortex—our center for rational decision-making—shows decreased activity when we’re in fawn mode. We literally think less clearly when we’re trying to be more appealing.
The fawn response isn’t weakness; it’s intelligence. It’s a brilliant adaptation that likely kept you safe when you were small and powerless. Perhaps love felt conditional on your compliance. Maybe peace in your household depended on your ability to read the room and adjust accordingly. Your nervous system learned that survival meant becoming indispensable through agreeability.
But here’s the paradox: the very strategy that once protected you can become the thing that traps you.
In adult relationships, fawning can create a cruel irony. The more you accommodate, the less you’re truly seen. The more you anticipate someone’s needs, the less they learn to consider yours. You become a supporting actor in your own life story, always adjusting your performance to match someone else’s expectations.
Anxiously Attached People Fawn More
Studies on attachment styles reveal that those with anxious attachment—about 20% of the population—are particularly susceptible to fawning behaviors. The fear of abandonment creates a feedback loop: you over-give to prevent loss, which can actually push people away or attract those who are comfortable taking without reciprocating.
The most insidious part? Fawning feels like love. It feels like care. It feels like the right thing to do. Your nervous system floods with relief when you successfully appease someone, reinforcing the pattern. But relief isn’t the same as genuine connection.
Breaking Codependent Habits
Breaking free from the fawn response isn’t about becoming less kind or less considerate. It’s about recalibrating your internal compass to distinguish between generous love and survival-mode appeasing.
It’s learning that disappointing someone occasionally doesn’t make you a bad person—it makes you a whole person. Here’s where the real work begins: training your nervous system to tolerate the discomfort of someone else’s displeasure without immediately rushing to fix it. This isn’t about becoming selfish—it’s about becoming selective. It’s about learning to say no as an act of integrity, not rebellion.
Research from Dr. Brené Brown’s work on boundaries shows us that the most compassionate people are also the most boundaried. They understand that sustainable relationships require honest limits, not endless accommodation.
The path forward starts with small experiments. What if you paused for three seconds before automatically saying yes? What if you started sentences with “Let me think about that” instead of immediate agreement?
If your nervous system has been practicing the fawn response for years (or decades), remind yourselt to be patient as you teach it new moves.
Remember: each time you choose authenticity over accommodation, you’re literally rewiring your brain, which means your capacity for healthy boundaries will grow stronger with practice.
Want to heal from a breakup or break toxic relationship patterns?
Check out Renew Breakup Bootcamp – a 4 day luxury retreat to help you reclaim your power, transform heartache into insight, and create space for the love and life you deserve.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
ELLA Dvornik trenutačno se nalazi u Londonu, a kako se tamo provodi otkrila je u nizu fotografija koje je objavila na Instagramu, a svojim je modnim izdanjem još jednom privukla našu pozornost.
Na fotografijama nosi ležernu i trendi kombinaciju. Jednostavna bijela majica poslužila je kao baza koja ističe brojne modne detalje. Oko vrata nosi svilenkastu maramu u nježnim ružičastim tonovima s decentnim uzorkom, zavezanu u elegantan čvor. Na lijevoj ruci nosi minimalistički tanki sat i jednostavan prsten.
Ovalne sunčane naočale za retro dojam
Na licu ima uske, tamne sunčane naočale ovalnog oblika koje naglašavaju moderan, ali pomalo retro dojam, a koje dodaju cool notu cijelom izdanju. Kako je vjerojatno cijeli dan na nogama, adidas Astir tenisice tu su da osiguraju maksimalnu udobnost.
Ovalne sunčane naočale ovog ljeta proživljavaju pravu renesansu. Nadahnute su Y2K trendom, a nose ih svi od Belle Hadid do Anite Dujić. S tankim ili debelim okvirom, bez okvira, u različitim bojama – viđamo ih u različitim varijantama, tako da svatko može pronaći komad koji se uklapa u njihov stil.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
U nastavku smo izdvojili ovalne sunčane naočale slične onima koje nosi Ella.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
THOUSAND OAKS, California — Jaime Jaquez Jr., who is preparing for his third season in the NBA with the Miami Heat, and his sister Gabriela Jaquez, a standout player for the UCLA Bruins and the Mexican national basketball team, set aside their own workouts to lead others through some familiar drills.
The siblings recently hosted a summer camp for about 180 participants ages 6 to 16 at the Sports Academy facilities in Thousand Oaks. The three-hour camp aimed to promote basketball skills, discipline and a passion for the sport among children and teens. Some participants traveled from other states to attend the camp.
“It’s good to come back and give something back to the community, especially in a place where we grew up. Being able to do this is special,” said Jaime, who grew up in Camarillo, shone for four years at UCLA and has represented Mexico in international tournaments.
Gabriela Jaquez teaches camp participants how to shoot a basket.
(Nash Boorman, Courtesy of Electrolit)
During the event, Jaime recalled his childhood playing basketball “from dawn to dusk” on the local courts in his hometown.
The camp was also a source of inspiration for families.
“It’s exciting to see Latino players succeed, one in the NBA and another possibly in the WNBA,” said Armando Castillas of Oxnard, who attended the camp with his children, Logan, 6, and Emma, 10.
In addition to leading the camp, the Jaquez siblings are focused on their upcoming professional challenges.
Jaime is looking for a season of redemption after a difficult year with the Heat, having been named to the all-rookie team 2023–24.
“It has always been my goal to win championships,” said Jaime, who noted that he preferred to focus entirely on improving with the Heat before making any commitments to the Mexican national team.
For her part, Gabriela recently returned from competing in the 2025 FIBA AmeriCup in Chile with the Mexican national team. In the tournament, Mexico faced the United States, Brazil, Colombia, Puerto Rico, Chile, and the Dominican Republic. Gabriela averaged 12 points per game, ranking as the 10th-best scorer in the tournament, and was recognized as the Rising Star of the competition. She had previously played for Mexico, which also helped her adapt to FIBA’s physical style of play and perform better with UCLA.
“It was an excellent opportunity. Playing at that level helped me a lot, especially physically,” said the 6-foot guard, who looks forward to her third season with the Bruins.
“I’m extremely proud to see her play for Mexico. I hope she can continue on that path and keep growing,” Jaime said of his sister.
Both players are now preparing for their respective seasons with clear goals: Jaime is looking to take the Heat further in the playoffs, while Gabriela has her sights set on a national championship with UCLA.
A group of children with Jaime Jaquez Jr. and Gabriela Jaquez during the UCLA siblings’ camp.
(Nash Boorman, Courtesy of Electrolit)
“The goal is to win championships with UCLA,” Gabriela said. “We’ve already made it to the Final Four, and I think we have the talent to go even further.”
This article first appeared in Spanish via L.A. Times en Español.
India’s Generative AI (GenAI) startup scene is growing at breakneck speed but most of the action is happening in one part of the value chain. According to the latest report by Nasscom, titled ‘India Generative AI Startups Landscape 2025,’ the number of active GenAI startups in the country has shot up from just over 240 in early 2024 to more than 890 in the first half of 2025.
While that sounds like a massive leap, the report points out that the bulk of these companies are building applications and not the core large language models (LLMs) that actually power the technology.
Highlighting how India’s GenAI growth story may be driven more by those layering products on top of existing AI engines than by those inventing the engines themselves.
The report found that 63 per cent of GenAI startups in India are “pivoted” — existing companies that have added GenAI features, often by integrating ready-made global APIs instead of building models from scratch.
“The low barrier to entry for building an application on top of a powerful, pre-existing model has made it significantly faster and more capital-efficient to launch an application-layer startup,” the report noted.
As of now, only 5 per cent of Indian GenAI startups are building their own core AI models or infrastructure, down from 7 per cent last year. While using ready-made global tech helps companies launch faster, cut costs, and test ideas more easily, the report warns this heavy dependence could be risky, with India’s GenAI economy “being built on foreign-owned digital land.”
The funding environment has also changed. While early-stage investment remains stable, late-stage capital has “completely evaporated,” falling from $115 million in 2023 to zero in both 2024 and the first half of 2025.
The report links this to investor caution around “the uniquely risky domain of late-stage GenAI,” which requires huge and ongoing spending on computing power and research.
Niche is the new big
With too many players chasing generic AI ideas, startups are finding more success in going niche. Vertical AI tailored for industries like healthcare, legal services, and finance is gaining ground. These focused solutions have a clearer business case, better customer loyalty, and data that’s hard to copy. Standouts include Qure AI in healthtech, which raised $125 million, and legaltech firm Spotdraft, which bagged $86 million.
Australian chef Sarah Todd’s culinary love story with India extends well beyond cooking. From mastering aloo gobi on MasterChef Australia to embracing Indian warmth and wisdom, she once spoke about how her tryst with India has reshaped her life and values. Ahead of India’s Independence Day, let us take a look at the life lessons Sarah Todd has taken from the country.
Australian chef Sarah Todd shares a special bond with India.(Instagram)
Sarah Todd shares her life lessons from India
Sarah has travelled the length and breadth of India to explore the diverse flavours and cuisines it offers. She loves the country’s street food. Be it Delhi’s Daulat ki Chaat and Shahi Tukda or Madhya Pradesh’s Indori Poha, Rajasthan’s spicy Mirchi Vadaa or Karnataka’s ghee-laden Mysore Pak – she has sampled it all! In a 2024 interview to Health Shots, Sarah Todd spoke at length about how her bond with India has only strengthened with time.
1. The power of ancient wisdom
Sarah Todd learnt that food in India isn’t just nourishment, it’s medicine. She called it one of the most “incredible cuisines”. “What to eat in the monsoon, what is good for the body when you have an upset stomach… it’s all what I am learning from India. Using natural medicines to heal is something I believe a lot in,” said Sarah. She believes “India has all the answers” when it comes to going back to the roots and using ancient methods for healing.
2. Heartwarming hospitality
The more time she spent in India, the more Sarah Todd realised the love and care that goes behind making and serving food. Sarah reflected, “In India, people really take the time to make sure that you’re having a good experience in their country. In Australia, it’s a very fast-paced life. We all get caught in a rat race. But it’s human connection that we all need.”
3. Togetherness
As a single mother, Sarah found new meaning in India’s tight-knit community and family values. Talking of Australia, she said: “We’ve got into this lifestyle where everyone moves into an apartment, they live alone, they get disconnected from their families… But India has a history of keeping the family together and supporting each other. It takes a village to raise a child, and with time, I have learnt to accept help.”
Sarah also realized the importance of having community around for the holistic growth and development of her son Phoenix. Her experiences in India helped her value its importance even more.
4. Joy in the simple moments
Amid grand restaurants and gourmet creations, India taught Sarah to slow down and savour “the small things”.
Sarah told Health Shots: “As people, we always get stuck in wanting more – more money to have a higher status and to be a little bit more famous. But at the end of the day, it is really about being happy and enjoying the small things. I always used to be that way. But for a period of time, you get a little bit lost and go off the path. And then you come back to realising what is the true value in our lives. I think I’ve learned that from India.”
Sarah Todd’s reflections are a reminder of the richness of India’s diverse culture and how the country’s strength lies in togetherness and traditions.
Monster Hunter Wilds is getting another big update on PlayStation, Xbox and PC.
According to Capcom, Monster Hunter Wilds update 1.021 has an August 13 release date and a 3.30am BST UK release time.
The new update weighs in at around 3GB on PS5, 2GB on Xbox Series X|S and 2GB on Steam. However, it’s worth noting that it’s 6GB with the High Resolution Texture Pack.
The new update will attempt to improve the Steam reviews and expand the endgame for hardcore players.
As you can see from the patch notes further down the page, this includes the appearance of regular and tempered versions of Rey Dau and Nu Udra in the Wounded Hollow at HR 100 or higher.
Capcom has also adjusted the appearance rate of monsters at HR 100 and higher.
Elsewhere, the new update adds a new new Glowing Stone appraisal item, yields a talisman with random skill attributes.
The upgrade limit has also been increased for armour of rarity 5 and above.
The Monster Hunter Wilds update 1.021 patch notes can be seen below.
Major Additions and Changes
Monsters
• At HR 100 or higher, tempered versions of the following nine monsters will now begin to appear in the field as 9 quests: Rey Dau, Uth Duna, Nu Udra, Jin Dahaad, Gore Magala, Arkveld, Mizutsune, Lagiacrus, Seregios.
• Regular and tempered versions of Rey Dau and Nu Udra will now appear in the Wounded Hollow at HR 100 or higher.
• Adjusted the appearance rate of monsters at HR 100 and higher.
Player
• A new appraisal item, Glowing Stone, has been added.
– Note: It can be obtained as a reward from 9 monster quests. The item is appraised upon quest completion, yielding a talisman with random skill attributes.
• The upgrade limit has been increased for armour of rarity 5 and above.
System
• Added a feature to hide/show specific ammo and coatings in the Ammo/Coatings Bar. This can be configured from the Ammo Pouch and Coating Pouch.
• Added the new Recoil Aim Assist option.
• You can now set weapons, armour, and talismans as Favourites. Favouriting an item provides the following benefits:
– A star icon will display, making it easier to identify.
– You can sort and rearrange by Favourites.
– A confirmation message will appear if you try to sell or use it as melding material.
• Added an option to sort by Favourites to the Equipment Box, Decoration Box, and Artian Materials Box.
• Improved directional input responsiveness on the World Map, allowing for more intuitive cursor movement.
Bases and Facilities
• Added a new feature related to Appraised Talismans to the Melding Pot.
Miscellaneous
System
• Fixed an issue where performing certain actions in the item bar could cause the game to crash.
• Increased the amount of Guild Points awarded from Limited Bounties.
Network
• Fixed an issue where, if a player disconnected just before the animation of gestures like Gou Hadoken or Water Gun hit, the game would crash for other players.
• Fixed an issue that caused the following incorrect message to display when viewing the rankings for a new Challenge Quest or Free Challenge Quest: “This is a repeated quest. You can view the results from when it was last available.”
Locales
• Fixed an issue where shrine fragments that appear during quests in the Dragontorch Shrine would sometimes not activate from direct attacks.
• Fixed an issue in Photo Mode where toggling off the scoutfly effects from the edit menu only hid the glowing effect.
Other
• Fixed an issue where some voice lines would not trigger properly.
It’s no secret Mercedes-Benz’s family of Electric Vehicle Architecture-based models – the EQE, EQE SUV, EQS and EQS SUV – have failed to fire.
Now, Mercedes-Benz is offering huge discounts across the range of curvaceous large and extra-large sedans and SUVs with savings of between $23,814 and $69,839 based on a Victorian postcode.
The company has over 100 new vehicles listed in stock across these four model lines on its website, and a look at in-stock vehicles reveals the largest discounts can be had on the Mercedes-AMG EQE53 sedan and Mercedes-Benz EQS450 limousine.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new Mercedes-Benz. Click here to get a great deal.
The smallest discounts are actually on the most expensive member of this EVA-based lineup, the Mercedes-Maybach EQS680.
Here’s a breakdown of what’s currently on offer, as of the morning of August 13, with pricing based on a private buyer with a Victorian postcode.
EQE300 SUV
12 vehicles in stock
Drive-away prices of $106,501 to $106,804
Savings of $24,735 to $27,956
EQE300 sedan
1 vehicle in stock
Drive-away price of $106,409
Saving of $23,814
EQE350 SUV
2 vehicles in stock
Drive-away price of $107,246
Saving of $32,623
AMG EQE53 SUV
37 vehicles in stock
Drive-away prices of $123,417 to $136,825
Savings of $52,912 to $56,828
AMG EQE53
4 vehicles in stock
Drive-away prices of $134,551 to $142,239
Savings of $66,677 to $69,839
EQS450
3 vehicles in stock
Drive-away prices of $128,719 to $133,893
Savings of $64,278 to $66,405
EQS450 SUV
36 vehicles in stock
Drive-away prices of $126,927 to $140,128
Savings of $53,405 to $57,970
Maybach EQS680
12 vehicles in stock
Drive-away prices of $333,457 to $419,211
Savings of $8786 to $9273
Of this quartet, the EQE SUV is by far the most popular. Mercedes-Benz has delivered 594 this year to the end of July, up 5.7 per cent on the same period last year.
It’s followed by the EQE (90, down 13.5 per cent), the EQS SUV (22, down 72.2 per cent) and the EQS (2, down 66.7 per cent).
Mercedes-Benz removed the ability to configure a new EQE and EQS from its website last year, and while the model pages for these vehicles are still active, they stopped appearing in the vehicle range menu in March – something which the company has blamed on a technical issue.
Now, the EQE SUV and EQS SUV can no longer be configured via the website.
The EQE and EQS entered production in 2021, with their SUV counterparts following in 2022. All received styling dramatically different from equivalent combustion-powered Mercedes-Benz models, with more curvaceous – some would say blobby – styling.
Responding to criticism, Mercedes-Benz gave the EQS a facelift in Europe, bringing a more conventional grille, but this has yet to be confirmed for our market.
Earlier this year, Mercedes-Benz paused deliveries of all EVA-based models in the US due to slow sales.
The German automaker has said it’s moving to a “coherent design language” across its portfolio, and is also ditching separate EQ nameplates.
The Union Cabinet, led by PM Modi, approved four semiconductor projects worth Rs 4,600 crore, creating 2,034 jobs.
India approves four new semiconductor projects.
The Union Cabinet, chaired by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, has approved four new semiconductor projects under the India Semiconductor Mission (ISM), marking another milestone in India’s bid to build a robust chip-making ecosystem.
The fresh approvals, worth a cumulative Rs 4,600 crore, are expected to create 2,034 skilled jobs directly and many more indirectly. With this, the total number of projects approved under ISM rises to 10, with total planned investments of about Rs 1.60 lakh crore spread across six states.
India is making rapid strides in the semiconductor sector, building a robust ecosystem to power our digital future and drive global innovation. Today’s Cabinet decision relating to approval of semiconductor units in Andhra Pradesh, Odisha and Punjab will boost manufacturing…— Narendra Modi (@narendramodi) August 12, 2025
The newly approved proposals are from 3D Glass Solutions Inc., Continental Device India Private Limited (CDIL), and Advanced System in Package (ASIP) Technologies. SiCSem and 3D Glass will set up facilities in Odisha, CDIL will expand in Punjab, and ASIP will set up operations in Andhra Pradesh.
SiCSem, in collaboration with UK’s Clas-SiC Wafer Fab Ltd., will establish India’s first commercial compound semiconductor fab in Bhubaneshwar with a capacity of 60,000 wafers and 96 million packaged units annually. The devices will cater to sectors such as defence, EVs, railways, data centres, and renewable energy.
3D Glass Solutions will also set up a unit in Bhubaneshwar to bring advanced packaging technology, producing glass interposers, silicon bridges, and 3D Heterogeneous Integration modules for high-performance computing, AI, photonics, and defence applications.
Semiconductor manufacturing comes to AP, driven by a double engine sarkar! I am grateful to the Hon’ble Prime Minister @narendramodi ji for sanctioning a semiconductor manufacturing facility to AP as part of a Rs. 4,600 crore budgetary allocation. Advanced System in Package… pic.twitter.com/WEiHXg8Uce— Lokesh Nara (@naralokesh) August 12, 2025
ASIP Technologies, in a tie-up with South Korea’s APACT Co. Ltd., will set up a semiconductor packaging facility in Andhra Pradesh with an annual capacity of 96 million units for use in mobile devices, automobiles, and consumer electronics.
CDIL will expand its Mohali plant to manufacture high-power devices such as MOSFETs, IGBTs, and Schottky diodes, with an annual capacity of over 158 million units.
With the approval of these projects, the semiconductor ecosystem in the country would get a significant boost as these projects include the country’s first commercial compound fab as well as a highly advanced glass-based substrate semiconductor packaging unit.
These would complement the growing world-class chip design capabilities coming up in the country, which are propelled by design infrastructure support provided by the Government to 278 academic institutions and 72 start-ups.
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More
Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
view comments
News business » economy Cabinet Approves Four New Semiconductor Projects Worth Rs 4,600 Crore; 2,034 New Jobs Expected
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Cardano is gaining bullish momentum as the market builds, signalling the potential for a decisive upside move. Price action is steadily pressing toward a critical resistance zone, with buyers showing renewed strength. A sustained push from current levels could pave the way for the ADA price to test the $1.20 mark, a threshold that may trigger heightened interest and fuel further gains. With sentiment improving and volatility on the rise, ADA’s short-term trajectory appears primed for a continuation toward higher valuation levels.
The ADA price is coiling up, making less noise, which has helped the token to break out of the prolonged bearish trend. With this, the price is consolidating just below the $0.8 to $0.85 resistance and the trendline; a confirmed breakout could trigger a move toward $1.50. The question now arises: Is this breakout on the horizon?
Traders Turn Optimistic on Cardano
The on-chain readings suggest the traders are turning optimistic as the open interest has marked a new ATH.
The Open Interest has seen a sudden rise since the November 2024 breakout and has been scaling high, and has almost reached $1.80 billion. The rising open interest indicates growing bullish sentiment among the traders, which could be a bullish signal for the ADA price.
Will ADA Price Rise above $1 This Week?
The Cardano price appears to have completed the correction after a breakout, suggesting a bullish wave is about to begin.
The above chart shows the ADA price broke out from the descending parallel channel, and after a small correction, the price has triggered a rebound. Interestingly, this rebound has turned the indicators bullish, hinting towards a potential breakout. The 50/200-day MAs are heading for a bullish crossover, called the Golden Cross, that previously resulted in a 120% rise. On the other hand, the MACD has also displayed a similar crossover, which suggests buying pressure is about to coil up.
Considering the previous chart patterns and the current market conditions, Cardano (ADA) price is primed for a breakout above $0.9 at any time from now. However, securing $0.92 could pave the way for a larger breakout above $1 and reach $1.12
The Manipal-based TA Pai Management Institute (TAPMI) conducts the induction programme for the Integrated Programme in Management 2025–2030 batch in Manipal.
The Manipal-based TA Pai Management Institute (TAPMI), a constituent unit of Manipal Academy of Higher Education (MAHE), hosted the induction programme for the Integrated Programme in Management (IPM) 2025–2030 batch on August 9.
Welcoming the batch, Rajeev Kumra, Director of TAPMI, highlighted the institute’s reputation for academic rigour, discipline, and holistic development through academics, projects, competitions, sports, and cultural activities.
Emphasising hostel life as a training ground for leadership, teamwork, and resilience, he assured parents of a safe and nurturing environment and urged them to give their children space to grow. He encouraged students to seize every opportunity, build friendships, embrace challenges, and develop skills beyond academics to shape their careers and personal growth.
Lt Gen MD Venkatesh, Vice Chancellor of MAHE, spoke of TAPMI’s advantage as part of India’s leading multidisciplinary university, offering a five-year journey from school graduates to management professionals. He stressed the value of a diverse learning environment, global exposure, and cultural immersion.
Advising students to balance independence with responsibility, he urged them to avoid distractions, commit to lifelong learning, and cultivate curiosity, adaptability, and a readiness to make a positive difference.
Arjun Viswanathan, Managing Director at VAST Data, who was the chief guest on the occasion, reflected on his early days in Manipal and the resilience those experiences built. He noted that while the world is intense, unpredictable, and sometimes unfair, it is also full of opportunity. He urged students to stay honest with themselves, prioritise mental health, read deeply, understand people, and balance reflection with vision.
Each summer seems to outdo the last when it comes to heat, and staying cool can feel like a full-time job. When temperatures climb or humidity hangs heavy in the air, your body works harder to regulate itself. Without enough fluids, staying hydrated gets a lot tougher.
Dehydration can set in faster than most people expect, especially during a heatwave. It can leave you feeling lightheaded, drained, and in more serious cases, it can put your health at real risk. Drinking plenty of water helps, but what you eat can play a big role, too.
Certain foods have a high water content and can help replenish fluids while also giving your body important nutrients. Choosing the right snacks and meals during extreme heat can make it easier to stay hydrated and keep your energy up when the weather is working against you.
Drinking is the recommended way to rehydrate yourself, but if it’s too humid outside, it can be almost impossible to catch up. Water alone doesn’t replenish salt or other minerals either. Thankfully, there are foods full of water and electrolytes that can help you to replenish your body’s minerals, and satisfy your thirst at the same time. These are the top hydrating foods to focus on this summer.
How to tell if you’re hydrated
Hydration needs vary based on your size, activity level and how much you sweat. Gabriela Barreto, a registered dietitian and sports nutritionist says there are two indicators of hydration level: your thirst and the color of your urine. “Drinking to thirst can be appropriate for most individuals to maintain their hydration levels and as for urine, you’re looking for a pale yellow color,” says Barreto. She says the only times you shouldn’t be concerned about the color of your urine are during your first pee of the morning because it tends to be dark, or if you are taking vitamin B supplements, which make urine more likely to appear bright yellow.
Barreto recommends that besides food and water, a hydration supplement such as Skratch can benefit individuals with active jobs and people who work out or spend a lot of time in the heat outdoors. “Utilizing a hydration product can be useful to increase your body’s water stores,” she says. “I recommend a hydration product with 300 to 500 milligrams of sodium and preferably about 20 grams of carbohydrates.” Keep in mind an electrolyte drink without carbohydrates will help with rehydration, too, just not as efficiently. So make sure to read the labels first to choose the best option for your needs.
A glass is water is not the only option if you are thirsty.
Stefania Pelfini/Getty Images
Which foods are most hydrating?
Most foods contain some amount of water, but it probably won’t surprise you to learn that fruits and vegetables are at the top of the list.
To get the most out of these hydrating fruits and vegetables, make sure you follow standard dietary guidelines. Barreto says, “Dietary guidelines recommend two to three servings of fruit and three to four servings of vegetables for most adults.” There are no specific guidelines for hydrating fruits and veggies, but by eating the daily recommended amount of produce you will be adding to your hydration, she says.
It is estimated that 20% to 30% of fluid needs can come from food, including fruits and veggies. By combining certain foods, you can boost your hydration. “When looking to adequately rehydrate, carbohydrates, fluid and sodium are key,” says Barreto, adding, “Carbohydrates are important for optimizing water and sodium absorption in the body.”
Watermelon and other melons
Watermelon isn’t just a fruit that is synonymous with summer, it’s also highly hydrating. It’s made up of 92% water and has antioxidants, important nutrients like vitamins A and C, magnesium, fiber and lycopene (a pigment found in red, yellow or orange-colored fruits and vegetables). Other melons such as cantaloupe are also made up of 90% water and are a good source of potassium, folate, as well as vitamins A and C.
Barreto says one hydrating recipe to try is a cucumber and watermelon salad with lime, mint and salty feta. As previously mentioned, the sodium and carbohydrates will help the body easily absorb the water from the fruit. Barreto points out that for this reason, you’ll also notice some sports dietitians recommend sprinkling some salt on your watermelon.
Cucumbers
Cucumbers are made up of 95% water and consist of vitamins like vitamin K, magnesium and potassium. This refreshing veggie can be easily added to salads, sandwiches, water or eaten on its own. Its high water content also makes it a low-calorie vegetable and is an ideal food to add to your diet if you’re looking to lose weight and feel full longer.
Squash
This versatile vegetable does well as an addition to soups, stir-fries, salads and as a side. Popular summer squashes like zucchini are a good source of vitamin C, potassium and fiber and are made up of 94% water. The high water and fiber content will keep you full and hydrated for an extended period.
Strawberries
This popular summer fruit is full of antioxidants, vitamins and minerals like vitamin C, manganese and folate. It’s an easy fruit to add into smoothies, yogurt, salads or eat on its own. Strawberries are made up of 91% water, making them the perfect fruit to quench your thirst and satisfy your sweet tooth.
Many seasonal fruits and vegetables can help keep you hydrated.
Getty Images
Lettuce and other leafy greens
Make a salad out of lettuce and other greens like lettuce, watercress, spinach or bok choy, which have high water content and provide lots of vitamins and minerals. Lettuce consists of 96% water and has folate, fiber and vitamins K and A. Spinach is high in iron, folic acid, calcium and vitamins C and A. Watercress, meanwhile, provides 100% of the recommended dietary intake for vitamin K, which is an essential nutrient for blood clotting and maintaining healthy bones. Bok choy is abundant in vitamins K and C, which means any combination of these greens is guaranteed to provide you with a salad full of nutrients.
Citrus fruits
If you enjoy oranges, grapefruits, limes and other citrus fruits, then eat up. Citrus fruits tend to be made up of about 80% water, making them good options for hydration. They are also high in vitamin C and fiber and are good for supporting your immune system. They’re even versatile enough to add to fruit salads, eat on their own, add to water or salads and even as a marinade for proteins, such as chicken or fish.
A stepfather has gone viral for using exercise to discipline his stepson — and then sharing the video on Instagram.
The boy was caught telling his mother to “chill” after he was told to stop his current behavior.
His stepdad stepped in, asking the boy, “Did you just tell your mom to ‘chill’?”
GRANDMOTHER’S RESPONSE TO MOM ‘GIVING IN’ TO TODDLER AT DINNER SPARKS HEATED DEBATE
He then instructed his stepson to do several push-ups, followed by 60 squats.
“Count ‘em,” the man told his stepson calmly, as he moved through the workout. “Keep squatting. All the way down.”
The punishment was followed by a conversation where the stepdad asked, “Do we tell our mom to chill out?”
The boy replied, “No.”
The man responded, “Absolutely not. I will not let you talk to my girl that way … Would I let anyone else talk to her like that? No. So, you don’t get to talk to her like that.”
FAMILY VACATION DRAMA ERUPTS OVER GRANDMOTHER’S REQUEST FOR DINNER WITH HER GROWN KIDS ONLY
The two hugged it out, and the boy apologized to his mother with a wholesome, “Sorry, Mom.”
The stepdad ended the conversation by reassuring the boy that he was loved.
“Hey, I love you,” he said.
A stepfather has gone viral for using exercise to discipline his stepson — and then sharing the video on Instagram.(Instagram/RaisingMaletich)
The video, which was posted on the family’s Instagram account, raisingmaletich, has since gone viral on social media, receiving millions of views.
“I will never stop being grateful to be raising kids with a real man who knows how to be a father, especially to his boys.”
The mother, who wrote the caption for the video, shared the following.
“I will never stop being grateful to be raising kids with a real man who knows how to be a father, especially to his boys. This is masculinity. I was trying to send a work email while making breakfast for my family and my son kept asking me to use my phone after I had repeatedly told him ‘No, you need to wait.’ His dad overheard him tell me to ‘chill’ and here is how he handled it.”
The parenting approach was met with mixed reactions, but many social media users shared their praise.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Stepdad did the right thing. Awesome!” one X user commented under Fox News’ post of the video.
“That’s an awesome punishment. Good job on the stepdad!” another wrote.
Educational psychologist and parenting expert Dr. Michele Borba reacted to the viral moment in an interview with Fox News Digital, noting that discipline is not one-size-fits-all.
The stepdad disciplined his stepson (not pictured) by making him do push-ups and squats.(iStock)
Borba, who is based in California, commented that the stepfather approached discipline the “right way” in this scenario, by responding calmly instead of reacting, and enforcing a punishment that seemed familiar and doable for the child.
“It may be something that he and the kid did together or the kid is good at, because [he] seems to have no problem doing it,” she said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“The most amazing thing the dad did was right on the mark … He said, ‘Here’s what was wrong.’ He was very calm in his delivery,” Borba went on. “And then he let his stepson know in no uncertain terms – you don’t speak like that to your mom and I don’t want you to do it again.”
“The huge red flag was going viral with it … you’ve got a real emotional issue now.”
Where the punishment went wrong, the expert noted, was when the parents posted it on the internet, at which point it became less about physical consequences and more about public humiliation.
“Whatever was done now just crumbles, because the discipline is no longer face-to-face appropriate … it’s shaming,” Borba said.
Speaking calmly instead of reacting is a great approach to discipline, an expert said.(iStock)
“The huge red flag was going viral with it, because now it’s not guilt. It’s shame. It’s public,” she added. “You’ve got a real emotional issue now.”
Borba stressed that discipline should always be age-appropriate and tailored to the child, as making a child do strenuous exercise they are not comfortable with would be considered inappropriate.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
It is important for discipline to be delivered in a way that is both responsible and respectful, the expert said.
“The key question is, will it enhance the child’s behavior so they don’t repeat the behavior?”
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/food-drinks/visiting-mathura-vrindavan-this-janmashtami-7-street-foods-not-to-miss-there-9069204” on this server.
“Lucid waters and lush mountains are invaluable assets” – this core concept in China’s pursuit of ecological progress has not just led to significant improvement in the country’s environment, but also generated new growth impetus for the world’s second largest economy.
CGTN has designed a series of hand-drawn illustrations to highlight how China is exploring diverse pathways – from eco-tourism to new energy industries – to achieve both ecological sustainability and economic development.
Capacit’e Infraprojects Limited reported total income of ₹599 crores for the first quarter of FY26, marking a 4 per cent year-on-year increase from ₹578 crores in the corresponding period last year. However, profitability metrics came under pressure during the quarter.
The construction company’s EBITDA declined 4 per cent to ₹112 crores from ₹116 crores in Q1 FY25, with EBITDA margin compressing to 18.6 per cent from 20.1 per cent in the previous year. Net profit fell 12 per cent to ₹47 crores compared to ₹53.4 crores in the same quarter last year, resulting in a PAT margin of 7.8 per cent.
Executive Chairman Rohit Katyal attributed the quarter’s challenges to temporary labour shortages resulting from Eid-related migration and the early onset of the monsoon. The company maintained its strong balance sheet position, with gross debt reducing to ₹395 crores from ₹417 crores at the end of March, keeping the debt-to-equity ratio at 0.22x.
Capacit’e secured new orders worth ₹1,290 crores during Q1 FY26, maintaining its robust order book at ₹11,254 crores as of June 30, 2025. The order book comprises 62 per cent public sector and 38 per cent private sector projects.
Execution outlook
The company expects execution to accelerate in the second half of FY26, following the post-monsoon period, supported by operational improvements already underway. Capacit’e operates across major Indian cities including Mumbai, Delhi NCR, Pune, Bengaluru, and Chennai, providing end-to-end construction services for residential, commercial, and institutional buildings.
The shares of Capacit’e Infraprojects Limited ended today on the NSE at ₹284.75, down by ₹6.95 or 2.38 per cent.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
JEDNE Zarine balerinke zapele su nam za oko još prije nekoliko mjeseci. Od tada ih pratimo na Zarinoj stranici i primijetili smo da se brojevi vrlo često brzinski rasprodaju. No, kako je riječ o novom modelu, Zara ih redovito vraća u ponudu – a upravo su se sada ponovno pojavile i dostupne su u svim veličinama. Doduše, ne očekujemo da će to potrajati dugo.
Ravne balerinke izrađene su od brušene kože, krase ih kontrastni šavovi, okrugli vrh i simpatične vezice. Dolaze u nježnoj boji pijeska, a cijena im je 39.95 eura. Razlog njihove popularnosti? Vjerojatno činjenica da su postale viralne na TikToku, ali i to što mnoge podsjećaju na luksuzne dizajnerske modele – samo bez dizajnerske cijene.
“Za umrijeti su”
Ove balerinke preplavile su TikTok, a brojne djevojke pohvalile su se da su ih nabavile. U komentarima ispod videa često se ističe koliko su slatke i da izgledom podsjećaju na poznate high-fashion modele. Tiktokerica @geegev, koja ih je također kupila, rekla je da su “Miu Miu/New Balance duplić” i da ih obožava.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Mnoge su se djevojke s njom složile. “Miu Miu vibra, za umrijeti su”, “Tako su slatke, trebaju mi”, “Preslatke”, “Predivne”, samo su neki od komentara ispod njezina videa. Druge tiktokerice pokazale su i kako ih stiliziraju, a komentari su gotovo uvijek isti: da su preslatke, da podsjećaju na Miu Miu ili da vezice asociraju na suradničke Miu Miu i New Balance cipele.
Ako su se i vama svidjele, kao što smo naveli na početku, balerinke su se upravo vratile na stanje u Zaru. Možete ih vidjeti u nastavku.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
On the first day of spring training, at a Camelback Ranch facility adorned with ever-present reminders of the team’s 2024 World Series title, a Dodgers staff member took in the scene, then chuckled while reflecting on the club’s trek to a championship.
“Last year was not a fun year,” the staff member said. “At least, not until the end.”
Indeed, in the afterglow of the franchise’s first full-season title in more than three decades, the turbulent path getting there became easy to forget.
Last season’s Dodgers dealt with a wave of injuries to the pitching staff, inconsistencies in the lineup, and the club’s lowest full regular-season win total (98) in six years.
Fast-forward six months, and this year’s Dodgers find themselves in a similar place.
They are again navigating absences on the mound and in the bullpen over the last several weeks. Their offense has gone from leading the majors in scoring over the first half of the season, to suddenly sputtering over the last month and a half.
And after a 7-4 loss to the Angels on Monday, in the opener of a three-game Freeway Series at Angel Stadium, they are on pace for only 92 victories with a 68-51 record, clinging to what has dwindled to just a one-game lead in the National League West over the San Diego Padres.
Little fun. Lots of frustration.
“It’s not going well for us right now,” third baseman Max Muncy said. “We got to find a way to snap out of it. No one’s going to feel sorry for us. So it’s on us to find our way out of it, and we need to do it.”
Monday’s game was a lost cause from the start.
Despite getting an extra day of rest this week, after flipping places in the rotation with Tyler Glasnow for Sunday’s loss against the Toronto Blue Jays, Yoshinobu Yamamoto turned in one of his worst starts in the majors.
He gave up a home run to Zach Neto on his first pitch of the night, and another run later in the first inning after two walks (one of them on a missed third strike call from home plate umpire Dan Iassogna) and a Yoán Moncada single.
Then, in the fifth, his outing completely fell apart. Five of the first seven batters of the inning reached base (four singles and a hit by pitch). Four runs crossed the plate (including two on a Mike Trout single). And after Yamamoto walked his fifth batter with two outs, manager Dave Roberts was forced into an early hook, removing Yamamoto after 4⅔ innings and six runs (the most Yamamoto has yielded in his 41-game MLB career).
“[The early runs] kind of threw me off rhythm,” Yamamoto, whose earned-run average rose to a season-high 2.84, through interpreter Yoshihiro Sonoda. “As the game went on, I was trying to make a few adjustments. But unfortunately, I didn’t make them.”
The Dodgers’ lineup didn’t do much better.
Over the first six innings, they failed to figure out Angels right-hander José Soriano and his upper-90s mph sinker, managing just two hits while striking out six times.
Angels shortstop Zach Neto celebrates with teammates after hitting a home run in the sixth inning Monday against the Dodgers.
(Carlin Stiehl / Los Angeles Times)
By the time they finally put a runner in scoring position in the seventh, the deficit had grown to 7-0 on Neto’s second home run of the night (this time off Alexis Diaz). And even then, they came up empty, with Alex Freeland grounding into an inning-ending double-play against former Dodgers reliever Luis García with the bases loaded.
Eighth-inning home runs from Shohei Ohtani (his 42nd of the season, and the 100th of his career at his old home stadium in Anaheim) and Muncy (a three-run drive inside the right-field foul pole) put the Dodgers on the board at long last.
But it was far too little, much too late — allowing the Angels (57-62) to improve to 4-0 against the Dodgers this season after sweeping a series at Chavez Ravine back in May.
“This was a bad loss for us,” Muncy said. “There’s not really a way of getting around that.”
Dodgers manager Dave Roberts walks off the field after pulling Yoshinobu Yamamoto from the game in the fifth inning Monday.
(Carlin Stiehl / Los Angeles Times)
When coupled with Sunday’s maddening defeat to Toronto (a defeat that left Roberts outwardly perturbed in his postgame news conference), the last 48 hours have represented another backward step in a Dodgers’ campaign that is quickly growing full of them.
It has zapped whatever momentum was building after the team’s two series-opening victories against the AL East-leading Blue Jays last weekend. It has dropped the club to 12-19 since the Fourth of July, the fifth-worst record in the majors over that span. And, most consequentially, it has opened the door for the Padres (who were 8½ games back of the Dodgers as recently as July 2) to inch closer to the division lead ahead of their visit to Dodger Stadium on Friday.
“You hate to say that yesterday’s loss carried over to tonight, and you got to give credit to Soriano and the way he threw the baseball,” Roberts said. “But, yeah, I mean, you win yesterday, and you feel even better about coming into today. But now you’re looking at losing two games in a row.
“There definitely has to be some urgency. I don’t think anyone is blind to the fact that the standings are the standings. It’s gotten a lot more interesting. So we’ve got to go out there and play good baseball. I definitely feel that our guys are starting to feel that urgency. It’s been long enough of middling baseball — as far as overall team wins and losses.”
The only silver lining: The Dodgers overcame similar struggles last year, doing just enough down the stretch to win the division and march all the way to an unlikely championship.
But they were hoping to avoid such headaches this year, and mount a more enjoyable title defense.
With less than two months remaining in the season, that dream has come and gone.
The Dodgers can still win another World Series. But the road to this point has been anything but a breeze.
Vivo has launched its latest premium smartphone, the Vivo V60 5G, in India on Tuesday, August 12, 2025, marking the second addition to its V series this year after the Vivo V50 in February. The new model continues the brand’s collaboration with Zeiss for advanced camera technology.
Vivo V60 5G Features
The Vivo V60 features a 6.77-inch quad-curved display with a 120 Hz refresh rate and a 5,000 nits peak brightness. Powering the device is a 6,500 mAh battery paired with 90W fast charging (charger included in the box). The phone is IP68 and IP69 certified, ensuring dust and water resistance.
Vivo V60 5G Processor
It runs on the Snapdragon 7 Gen 4 processor, offering configurations of up to 16 GB RAM and 512 GB storage. The device ships with FuntouchOS 15 based on Android 15, promising 4 years of OS updates and 6 years of security updates.
Vivo V60 5G Camera
On the camera front, the Vivo V60 is equipped with a 50 MP primary sensor and a 50 MP telephoto lens with 10x zoom, while the front houses a 50 MP selfie camera. Artificial intelligence-powered enhancements, including Circle to Search, AI summary, and instant translation, are also integrated, leveraging Gemini-based generative AI capabilities.
The Vivo V60 is priced at Rs 36,999 for the 8 GB/128 GB variant, Rs 38,999 for 8 GB/256 GB, Rs 40,999 for 12 GB/256 GB and Rs 45,999 for the top-end 16 GB/512 GB model. Sales start on August 19.
Vivo V60 5G Colours
The device will be available in Auspicious Gold, Moonlit Blue, and Mist Gray colour options.
Here I am, always talking about a suitcase, packing a suitcase, reviewing a suitcase. Then it struck me, oddly at 2 am while re-reading an article of mine about a suitcase, why is a suitcase called a suitcase?
Suitcase or trolley bag? Decoding the history behind a name that does not feel like a name anymore!
The passport is ready, the tickets booked, and the hardest part of the trip is about to begin. The packing! You carefully zip up your trusted travel companion, a rectangular box on wheels, and off you go. But have you ever paused to think about its name? A suitcase feels like a bit of a throwback. After all, how many of us are packing a full-on suit for a beach holiday?
To find the answer, we need to glance back to the 19th and early 20th centuries. Travel then was far from casual. Formal clothing was standard, and a suit was a key item in every traveller’s wardrobe. The suitcase was originally designed as a flat, shallow case to carry this very suit, carefully crafted to keep shirts, jackets and trousers crisp and wrinkle-free. Unlike the bulky trunks that came before, these cases were tailored (pardon the pun) to protect men’s formalwear on long journeys.
The name is straightforward. A suit plus case becomes a case used for carrying your suit. According to historical records, including entries in the Oxford English Dictionary and sources like Wikipedia, the term dates back to this era of elegant travel.
As the 20th century progressed, air travel grew more common and dress codes relaxed. The suitcase morphed into a general-purpose bag for everything from jeans to souvenirs. The real revolution came with the invention of trolley wheels in the 1970s, turning the heavy, cumbersome case into the rolling superstar we recognise today. The name stuck, much like how we still call a smartphone a phone even though it is so much more.
So next time you zip up your suitcase, sorry trolley bag, probably filled with casual wear rather than suits, remember you are carrying a piece of history. A name that reminds us how far travel has come and how some words simply refuse to change.
Similar articles for you
Get vacation-ready! Up to 80% off on top picks for trolley bags
₹2500″>Travel smarter, not harder: Your guide to affordable trolley bags under ₹2500
Duffles and backpacks at up to 60% off on Amazon; Top picks to buy now!
Beyond basics: Fun and fashionable backpacks for girls; Top 8 picks
Why is a suitcase called a suitcase?: FAQs
Why do we call it a suitcase if it rarely holds a suit?
The name dates back to the 19th century, when travel was formal and the case was specifically made to carry suits without wrinkles.
When did suitcases get wheels?
Wheels were added in the 1970s, transforming heavy cases into the easy-to-roll luggage we use today.
Were suitcases always flat and rectangular?
Early suitcases were flatter and more rigid to keep suits neat, unlike bulky trunks used before them.
Has the meaning of suitcase changed over time?
Yes, it started as a dedicated case for suits but now refers to all kinds of luggage, even if no suits are inside.
Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, concerning the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.
When Raiders of the Lost Ark burst onto screens in 1981, it redefined the action-adventure genre. Spielberg, Lucas, and Harrison Ford gave audiences a hero who could be both brilliant and clumsy – a man as likely to fall into trouble as he was to escape it in style.
But one of Indy’s most iconic moments wasn’t in the script at all. In the bustling bazaar scene, Indiana is searching for Marion (Karen Allen) when a towering swordsman steps forward, showing off his skills with an enormous scimitar. In the finished film, he just sighs, pulls out his revolver, and drops him with one shot.
Originally, this was meant to be a sprawling, three-page, whip-versus-sword battle. Spielberg had even “searched the world for the best swordsman,” eventually casting British stuntman Terry Richards – a man who’d faced everyone from James Bond to Luke Skywalker.
Richards trained for months to perfect the duel, set to happen while they were filming in Tunisia. By the time the crew reached the desert location, they’d been shooting in 130-degree heat for six weeks.
The water supply was unreliable, the schedule was packed, and most of the crew – including Ford – came down with dysentery – which Spielberg avoided only by sticking to the food and water he’d brought from England.
Harrison Ford, however, was in no condition for a two-day fight scene. As he told Entertainment Tonight: “I went up to Steven as soon as I arrived and I said, ‘Steven why don’t we just shoot this [expletive]?’ and Steven said, ‘My god I was thinking that, too.’”
The idea didn’t come from laziness, as Ford explained in a Reddit AMA: “The scene before this in the film included a whip fight against 5 bad guys… so I thought it was a bit redundant.”
Spielberg later admitted that cutting the duel saved them at least a full day of shooting. “We were then another day ahead of schedule,” he wrote for the American Society of Cinematographers.
The change also turned a potentially repetitive set piece into a perfect Indiana Jones gag – the pragmatic hero taking the easy way out because it’s the smart thing to do.
Ford, though, still admitted to feeling a twinge of regret for Richards: “The poor guy… was a wonderful British stuntman who had practiced his sword skills for months in order to do this job.”
The BMW iX3 SUV – the first of the German brand’s ‘Neue Klasse’ electric vehicles (EVs) – will be revealed in full at the Munich motor show commencing on September 8, 2025, just a day after arch-rival Mercedes-Benzpulls the covers of its all-new electric GLC with EQ Technology.
BMW has called the iX3 “one of the most significant new vehicles it its history” as it will be the first of the Neue Klasse models which the automaker has spent billions in developing.
The Neue Klasse term is used to describe a new 800V dedicated electric vehicle architecture set to underpin a raft of new models. BMW also says that “technology clusters” debuting with this new architecture will be used by 40 new or updated BMW Group (including Mini and Rolls-Royce) vehicles to be launched by 2027.
Expected in Australian showrooms in 2026, the first iX3 prototype was revealed in November 2024 with limited information released so far.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
BMW has said the iX3 (above) will include 400kW rapid charging and a WLTP driving range of up to 800km – almost double the current model’s 460km.
The fast-charging capability means 350km of range can be added in as little as 10 minutes.
There won’t be a front-drive version, with the platform engineered for rear- and all-wheel drive layouts.
A prototype dual-motor version has been shown with claimed outputs of 300kW/600Nm, a healthy gain over the existing model’s 210kW/400Nm from a single electric motor.
Above: Mercedes-Benz GLC with EQ Technology
The Mercedes-Benz GLC with EQ Technology, a direct competitor of the iX3 and a replacement for the defunct EQC, will use the ‘MB.EA’ dedicated EV architecture, and will also be offered in rear- and all-wheel drive configurations, with outputs of up to 500kW.
It’ll also feature an 800V electrical architecture, and be offered with batteries ranging from a lithium iron phosphate (LFP) unit that’s likely to deliver a WLTP-rated range of just over 500km, to a 94.5kWh nickel manganese cobalt (NMC) battery that boosts WLTP range to more than 800km.
In the first half of 2025, BMW was Australia’s fifth best-selling EV brand with 3090 deliveries – well ahead of seventh-place Mercedes-Benz with 1581 deliveries.
The BMW iX1 was its top-selling EV and Australia’s 11th most popular EV overall, ahead of the i4 electric liftback.
The IAA Mobility Summit – aka the Munich motor show – will open to the public from September 9 to September 12, 2025.
MORE: 2026 BMW iX3: Next-gen luxury EV to offer 800km of range
MORE: Mercedes-Benz GLC EV: New mid-size SUV gets modern twist on brand’s classic face
MORE: 2026 Mercedes-Benz GLC with EQ Technology: Prototype drive
Net direct tax collection dropped 3.95% to Rs 6.64 lakh crore this fiscal due to higher refunds.
India Net Direct Tax Collection Falls
Net direct tax collection dipped 3.95 per cent to Rs 6.64 lakh crore so far this fiscal, mainly on account on higher refunds, according to government data released on Tuesday.
Direct tax includes taxes on income paid by companies, individuals, and by professionals, and other entities.
Net corporate tax collection stood at about Rs 2.29 lakh crore, while non-corporate tax (which includes individuals, Hindu Undivided Families (HUFs) and firms) was at Rs 4.12 lakh crore. Securities Transaction Tax (STT) mop-up was Rs 22,362 crore between April 1-August 11.
Total net collections stood at about Rs 6.64 lakh crore, a 3.95 per cent fall over Rs 6.91 lakh crore collected in the same period last fiscal (2024-25).
Refunds issued so far this fiscal jumped 10 per cent to Rs 1.35 lakh crore.
Gross collections (before refunds) stood at Rs 7.99 lakh crore between April 1-August 11, a 1.87 per cent dip over Rs 8.14 lakh crore in the year-ago period.
In the current fiscal (2025-26), the government has projected its direct tax collection at Rs 25.20 lakh crore, up 12.7 per cent year-on-year. The government aims to collect Rs 78,000 crore from STT in FY26.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More
Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
view comments
News business » economy Net Direct Tax Collection Falls 3.95% To Rs 6.64 Lakh Crore On Higher Refunds
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Tron is back in the limelight, after a solid breakout above the $0.30 mark, ending months of sideways movement. Over the past 24 hours, TRX price has risen 1.97% to $0.3473, with a 7-day gain of 4.55%. The rally has pushed its market cap to $32.88 billion, while trading volume shot up 37% to $1.06 billion.
The move comes as bulls target higher resistance levels, but technical indicators suggest a possible cooling period ahead. Wondering what potential targets one should look at? Join me as I give you the possible Tron price targets in this analysis.
TRX Price Analysis
TRX’s recent price action marks a notable shift from its consolidation phase, which felt like forever. The breakout above $0.30 is acting as a strong bullish trigger. The coin has been supported by the middle Bollinger Band near $0.3407.
In the last 24 hours, TRX hit an intraday high of $0.3484, brushing close to immediate resistance at $0.3486. A decisive close above this level could open the gate for a test of the major resistance at $0.3650. Beyond that, the next target sits at $0.3802, with the all-time high of $0.4407 still a distant bullish goal.
Coming to indicators, the RSI stands at 71.61, entering the overbought zone, which may signal short-term profit-taking. However, as long as TRX holds above its key support levels at $0.3329 and $0.30, the broader bullish structure remains intact.
If selling pressure grows louder, Tron price could revisit the $0.30 support zone, with downside limited to $0.2506. Such a pullback could offer buying opportunities for long-term traders, especially if overall sentiment in the crypto market remains positive.
FAQs
What is TRX’s price today and market cap?
TRX is trading at $0.3473 with a market cap of $32.88 billion.
What are the key resistance levels for TRX?
Immediate resistance is at $0.3486, followed by $0.3650 and $0.3802.
Is TRX overbought right now?
Yes, the RSI is at 71.61, suggesting overbought conditions and potential for a short-term pullback.
Indian Institute of Technology Madras’ Teaching Learning Centre (TLC) has announced the launch of a training programme on STEM (Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics) and Biotechnology for college faculty. The programme will be provided free of cost for faculty engaged in teaching undergraduate and postgraduate science courses.
Organised under the Malaviya Mission Teacher Training Programme (MMTTP), it will be provided in partnership with IIT-M incubated educational services company BodyBridge Education. The programme will focus on holistic faculty development, covering fundamental and advanced topics including practical lab sessions, new teaching methodologies, and exposure to frontier research.
The training is planned to be conducted over a period of nine days, with each batch comprising 50 participants. It will be held at TLC Hall and Central Library in the IIT Madras Campus.
When the heat index climbs, turning on the oven feels like a bad idea. A countertop air fryer solves the problem. It cooks quickly, keeps the kitchen noticeably cooler, and still delivers that crisp, golden finish you want for weeknight dinners.
I swapped a few sheet-pan meals for air fryer recipes during a warm stretch and the difference was immediate. No waiting for preheating, shorter cook times, and less lingering heat in the room. Cleanup took minutes, since the basket and tray went straight into the sink.
If your goal is fast summer dinners without heating the house, start here. These air fryer dishes keep things light on effort and heavy on flavor, with reliable results that make no-oven cooking an easy habit.
What began as a glorified frozen-snack machine has turned into a full-on kitchen workhorse. The air fryer now handles everything from crispy chicken tenders to roasted veggies to gooey desserts. Beyond the staples, I’ve discovered a few surprising air fryer foods that I’m now completely hooked on.
From whole-roasted chicken and flaky salmon to vegetables and sides, such as cauliflower, potatoes and carrots, certain foods feel like they were made to cook in an air fryer. You’ll find a ton of Reddit threads with home cooks asking for the ultimate air fryer recipes and we’ve put together this guide to help you out with our favorites.
Looking for something great to make? Check out the nine foods you absolutely have to cook in an air fryer below.
And if you’re searching for an air fryer or to upgrade your existing oven, we have a new favorite model with a glass cooking chamber that’s easy to clean and doubles as a food storage container.
1. Salmon
Just 8 minutes in the air fryer and you have perfectly medium rare salmon.
David Watsky/CNET
Broiled salmon is a simple, healthy weeknight dinner staple. It’s not difficult to make in the oven but if you’re only cooking for one or two people, the preheating time is a pain and you’ll waste a lot of energy for a small amount of food. Pan-seared salmon is great and quick, but there’s almost no way to cook salmon on the stove without creating an oily and odorous mess.
I tried cooking roasted salmon in the air fryer and it came out perfectly in about 10 minutes, including preheating time. The closed cooking chamber captures all of the grease and even hides some of the fishy smell from taking over the space.
OK, so you might catch me throwing the occasional filet of salmon on the grill during warmer months, but gone are the days of me wiping fish grease from the backsplash behind my kitchen stove.
Here’s how to make perfect air fryer salmon.
2. Whole chicken
Air-fryer roasted chicken is a revelation.
David Watsky/CNET
This one surprised me the most because I make a roast chicken most Sundays and had become content with my method of using the oven. I learned fast that the air fryer does an even better job because it’s able to crisp the skin quickly without overcooking the meat. Air-fryer roasted chicken takes about 45 minutes — about 15% quicker than the oven — and it’s nearly impossible to screw up.
Here’s how to make a quick roasted chicken in the air fryer.
3. Bacon cheeseburgers
You can cook a burger to perfect medium or medium rare with an air fryer.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
Air fryer cheeseburgers have become a staple around my home. The exception is during summer when the grill is in full swing but during cooler months, I turn to the air fryer for this American classic. It’s not only cleaner than pan frying but the burger doesn’t cook in its own grease so you get a lighter, healthier meal (if you’re into that sort of thing). You can also stick the bun and a couple of slices of bacon in with the burger and you have the full meal with almost no cleanup to manage.
Here’s how to make a cheeseburger from top to bottom in the air fryer.
4. Chicken cutlets
Air fryers turn out picture-perfect chicken cutlets.
David Watsky/CNET
Before the air fryer, I used to pan-fry breaded chicken cutlets for chicken Parmesan and other recipes but the air fryer does the same job with less mess and produces less oily fried chicken, too.
Watch this: Best Air Fryers: Cheap vs. Expensive
I recommend using boneless chicken thighs, which have enough fat content to withstand all that convection heat without drying out. Simply coat the chicken in beaten egg wash followed by bread crumbs mixed with salt, pepper and other spices. Cook at 375 degrees Fahrenheit for about 15 minutes.
You can spray the cutlets lightly with a bit of oil before cooking to get an extra crispy crust but it’s not necessary. I’ve tried the same method with chicken breasts; it works well but there is more risk of drying out the meat.
5. Cauliflower steak
Cauliflower steak made in the air fryer has become a staple side dish in my kitchen.
David Watsky/CNET
One of my favorite things to cook in the air fryer is cauliflower. A slab of cauliflower makes an excellent hearty side dish or main course if you’re going plant-based. Simply toss a thick slice or two of cauliflower with olive oil and salt and pepper, or some seasoning of your choice, and air fry for 10 or 12 minutes on high. The air fryer gives it a beautiful caramelized crust and it cooks the dense veggie fast enough so that the inside of the cauliflower doesn’t become mushy.
6. Leftover pizza
This leftover pizza got a whole new life thanks to a short trip to the air fryer.
David Watsky/CNET
While not every type of food is best reheated in the air fryer, a lot of them are. Air fryers are the perfect way to revive leftover pizza, fried chicken, grilled meats and vegetables. A microwave heats food unevenly and tends to impart a rubbery texture. Air fryers give food a second life via convection heat for a crispy crust and even heating.
Here’s the best way to reheat every type of leftover.
7. Hot dogs
You can cook an entire package of hot dogs in just a few minutes.
David Watsky/CNET
It’s hard to screw up a hot dog but if you want a perfectly charred wiener in less than five minutes with essentially no cleanup, look to the air fryer. Air fryer hot dogs are as simple as simple gets and the super convection oven gives them a perfect browning in two or three minutes.
Here’s how to make hot dogs in the air fryer all summer.
8. Baked potatoes
Air fryer baked potatoes have crispy skin and are light and fluffy inside.
Brian Bennett/CNET
OK, so technically this one starts out in the microwave and then gets finished in the air fryer. The microwave softens the inside in less than 8 minutes while the air fryer blasts the edges and skin to a crispy perfection. It’s a restaurant-quality baked potato in less than 12 minutes. Here’s how to make the best air fryer baked potato ever.
And if you’re still not sure what an air fryer is and how it works, check out our complete guide to air fryers.
9. Grilled cheese
This air fryer grilled cheese is as good as it looks.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
For a grilled cheese, the air fryer is working on both of the bread surfaces and the cheese all at once, resulting in a quicker melt, which adheres the cheese to the bread slices together making for a much easier flip. (Flipping is still recommended but with far less drama.)
Here’s the secret to perfect air fryer grilled cheese.
9.26% 
